Pandemic Darlings The pandemic economy, in original documents
Home Source documents 63 Medicaid Fmapp Coronavirus Aid Relief And Economic Security Act

63 Medicaid Fmapp Coronavirus Aid Relief And Economic Security Act

Issuer
Congressional materials
Document type
63 Medicaid Fmapp Coronavirus Aid Relief And Economic Security Act
Case
63 Medicaid Fmapp Coronavirus Aid Relief And Economic Security Act

Full text

                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 281




                                                                  Public Law 116–136
                                                                  116th Congress
                                                                                                               An Act
                                                                        To amend the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to repeal the excise tax on high                       Mar. 27, 2020
                                                                                        cost employer-sponsored health coverage.                                           [H.R. 748]
                                                                      Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of
                                                                  the United States of America in Congress assembled,                                                   Coronavirus Aid,
                                                                                                                                                                        Relief, and
                                                                  SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               Economic
                                                                                                                                                                        Security Act.
                                                                      This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and                                       15 USC 9001
                                                                  Economic Security Act’’ or the ‘‘CARES Act’’.                                                         note.
                                                                  SEC. 2. TABLE OF CONTENTS.
                                                                         The table of contents for this Act is as follows:
                                                                  Sec. 1. Short title.
                                                                  Sec. 2. Table of contents.
                                                                  Sec. 3. References.
                                                                     DIVISION A—KEEPING WORKERS PAID AND EMPLOYED, HEALTH CARE
                                                                          SYSTEM ENHANCEMENTS, AND ECONOMIC STABILIZATION
                                                                      TITLE I—KEEPING AMERICAN WORKERS PAID AND EMPLOYED ACT
                                                                  Sec. 1101. Definitions.
                                                                  Sec. 1102. Paycheck protection program.
                                                                  Sec. 1103. Entrepreneurial development.
                                                                  Sec. 1104. State trade expansion program.
                                                                  Sec. 1105. Waiver of matching funds requirement under the women’s business cen-
                                                                             ter program.
                                                                  Sec. 1106. Loan forgiveness.
                                                                  Sec. 1107. Direct appropriations.
                                                                  Sec. 1108. Minority business development agency.
                                                                  Sec. 1109. United States Treasury Program Management Authority.
                                                                  Sec. 1110. Emergency EIDL grants.
                                                                  Sec. 1111. Resources and services in languages other than English.
                                                                  Sec. 1112. Subsidy for certain loan payments.
                                                                  Sec. 1113. Bankruptcy.
                                                                  Sec. 1114. Emergency rulemaking authority.
                                                                        TITLE II—ASSISTANCE FOR AMERICAN WORKERS, FAMILIES, AND
                                                                                               BUSINESSES
                                                                                   Subtitle A—Unemployment Insurance Provisions
                                                                  Sec. 2101. Short title.
                                                                  Sec. 2102. Pandemic Unemployment Assistance.
                                                                  Sec. 2103. Emergency unemployment relief for governmental entities and nonprofit
                                                                             organizations.
                                                                  Sec. 2104. Emergency increase in unemployment compensation benefits.
                                                                  Sec. 2105. Temporary full Federal funding of the first week of compensable regular
                                                                             unemployment for States with no waiting week.
                                                                  Sec. 2106. Emergency State staffing flexibility.
                                                                  Sec. 2107. Pandemic emergency unemployment compensation.
                                                                  Sec. 2108. Temporary financing of short-time compensation payments in States




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                             with programs in law.
                                                                  Sec. 2109. Temporary financing of short-time compensation agreements.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00001   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 282                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                          Sec. 2110. Grants for short-time compensation programs.
                                                                                          Sec. 2111. Assistance and guidance in implementing programs.
                                                                                          Sec. 2112. Waiver of the 7-day waiting period for benefits under the Railroad Un-
                                                                                                     employment Insurance Act.
                                                                                          Sec. 2113. Enhanced benefits under the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act.
                                                                                          Sec. 2114. Extended unemployment benefits under the Railroad Unemployment In-
                                                                                                     surance Act.
                                                                                          Sec. 2115. Funding for the DOL Office of Inspector General for oversight of unem-
                                                                                                     ployment provisions.
                                                                                          Sec. 2116. Implementation.
                                                                                                         Subtitle B—Rebates and Other Individual Provisions
                                                                                          Sec. 2201. 2020 recovery rebates for individuals.
                                                                                          Sec. 2202. Special rules for use of retirement funds.
                                                                                          Sec. 2203. Temporary waiver of required minimum distribution rules for certain re-
                                                                                                     tirement plans and accounts.
                                                                                          Sec. 2204. Allowance of partial above the line deduction for charitable contribu-
                                                                                                     tions.
                                                                                          Sec. 2205. Modification of limitations on charitable contributions during 2020.
                                                                                          Sec. 2206. Exclusion for certain employer payments of student loans.
                                                                                                                    Subtitle C—Business Provisions
                                                                                          Sec. 2301. Employee retention credit for employers subject to closure due to
                                                                                                     COVID–19.
                                                                                          Sec. 2302. Delay of payment of employer payroll taxes.
                                                                                          Sec. 2303. Modifications for net operating losses.
                                                                                          Sec. 2304. Modification of limitation on losses for taxpayers other than corpora-
                                                                                                     tions.
                                                                                          Sec. 2305. Modification of credit for prior year minimum tax liability of corpora-
                                                                                                     tions.
                                                                                          Sec. 2306. Modifications of limitation on business interest.
                                                                                          Sec. 2307. Technical amendments regarding qualified improvement property.
                                                                                          Sec. 2308. Temporary exception from excise tax for alcohol used to produce hand
                                                                                                     sanitizer.
                                                                                          TITLE III—SUPPORTING AMERICA’S HEALTH CARE SYSTEM IN THE FIGHT
                                                                                                             AGAINST THE CORONAVIRUS
                                                                                                                          Subtitle A—Health Provisions
                                                                                          Sec. 3001. Short title.
                                                                                                                   PART I—ADDRESSING SUPPLY SHORTAGES
                                                                                                               SUBPART A—MEDICAL PRODUCT SUPPLIES
                                                                                          Sec. 3101. National Academies report on America’s medical product supply chain
                                                                                                     security.
                                                                                          Sec. 3102. Requiring the strategic national stockpile to include certain types of
                                                                                                     medical supplies.
                                                                                          Sec. 3103. Treatment of respiratory protective devices as covered countermeasures.
                                                                                                         SUBPART B—MITIGATING EMERGENCY DRUG SHORTAGES
                                                                                          Sec. 3111. Prioritize reviews of drug applications; incentives.
                                                                                          Sec. 3112. Additional manufacturer reporting requirements in response to drug
                                                                                                     shortages.
                                                                                                         SUBPART C—PREVENTING MEDICAL DEVICE SHORTAGES
                                                                                          Sec. 3121. Discontinuance or interruption in the production of medical devices.
                                                                                                       PART II—ACCESS TO HEALTH CARE FOR COVID–19 PATIENTS
                                                                                                     SUBPART A—COVERAGE OF TESTING AND PREVENTIVE SERVICES
                                                                                          Sec. 3201. Coverage of diagnostic testing for COVID–19.
                                                                                          Sec. 3202. Pricing of diagnostic testing.
                                                                                          Sec. 3203. Rapid coverage of preventive services and vaccines for coronavirus.
                                                                                                          SUBPART B—SUPPORT FOR HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS
                                                                                          Sec. 3211. Supplemental awards for health centers.
                                                                                          Sec. 3212. Telehealth network and telehealth resource centers grant programs.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          Sec. 3213. Rural health care services outreach, rural health network development,
                                                                                                     and small health care provider quality improvement grant programs.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00002   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 283
                                                                  Sec. 3214. United States Public Health Service Modernization.
                                                                  Sec. 3215. Limitation on liability for volunteer health care professionals during
                                                                             COVID–19 emergency response.
                                                                  Sec. 3216. Flexibility for members of National Health Service Corps during emer-
                                                                             gency period.
                                                                                        SUBPART C—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                  Sec. 3221. Confidentiality and disclosure of records relating to substance use dis-
                                                                             order.
                                                                  Sec. 3222. Nutrition services.
                                                                  Sec. 3223. Continuity of service and opportunities for participants in community
                                                                             service activities under title V of the Older Americans Act of 1965.
                                                                  Sec. 3224. Guidance on protected health information.
                                                                  Sec. 3225. Reauthorization of healthy start program.
                                                                  Sec. 3226. Importance of the blood supply.
                                                                                                 PART III—INNOVATION
                                                                  Sec. 3301. Removing the cap on OTA during public health emergencies.
                                                                  Sec. 3302. Priority zoonotic animal drugs.
                                                                                        PART IV—HEALTH CARE WORKFORCE
                                                                  Sec. 3401. Reauthorization of health professions workforce programs.
                                                                  Sec. 3402. Health workforce coordination.
                                                                  Sec. 3403. Education and training relating to geriatrics.
                                                                  Sec. 3404. Nursing workforce development.
                                                                                            Subtitle B—Education Provisions
                                                                  Sec. 3501. Short title.
                                                                  Sec. 3502. Definitions.
                                                                  Sec. 3503. Campus-based aid waivers.
                                                                  Sec. 3504. Use of supplemental educational opportunity grants for emergency aid.
                                                                  Sec. 3505. Federal work-study during a qualifying emergency.
                                                                  Sec. 3506. Adjustment of subsidized loan usage limits.
                                                                  Sec. 3507. Exclusion from Federal Pell Grant duration limit.
                                                                  Sec. 3508. Institutional refunds and Federal student loan flexibility.
                                                                  Sec. 3509. Satisfactory academic progress.
                                                                  Sec. 3510. Continuing education at affected foreign institutions.
                                                                  Sec. 3511. National emergency educational waivers.
                                                                  Sec. 3512. HBCU Capital financing.
                                                                  Sec. 3513. Temporary relief for federal student loan borrowers.
                                                                  Sec. 3514. Provisions related to the Corporation for National and Community Serv-
                                                                             ice.
                                                                  Sec. 3515. Workforce response activities.
                                                                  Sec. 3516. Technical amendments.
                                                                  Sec. 3517. Waiver authority and reporting requirement for institutional aid.
                                                                  Sec. 3518. Authorized uses and other modifications for grants.
                                                                  Sec. 3519. Service obligations for teachers.
                                                                                              Subtitle C—Labor Provisions
                                                                  Sec. 3601. Limitation on paid leave.
                                                                  Sec. 3602. Emergency Paid Sick Leave Act Limitation.
                                                                  Sec. 3603. Unemployment insurance.
                                                                  Sec. 3604. OMB Waiver of Paid Family and Paid Sick Leave.
                                                                  Sec. 3605. Paid leave for rehired employees.
                                                                  Sec. 3606. Advance refunding of credits.
                                                                  Sec. 3607. Expansion of DOL Authority to postpone certain deadlines.
                                                                  Sec. 3608. Single-employer plan funding rules.
                                                                  Sec. 3609. Application of cooperative and small employer charity pension plan rules
                                                                             to certain charitable employers whose primary exempt purpose is pro-
                                                                             viding services with respect to mothers and children.
                                                                  Sec. 3610. Federal contractor authority.
                                                                  Sec. 3611. Technical corrections.
                                                                                            Subtitle D—Finance Committee
                                                                  Sec. 3701. Exemption for telehealth services.
                                                                  Sec. 3702. Inclusion of certain over-the-counter medical products as qualified med-
                                                                             ical expenses.
                                                                  Sec. 3703. Increasing Medicare telehealth flexibilities during emergency period.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  Sec. 3704. Enhancing Medicare telehealth services for Federally qualified health
                                                                             centers and rural health clinics during emergency period.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00003   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 284                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                          Sec. 3705. Temporary waiver of requirement for face-to-face visits between home
                                                                                                     dialysis patients and physicians.
                                                                                          Sec. 3706. Use of telehealth to conduct face-to-face encounter prior to recertification
                                                                                                     of eligibility for hospice care during emergency period.
                                                                                          Sec. 3707. Encouraging use of telecommunications systems for home health serv-
                                                                                                     ices furnished during emergency period.
                                                                                          Sec. 3708. Improving care planning for Medicare home health services.
                                                                                          Sec. 3709. Adjustment of sequestration.
                                                                                          Sec. 3710. Medicare hospital inpatient prospective payment system add-on pay-
                                                                                                     ment for COVID–19 patients during emergency period.
                                                                                          Sec. 3711. Increasing access to post-acute care during emergency period.
                                                                                          Sec. 3712. Revising payment rates for durable medical equipment under the Medi-
                                                                                                     care program through duration of emergency period.
                                                                                          Sec. 3713. Coverage of the COVID–19 vaccine under part B of the Medicare pro-
                                                                                                     gram without any cost-sharing.
                                                                                          Sec. 3714. Requiring Medicare prescription drug plans and MA–PD plans to allow
                                                                                                     during the COVID–19 emergency period for fills and refills of covered
                                                                                                     part D drugs for up to a 3-month supply.
                                                                                          Sec. 3715. Providing home and community-based services in acute care hospitals.
                                                                                          Sec. 3716. Clarification regarding uninsured individuals.
                                                                                          Sec. 3717. Clarification regarding coverage of COVID–19 testing products.
                                                                                          Sec. 3718. Amendments relating to reporting requirements with respect to clinical
                                                                                                     diagnostic laboratory tests.
                                                                                          Sec. 3719. Expansion of the Medicare hospital accelerated payment program during
                                                                                                     the COVID–19 public health emergency.
                                                                                          Sec. 3720. Delaying requirements for enhanced FMAP to enable State legislation
                                                                                                     necessary for compliance.
                                                                                                              Subtitle E—Health and Human Services Extenders
                                                                                                                    PART I—MEDICARE PROVISIONS
                                                                                          Sec. 3801. Extension of the work geographic index floor under the Medicare pro-
                                                                                                     gram.
                                                                                          Sec. 3802. Extension of funding for quality measure endorsement, input, and selec-
                                                                                                     tion.
                                                                                          Sec. 3803. Extension of funding outreach and assistance for low-income programs.
                                                                                                                   PART II—MEDICAID PROVISIONS
                                                                                          Sec. 3811. Extension of the Money Follows the Person rebalancing demonstration
                                                                                                     program.
                                                                                          Sec. 3812. Extension of spousal impoverishment protections.
                                                                                          Sec. 3813. Delay of DSH reductions.
                                                                                          Sec. 3814. Extension and expansion of Community Mental Health Services dem-
                                                                                                     onstration program.
                                                                                                     PART III—HUMAN SERVICES AND OTHER HEALTH PROGRAMS
                                                                                          Sec. 3821. Extension of sexual risk avoidance education program.
                                                                                          Sec. 3822. Extension of personal responsibility education program.
                                                                                          Sec. 3823. Extension of demonstration projects to address health professions work-
                                                                                                     force needs.
                                                                                          Sec. 3824. Extension of the temporary assistance for needy families program and
                                                                                                     related programs.
                                                                                                                PART IV—PUBLIC HEALTH PROVISIONS
                                                                                          Sec. 3831. Extension for community health centers, the National Health Service
                                                                                                     Corps, and teaching health centers that operate GME programs.
                                                                                          Sec. 3832. Diabetes programs.
                                                                                                                PART V—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                                          Sec. 3841. Prevention of duplicate appropriations for fiscal year 2020.
                                                                                                                       Subtitle F—Over-the-Counter Drugs
                                                                                                                     PART I—OTC DRUG REVIEW
                                                                                          Sec. 3851. Regulation of certain nonprescription drugs that are marketed without
                                                                                                     an approved drug application.
                                                                                          Sec. 3852. Misbranding.
                                                                                          Sec. 3853. Drugs excluded from the over-the-counter drug review.
                                                                                          Sec. 3854. Treatment of Sunscreen Innovation Act.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          Sec. 3855. Annual update to Congress on appropriate pediatric indication for cer-
                                                                                                     tain OTC cough and cold drugs.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00004   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6582   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                     PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                   134 STAT. 285
                                                                  Sec. 3856. Technical corrections.
                                                                                                            PART II—USER FEES
                                                                  Sec. 3861. Finding.
                                                                  Sec. 3862. Fees relating to over-the-counter drugs.
                                                                     TITLE IV—ECONOMIC STABILIZATION AND ASSISTANCE TO SEVERELY
                                                                          DISTRESSED SECTORS OF THE UNITED STATES ECONOMY
                                                                                   Subtitle A—Coronavirus Economic Stabilization Act of 2020
                                                                  Sec. 4001. Short title.
                                                                  Sec. 4002. Definitions.
                                                                  Sec. 4003. Emergency relief and taxpayer protections.
                                                                  Sec. 4004. Limitation on certain employee compensation.
                                                                  Sec. 4005. Continuation of certain air service.
                                                                  Sec. 4006. Coordination with Secretary of Transportation.
                                                                  Sec. 4007. Suspension of certain aviation excise taxes.
                                                                  Sec. 4008. Debt guarantee authority.
                                                                  Sec. 4009. Temporary Government in the Sunshine Act relief.
                                                                  Sec. 4010. Temporary hiring flexibility.
                                                                  Sec. 4011. Temporary lending limit waiver.
                                                                  Sec. 4012. Temporary relief for community banks.
                                                                  Sec. 4013. Temporary relief from troubled debt restructurings.
                                                                  Sec. 4014. Optional temporary relief from current expected credit losses.
                                                                  Sec. 4015. Non-applicability of restrictions on ESF during national emergency.
                                                                  Sec. 4016. Temporary credit union provisions.
                                                                  Sec. 4017. Increasing access to materials necessary for national security and pan-
                                                                             demic recovery.
                                                                  Sec. 4018. Special Inspector General for Pandemic Recovery.
                                                                  Sec. 4019. Conflicts of interest.
                                                                  Sec. 4020. Congressional Oversight Commission.
                                                                  Sec. 4021. Credit protection during COVID–19.
                                                                  Sec. 4022. Foreclosure moratorium and consumer right to request forbearance.
                                                                  Sec. 4023. Forbearance of residential mortgage loan payments for multifamily prop-
                                                                             erties with federally backed loans.
                                                                  Sec. 4024. Temporary moratorium on eviction filings.
                                                                  Sec. 4025. Protection of collective bargaining agreement.
                                                                  Sec. 4026. Reports.
                                                                  Sec. 4027. Direct appropriation.
                                                                  Sec. 4028. Rule of construction.
                                                                  Sec. 4029. Termination of authority.
                                                                                                Subtitle B—Air Carrier Worker Support
                                                                  Sec. 4111. Definitions.
                                                                  Sec. 4112. Pandemic relief for aviation workers.
                                                                  Sec. 4113. Procedures for providing payroll support.
                                                                  Sec. 4114. Required assurances.
                                                                  Sec. 4115. Protection of collective bargaining agreement.
                                                                  Sec. 4116. Limitation on certain employee compensation.
                                                                  Sec. 4117. Tax payer protection.
                                                                  Sec. 4118. Reports.
                                                                  Sec. 4119. Coordination.
                                                                  Sec. 4120. Direct appropriation.
                                                                                          TITLE V—CORONAVIRUS RELIEF FUNDS
                                                                  Sec. 5001. Coronavirus Relief Fund.
                                                                                          TITLE VI—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
                                                                  Sec. 6001. COVID–19 borrowing authority for the United States Postal Service.
                                                                  Sec. 6002. Emergency designation.
                                                                   DIVISION B—EMERGENCY APPROPRIATIONS FOR CORONAVIRUS HEALTH
                                                                                 RESPONSE AND AGENCY OPERATIONS
                                                                  SEC. 3. REFERENCES.                                                                                     1 USC 1 note.
                                                                       Except as expressly provided otherwise, any reference to ‘‘this




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  Act’’ contained in any division of this Act shall be treated as
                                                                  referring only to the provisions of that division.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139    PO 00136    Frm 00005   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 286                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          DIVISION A—KEEPING WORKERS PAID
                                                                                           AND EMPLOYED, HEALTH CARE SYS-
                                                                                           TEM ENHANCEMENTS, AND ECO-
                                                                                           NOMIC STABILIZATION
                                                                                                  TITLE I—KEEPING AMERICAN
                                                                                                WORKERS PAID AND EMPLOYED ACT
                                                                  15 USC 9001.            SEC. 1101. DEFINITIONS.
                                                                                                 In this title—
                                                                                                      (1) the terms ‘‘Administration’’ and ‘‘Administrator’’ mean
                                                                                                 the Small Business Administration and the Administrator
                                                                                                 thereof, respectively; and
                                                                                                      (2) the term ‘‘small business concern’’ has the meaning
                                                                                                 given the term in section 3 of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                                 U.S.C. 636).
                                                                                          SEC. 1102. PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM.
                                                                                              (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                                          U.S.C. 636(a)) is amended—
                                                                                                   (1) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                         (A) in subparagraph (A), in the matter preceding clause
                                                                                                   (i), by striking ‘‘and (E)’’ and inserting ‘‘(E), and (F)’’; and
                                                                                                         (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(F) PARTICIPATION IN THE PAYCHECK PROTECTION PRO-
                                                                                                   GRAM.—In an agreement to participate in a loan on a
                                                                                                   deferred basis under paragraph (36), the participation by
                                                                                                   the Administration shall be 100 percent.’’; and
                                                                                                   (2) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(36) PAYCHECK PROTECTION PROGRAM.—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) DEFINITIONS.—In this paragraph—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(i) the terms ‘appropriate Federal banking agency’
                                                                                                         and ‘insured depository institution’ have the meanings
                                                                                                         given those terms in section 3 of the Federal Deposit
                                                                                                         Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813);
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) the term ‘covered loan’ means a loan made
                                                                                                         under this paragraph during the covered period;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(iii) the term ‘covered period’ means the period
                                                                                                         beginning on February 15, 2020 and ending on June
                                                                                                         30, 2020;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(iv) the term ‘eligible recipient’ means an indi-
                                                                                                         vidual or entity that is eligible to receive a covered
                                                                                                         loan;
                                                                                                               ‘‘(v) the term ‘eligible self-employed individual’ has
                                                                                                         the meaning given the term in section 7002(b) of the
                                                                                                         Families First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law
                                                                                                         116–127);
                                                                                                               ‘‘(vi) the term ‘insured credit union’ has the
                                                                                                         meaning given the term in section 101 of the Federal
                                                                                                         Credit Union Act (12 U.S.C. 1752);
                                                                                                               ‘‘(vii) the term ‘nonprofit organization’ means an
                                                                                                         organization that is described in section 501(c)(3) of




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                         the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and that is exempt
                                                                                                         from taxation under section 501(a) of such Code;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00006   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 287

                                                                                        ‘‘(viii) the term ‘payroll costs’—
                                                                                              ‘‘(I) means—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(aa) the sum of payments of any com-
                                                                                              pensation with respect to employees that is
                                                                                              a—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(AA) salary, wage, commission, or
                                                                                                    similar compensation;
                                                                                                          ‘‘(BB) payment of cash tip or equiva-
                                                                                                    lent;
                                                                                                          ‘‘(CC) payment for vacation, parental,
                                                                                                    family, medical, or sick leave;
                                                                                                          ‘‘(DD) allowance for dismissal or sepa-
                                                                                                    ration;
                                                                                                          ‘‘(EE) payment required for the provi-
                                                                                                    sions of group health care benefits,
                                                                                                    including insurance premiums;
                                                                                                          ‘‘(FF) payment of any retirement ben-
                                                                                                    efit; or
                                                                                                          ‘‘(GG) payment of State or local tax
                                                                                                    assessed      on    the   compensation     of
                                                                                                    employees; and
                                                                                                    ‘‘(bb) the sum of payments of any com-
                                                                                              pensation to or income of a sole proprietor
                                                                                              or independent contractor that is a wage,
                                                                                              commission, income, net earnings from self-
                                                                                              employment, or similar compensation and that
                                                                                              is in an amount that is not more than $100,000
                                                                                              in 1 year, as prorated for the covered period;
                                                                                              and
                                                                                              ‘‘(II) shall not include—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(aa) the compensation of an individual
                                                                                              employee in excess of an annual salary of
                                                                                              $100,000, as prorated for the covered period;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(bb) taxes imposed or withheld under
                                                                                              chapters 21, 22, or 24 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                              Code of 1986 during the covered period;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(cc) any compensation of an employee
                                                                                              whose principal place of residence is outside
                                                                                              of the United States;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(dd) qualified sick leave wages for which
                                                                                              a credit is allowed under section 7001 of the
                                                                                              Families First Coronavirus Response Act
                                                                                              (Public Law 116–127); or
                                                                                                    ‘‘(ee) qualified family leave wages for
                                                                                              which a credit is allowed under section 7003
                                                                                              of the Families First Coronavirus Response
                                                                                              Act (Public Law 116–127); and
                                                                                        ‘‘(ix) the term ‘veterans organization’ means an
                                                                                   organization that is described in section 501(c)(19) of
                                                                                   the Internal Revenue Code that is exempt from tax-
                                                                                   ation under section 501(a) of such Code.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) PAYCHECK PROTECTION LOANS.—Except as other-
                                                                               wise provided in this paragraph, the Administrator may




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                               guarantee covered loans under the same terms, conditions,
                                                                               and processes as a loan made under this subsection.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00007   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 288                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Deadline.                               ‘‘(C) REGISTRATION OF LOANS.—Not later than 15 days
                                                                                                      after the date on which a loan is made under this para-
                                                                                                      graph, the Administration shall register the loan using
                                                                                                      the TIN (as defined in section 7701 of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                      Code of 1986) assigned to the borrower.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) INCREASED ELIGIBILITY FOR CERTAIN SMALL
                                                                                                      BUSINESSES AND ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, in
                                                                                                          addition to small business concerns, any business con-
                                                                                                          cern, nonprofit organization, veterans organization, or
                                                                                                          Tribal business concern described in section 31(b)(2)(C)
                                                                                                          shall be eligible to receive a covered loan if the business
                                                                                                          concern, nonprofit organization, veterans organization,
                                                                                                          or Tribal business concern employs not more than the
                                                                                                          greater of—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(I) 500 employees; or
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(II) if applicable, the size standard in number
                                                                                                                of employees established by the Administration
                                                                                                                for the industry in which the business concern,
                                                                                                                nonprofit organization, veterans organization, or
                                                                                                                Tribal business concern operates.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) INCLUSION OF SOLE PROPRIETORS, INDE-
                                                                                                          PENDENT CONTRACTORS, AND ELIGIBLE SELF-EMPLOYED
                                                                                                          INDIVIDUALS.—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period,
                                                                                                                individuals who operate under a sole proprietor-
                                                                                                                ship or as an independent contractor and eligible
                                                                                                                self-employed individuals shall be eligible to
                                                                                                                receive a covered loan.
                                                                  Determination.                                       ‘‘(II) DOCUMENTATION.—An eligible self-
                                                                                                                employed individual, independent contractor, or
                                                                                                                sole proprietorship seeking a covered loan shall
                                                                                                                submit such documentation as is necessary to
                                                                                                                establish such individual as eligible, including pay-
                                                                                                                roll tax filings reported to the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                                Service, Forms 1099–MISC, and income and
                                                                                                                expenses from the sole proprietorship, as deter-
                                                                                                                mined by the Administrator and the Secretary.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) BUSINESS CONCERNS WITH MORE THAN 1 PHYS-
                                                                                                          ICAL LOCATION.—During the covered period, any busi-
                                                                                                          ness concern that employs not more than 500
                                                                                                          employees per physical location of the business concern
                                                                                                          and that is assigned a North American Industry Classi-
                                                                                                          fication System code beginning with 72 at the time
                                                                                                          of disbursal shall be eligible to receive a covered loan.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iv) WAIVER OF AFFILIATION RULES.—During the
                                                                                                          covered period, the provisions applicable to affiliations
                                                                                                          under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                                                          lations, or any successor regulation, are waived with
                                                                                                          respect to eligibility for a covered loan for—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(I) any business concern with not more than
                                                                                                                500 employees that, as of the date on which the
                                                                                                                covered loan is disbursed, is assigned a North




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                                American Industry Classification System code
                                                                                                                beginning with 72;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00008   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 289

                                                                                               ‘‘(II) any business concern operating as a fran-
                                                                                        chise that is assigned a franchise identifier code
                                                                                        by the Administration; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(III) any business concern that receives finan-
                                                                                        cial assistance from a company licensed under sec-
                                                                                        tion 301 of the Small Business Investment Act
                                                                                        of 1958 (15 U.S.C. 681).
                                                                                        ‘‘(v) EMPLOYEE.—For purposes of determining                                     Definition.
                                                                                   whether a business concern, nonprofit organization,
                                                                                   veterans organization, or Tribal business concern
                                                                                   described in section 31(b)(2)(C) employs not more than
                                                                                   500 employees under clause (i)(I), the term ‘employee’
                                                                                   includes individuals employed on a full-time, part-time,
                                                                                   or other basis.
                                                                                        ‘‘(vi) AFFILIATION.—The provisions applicable to                                Applicability.
                                                                                   affiliations under section 121.103 of title 13, Code of
                                                                                   Federal Regulations, or any successor thereto, shall
                                                                                   apply with respect to a nonprofit organization and
                                                                                   a veterans organization in the same manner as with
                                                                                   respect to a small business concern.
                                                                                   ‘‘(E) MAXIMUM LOAN AMOUNT.—During the covered
                                                                               period, with respect to a covered loan, the maximum loan
                                                                               amount shall be the lesser of—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i)(I) the sum of—
                                                                                               ‘‘(aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(AA) the average total monthly payments                          Time periods.
                                                                                               by the applicant for payroll costs incurred                              Determination.
                                                                                               during the 1-year period before the date on
                                                                                               which the loan is made, except that, in the
                                                                                               case of an applicant that is seasonal employer,
                                                                                               as determined by the Administrator, the aver-
                                                                                               age total monthly payments for payroll shall
                                                                                               be for the 12-week period beginning February
                                                                                               15, 2019, or at the election of the eligible
                                                                                               recipient, March 1, 2019, and ending June
                                                                                               30, 2019; by
                                                                                                     ‘‘(BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                        subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                        beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on
                                                                                        the date on which covered loans are made available
                                                                                        to be refinanced under the covered loan; or
                                                                                        ‘‘(II) if requested by an otherwise eligible recipient
                                                                                   that was not in business during the period beginning
                                                                                   on February 15, 2019 and ending on June 30, 2019,
                                                                                   the sum of—
                                                                                               ‘‘(aa) the product obtained by multiplying—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(AA) the average total monthly payments
                                                                                               by the applicant for payroll costs incurred
                                                                                               during the period beginning on January 1,
                                                                                               2020 and ending on February 29, 2020; by
                                                                                                     ‘‘(BB) 2.5; and
                                                                                               ‘‘(bb) the outstanding amount of a loan under
                                                                                        subsection (b)(2) that was made during the period
                                                                                        beginning on January 31, 2020 and ending on




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                        the date on which covered loans are made available
                                                                                        to be refinanced under the covered loan; or




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00009   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 290                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) $10,000,000.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(F) ALLOWABLE USES OF COVERED LOANS.—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, an
                                                                                                             eligible recipient may, in addition to the allowable
                                                                                                             uses of a loan made under this subsection, use the
                                                                                                             proceeds of the covered loan for—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) payroll costs;
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(II) costs related to the continuation of group
                                                                                                                   health care benefits during periods of paid sick,
                                                                                                                   medical, or family leave, and insurance premiums;
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(III) employee salaries, commissions, or
                                                                                                                   similar compensations;
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(IV) payments of interest on any mortgage
                                                                                                                   obligation (which shall not include any prepayment
                                                                                                                   of or payment of principal on a mortgage obliga-
                                                                                                                   tion);
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(V) rent (including rent under a lease agree-
                                                                                                                   ment);
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(VI) utilities; and
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(VII) interest on any other debt obligations
                                                                                                                   that were incurred before the covered period.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) DELEGATED AUTHORITY.—
                                                                                                                          ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of making cov-
                                                                                                                   ered loans for the purposes described in clause
                                                                                                                   (i), a lender approved to make loans under this
                                                                                                                   subsection shall be deemed to have been delegated
                                                                                                                   authority by the Administrator to make and
                                                                                                                   approve covered loans, subject to the provisions
                                                                                                                   of this paragraph.
                                                                  Evaluation.                                             ‘‘(II) CONSIDERATIONS.—In evaluating the
                                                                                                                   eligibility of a borrower for a covered loan with
                                                                                                                   the terms described in this paragraph, a lender
                                                                                                                   shall consider whether the borrower—
                                                                                                                                ‘‘(aa) was in operation on February 15,
                                                                                                                          2020; and
                                                                                                                                ‘‘(bb)(AA) had employees for whom the
                                                                                                                          borrower paid salaries and payroll taxes; or
                                                                                                                                ‘‘(BB) paid independent contractors, as
                                                                                                                          reported on a Form 1099–MISC.
                                                                  Determination.                                   ‘‘(iii) ADDITIONAL LENDERS.—The authority to
                                                                                                             make loans under this paragraph shall be extended
                                                                                                             to additional lenders determined by the Administrator
                                                                                                             and the Secretary of the Treasury to have the nec-
                                                                                                             essary qualifications to process, close, disburse and
                                                                                                             service loans made with the guarantee of the Adminis-
                                                                                                             tration.
                                                                  Time period.                                     ‘‘(iv) REFINANCE.—A loan made under subsection
                                                                                                             (b)(2) during the period beginning on January 31, 2020
                                                                                                             and ending on the date on which covered loans are
                                                                                                             made available may be refinanced as part of a covered
                                                                                                             loan.
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(v) NONRECOURSE.—Notwithstanding the waiver
                                                                                                             of the personal guarantee requirement or collateral
                                                                                                             under subparagraph (J), the Administrator shall have
                                                                                                             no recourse against any individual shareholder,




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                             member, or partner of an eligible recipient of a covered
                                                                                                             loan for nonpayment of any covered loan, except to




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00010   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 291

                                                                                    the extent that such shareholder, member, or partner
                                                                                    uses the covered loan proceeds for a purpose not
                                                                                    authorized under clause (i).
                                                                                    ‘‘(G) BORROWER REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) CERTIFICATION.—An eligible recipient applying
                                                                                    for a covered loan shall make a good faith certifi-
                                                                                    cation—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) that the uncertainty of current economic
                                                                                          conditions makes necessary the loan request to
                                                                                          support the ongoing operations of the eligible
                                                                                          recipient;
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) acknowledging that funds will be used
                                                                                          to retain workers and maintain payroll or make
                                                                                          mortgage payments, lease payments, and utility
                                                                                          payments;
                                                                                                 ‘‘(III) that the eligible recipient does not have
                                                                                          an application pending for a loan under this sub-
                                                                                          section for the same purpose and duplicative of
                                                                                          amounts applied for or received under a covered
                                                                                          loan; and
                                                                                                 ‘‘(IV) during the period beginning on February                         Time period.
                                                                                          15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020, that
                                                                                          the eligible recipient has not received amounts
                                                                                          under this subsection for the same purpose and
                                                                                          duplicative of amounts applied for or received
                                                                                          under a covered loan.
                                                                                    ‘‘(H) FEE WAIVER.—During the covered period, with
                                                                               respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                    paragraph (23)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                    fee; and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) in lieu of the fee otherwise applicable under
                                                                                    paragraph (18)(A), the Administrator shall collect no
                                                                                    fee.
                                                                                    ‘‘(I) CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—During the covered period,
                                                                               the requirement that a small business concern is unable
                                                                               to obtain credit elsewhere, as defined in section 3(h), shall
                                                                               not apply to a covered loan.
                                                                                    ‘‘(J) WAIVER OF PERSONAL GUARANTEE REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                               During the covered period, with respect to a covered loan—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) no personal guarantee shall be required for
                                                                                    the covered loan; and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) no collateral shall be required for the covered
                                                                                    loan.
                                                                                    ‘‘(K) MATURITY FOR LOANS WITH REMAINING BALANCE
                                                                               AFTER APPLICATION OF FORGIVENESS.—With respect to a
                                                                               covered loan that has a remaining balance after reduction
                                                                               based on the loan forgiveness amount under section 1106
                                                                               of the CARES Act—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the remaining balance shall continue to be
                                                                                    guaranteed by the Administration under this sub-
                                                                                    section; and
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) the covered loan shall have a maximum matu-
                                                                                    rity of 10 years from the date on which the borrower
                                                                                    applies for loan forgiveness under that section.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                    ‘‘(L) INTEREST RATE REQUIREMENTS.—A covered loan
                                                                               shall bear an interest rate not to exceed 4 percent.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00011   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 292                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Time period.                            ‘‘(M) LOAN DEFERMENT.—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) DEFINITION OF IMPACTED BORROWER.—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—In this subparagraph, the
                                                                                                                term ‘impacted borrower’ means an eligible
                                                                                                                recipient that—
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(aa) is in operation on February 15, 2020;
                                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                                              ‘‘(bb) has an application for a covered loan
                                                                                                                       that is approved or pending approval on or
                                                                                                                       after the date of enactment of this paragraph.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(II) PRESUMPTION.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                                subparagraph, an impacted borrower is presumed
                                                                                                                to have been adversely impacted by COVID–19.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) DEFERRAL.—During the covered period, the
                                                                                                          Administrator shall—
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(I) consider each eligible recipient that applies
                                                                                                                for a covered loan to be an impacted borrower;
                                                                                                                and
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(II) require lenders under this subsection to
                                                                                                                provide complete payment deferment relief for
                                                                                                                impacted borrowers with covered loans for a period
                                                                                                                of not less than 6 months, including payment of
                                                                                                                principal, interest, and fees, and not more than
                                                                                                                1 year.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(iii) SECONDARY MARKET.—During the covered
                                                                                                          period, with respect to a covered loan that is sold
                                                                                                          on the secondary market, if an investor declines to
                                                                                                          approve a deferral requested by a lender under clause
                                                                                                          (ii), the Administrator shall exercise the authority to
                                                                                                          purchase the loan so that the impacted borrower may
                                                                                                          receive a deferral for a period of not less than 6 months,
                                                                                                          including payment of principal, interest, and fees, and
                                                                                                          not more than 1 year.
                                                                  Deadline.                                     ‘‘(iv) GUIDANCE.—Not later than 30 days after the
                                                                                                          date of enactment of this paragraph, the Administrator
                                                                                                          shall provide guidance to lenders under this paragraph
                                                                                                          on the deferment process described in this subpara-
                                                                                                          graph.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(N) SECONDARY MARKET SALES.—A covered loan shall
                                                                                                      be eligible to be sold in the secondary market consistent
                                                                                                      with this subsection. The Administrator may not collect
                                                                                                      any fee for any guarantee sold into the secondary market
                                                                                                      under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                          ‘‘(O) REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                                ‘‘(i) RISK WEIGHT.—With respect to the appropriate
                                                                                                          Federal banking agencies or the National Credit Union
                                                                                                          Administration Board applying capital requirements
                                                                                                          under their respective risk-based capital requirements,
                                                                                                          a covered loan shall receive a risk weight of zero per-
                                                                                                          cent.
                                                                                                                ‘‘(ii) TEMPORARY RELIEF FROM TDR DISCLOSURES.—
                                                                                                          Notwithstanding any other provision of law, an insured
                                                                                                          depository institution or an insured credit union that
                                                                                                          modifies a covered loan in relation to COVID–19-
                                                                                                          related difficulties in a troubled debt restructuring on




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                          or after March 13, 2020, shall not be required to comply
                                                                                                          with the Financial Accounting Standards Board




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00012   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 293

                                                                              Accounting Standards Codification Subtopic 310–40
                                                                              (‘Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Credi-
                                                                              tors’) for purposes of compliance with the requirements
                                                                              of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1811
                                                                              et seq.), until such time and under such circumstances
                                                                              as the appropriate Federal banking agency or the
                                                                              National Credit Union Administration Board, as
                                                                              applicable, determines appropriate.
                                                                              ‘‘(P) REIMBURSEMENT FOR PROCESSING.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall
                                                                              reimburse a lender authorized to make a covered loan
                                                                              at a rate, based on the balance of the financing out-
                                                                              standing at the time of disbursement of the covered
                                                                              loan, of—
                                                                                           ‘‘(I) 5 percent for loans of not more than
                                                                                    $350,000;
                                                                                           ‘‘(II) 3 percent for loans of more than $350,000
                                                                                    and less than $2,000,000; and
                                                                                           ‘‘(III) 1 percent for loans of not less than
                                                                                    $2,000,000.
                                                                                    ‘‘(ii) FEE LIMITS.—An agent that assists an eligible
                                                                              recipient to prepare an application for a covered loan
                                                                              may not collect a fee in excess of the limits established
                                                                              by the Administrator.
                                                                                    ‘‘(iii) TIMING.—A reimbursement described in                                        Deadline.
                                                                              clause (i) shall be made not later than 5 days after
                                                                              the disbursement of the covered loan.
                                                                                    ‘‘(iv) SENSE OF THE SENATE.—It is the sense of
                                                                              the Senate that the Administrator should issue guid-
                                                                              ance to lenders and agents to ensure that the proc-
                                                                              essing and disbursement of covered loans prioritizes
                                                                              small business concerns and entities in underserved
                                                                              and rural markets, including veterans and members
                                                                              of the military community, small business concerns
                                                                              owned and controlled by socially and economically dis-
                                                                              advantaged individuals (as defined in section
                                                                              8(d)(3)(C)), women, and businesses in operation for
                                                                              less than 2 years.
                                                                              ‘‘(Q) DUPLICATION.—Nothing in this paragraph shall                                        Time period.
                                                                          prohibit a recipient of an economic injury disaster loan
                                                                          made under subsection (b)(2) during the period beginning
                                                                          on January 31, 2020 and ending on the date on which
                                                                          covered loans are made available that is for a purpose
                                                                          other than paying payroll costs and other obligations
                                                                          described in subparagraph (F) from receiving assistance
                                                                          under this paragraph.
                                                                              ‘‘(R) WAIVER OF PREPAYMENT PENALTY.—Notwith-
                                                                          standing any other provision of law, there shall be no
                                                                          prepayment penalty for any payment made on a covered
                                                                          loan.’’.
                                                                      (b) COMMITMENTS FOR 7(A) LOANS.—During the period begin-                                          Time period.
                                                                  ning on February 15, 2020 and ending on June 30, 2020—
                                                                          (1) the amount authorized for commitments for general
                                                                      business loans authorized under section 7(a) of the Small Busi-
                                                                      ness Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), including loans made under para-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                      graph (36) of such section, as added by subsection (a), shall
                                                                      be $349,000,000,000; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00013   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 294                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                   (2) the amount authorized for commitments for such loans
                                                                                              under the heading ‘‘BUSINESS LOANS PROGRAM ACCOUNT’’ under
                                                                                              the heading ‘‘SMALL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION’’ under title
                                                                                              V of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2020 (Public Law
                                                                                              116–93; 133 Stat. 2475) shall not apply.
                                                                                              (c) EXPRESS LOANS.—
                                                                                                   (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 7(a)(31)(D) of the Small Business
                                                                                              Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)(31)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘$350,000’’
                                                                                              and inserting ‘‘$1,000,000’’.
                                                                  Effective date.                  (2) PROSPECTIVE REPEAL.—Effective on January 1, 2021,
                                                                  15 USC 636 note.            section 7(a)(31)(D) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                              636(a)(31)(D)) is amended by striking ‘‘$1,000,000’’ and
                                                                                              inserting ‘‘$350,000’’.
                                                                                              (d) EXCEPTION TO GUARANTEE FEE WAIVER FOR VETERANS.—
                                                                                          Section 7(a)(31)(G) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                          636(a)(31)(G)) is amended—
                                                                                                   (1) by striking clause (ii); and
                                                                                                   (2) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (ii).
                                                                  15 USC 636 note.            (e) INTERIM RULE.—On and after the date of enactment of
                                                                                          this Act, the interim final rule published by the Administrator
                                                                                          entitled ‘‘Express Loan Programs: Affiliation Standards’’ (85 Fed.
                                                                                          Reg. 7622 (February 10, 2020)) is permanently rescinded and shall
                                                                                          have no force or effect.
                                                                  15 USC 9002.            SEC. 1103. ENTREPRENEURIAL DEVELOPMENT.
                                                                                                 (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                      (1) the term ‘‘covered small business concern’’ means a
                                                                                                 small business concern that has experienced, as a result of
                                                                                                 COVID–19—
                                                                                                           (A) supply chain disruptions, including changes in—
                                                                                                                (i) quantity and lead time, including the number
                                                                                                           of shipments of components and delays in shipments;
                                                                                                                (ii) quality, including shortages in supply for
                                                                                                           quality control reasons; and
                                                                                                                (iii) technology, including a compromised payment
                                                                                                           network;
                                                                                                           (B) staffing challenges;
                                                                                                           (C) a decrease in gross receipts or customers; or
                                                                                                           (D) a closure;
                                                                                                      (2) the term ‘‘resource partner’’ means—
                                                                                                           (A) a small business development center; and
                                                                                                           (B) a women’s business center;
                                                                                                      (3) the term ‘‘small business development center’’ has the
                                                                                                 meaning given the term in section 3 of the Small Business
                                                                                                 Act (15 U.S.C. 632); and
                                                                                                      (4) the term ‘‘women’s business center’’ means a women’s
                                                                                                 business center described in section 29 of the Small Business
                                                                                                 Act (15 U.S.C. 656).
                                                                                                 (b) EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND ADVISING GRANTS.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administration may provide financial
                                                                                                 assistance in the form of grants to resource partners to provide
                                                                                                 education, training, and advising to covered small business
                                                                                                 concerns.
                                                                                                      (2) USE OF FUNDS.—Grants under this subsection shall




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                 be used for the education, training, and advising of covered
                                                                                                 small business concerns and their employees on—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00014   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 295

                                                                                    (A) accessing and applying for resources provided by
                                                                               the Administration and other Federal resources relating
                                                                               to access to capital and business resiliency;
                                                                                    (B) the hazards and prevention of the transmission
                                                                               and communication of COVID–19 and other communicable
                                                                               diseases;
                                                                                    (C) the potential effects of COVID–19 on the supply
                                                                               chains, distribution, and sale of products of covered small
                                                                               business concerns and the mitigation of those effects;
                                                                                    (D) the management and practice of telework to reduce
                                                                               possible transmission of COVID–19;
                                                                                    (E) the management and practice of remote customer
                                                                               service by electronic or other means;
                                                                                    (F) the risks of and mitigation of cyber threats in
                                                                               remote customer service or telework practices;
                                                                                    (G) the mitigation of the effects of reduced travel or
                                                                               outside activities on covered small business concerns during
                                                                               COVID–19 or similar occurrences; and
                                                                                    (H) any other relevant business practices necessary
                                                                               to mitigate the economic effects of COVID–19 or similar
                                                                               occurrences.
                                                                               (3) GRANT DETERMINATION.—
                                                                                    (A) SMALL BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT CENTERS.—The
                                                                               Administration shall award 80 percent of funds authorized
                                                                               to carry out this subsection to small business development
                                                                               centers, which shall be awarded pursuant to a formula
                                                                               jointly developed, negotiated, and agreed upon, with full
                                                                               participation of both parties, between the association
                                                                               formed under section 21(a)(3)(A) of the Small Business
                                                                               Act (15 U.S.C. 648(a)(3)(A)) and the Administration.
                                                                                    (B) WOMEN’S BUSINESS CENTERS.—The Administration
                                                                               shall award 20 percent of funds authorized to carry out
                                                                               this subsection to women’s business centers, which shall
                                                                               be awarded pursuant to a process established by the
                                                                               Administration in consultation with recipients of assist-
                                                                               ance.
                                                                                    (C) NO MATCHING FUNDS REQUIRED.—Matching funds
                                                                               shall not be required for any grant under this subsection.
                                                                               (4) GOALS AND METRICS.—
                                                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—Goals and metrics for the funds made
                                                                               available under this subsection shall be jointly developed,
                                                                               negotiated, and agreed upon, with full participation of both
                                                                               parties, between the resource partners and the Adminis-
                                                                               trator, which shall—
                                                                                         (i) take into consideration the extent of the cir-
                                                                                    cumstances relating to the spread of COVID–19, or
                                                                                    similar occurrences, that affect covered small business
                                                                                    concerns located in the areas covered by the resource
                                                                                    partner, particularly in rural areas or economically
                                                                                    distressed areas;
                                                                                         (ii) generally follow the use of funds outlined in
                                                                                    paragraph (2), but shall not restrict the activities of
                                                                                    resource partners in responding to unique situations;
                                                                                    and




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                         (iii) encourage resource partners to develop and
                                                                                    provide services to covered small business concerns.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00015   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 296                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Methodologies.                         (B) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Administrator shall
                                                                                                    make publicly available the methodology by which the
                                                                                                    Administrator and resource partners jointly develop the
                                                                                                    metrics and goals described in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                               (c) RESOURCE PARTNER ASSOCIATION GRANTS.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator may provide grants
                                                                                               to an association or associations representing resource partners
                                                                                               under which the association or associations shall establish a
                                                                                               single centralized hub for COVID–19 information, which shall
                                                                                               include—
                                                                                                         (A) 1 online platform that consolidates resources and
                                                                                                    information available across multiple Federal agencies for
                                                                                                    small business concerns related to COVID–19; and
                                                                                                         (B) a training program to educate resource partner
                                                                                                    counselors, members of the Service Corps of Retired Execu-
                                                                                                    tives established under section 8(b)(1)(B) of the Small Busi-
                                                                                                    ness Act (15 U.S.C. 637(b)(1)(B)), and counselors at vet-
                                                                                                    erans business outreach centers described in section 32
                                                                                                    of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 657b) on the resources
                                                                                                    and information described in subparagraph (A).
                                                                                                    (2) GOALS AND METRICS.—Goals and metrics for the funds
                                                                                               made available under this subsection shall be jointly developed,
                                                                                               negotiated, and agreed upon, with full participation of both
                                                                                               parties, between the association or associations receiving a
                                                                                               grant under this subsection and the Administrator.
                                                                                               (d) REPORT.—Not later than 6 months after the date of enact-
                                                                                          ment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Administrator shall
                                                                                          submit to the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship
                                                                                          of the Senate and the Committee on Small Business of the House
                                                                                          of Representatives a report that describes—
                                                                                                    (1) with respect to the initial year covered by the report—
                                                                                                         (A) the programs and services developed and provided
                                                                                                    by the Administration and resource partners under sub-
                                                                                                    section (b);
                                                                                                         (B) the initial efforts to provide those services under
                                                                                                    subsection (b); and
                                                                                                         (C) the online platform and training developed and
                                                                                                    provided by the Administration and the association or
                                                                                                    associations under subsection (c); and
                                                                                                    (2) with respect to the subsequent years covered by the
                                                                                               report—
                                                                                                         (A) with respect to the grant program under subsection
                                                                                                    (b)—
                                                                                                              (i) the efforts of the Administrator and resource
                                                                                                         partners to develop services to assist covered small
                                                                                                         business concerns;
                                                                                                              (ii) the challenges faced by owners of covered small
                                                                                                         business concerns in accessing services provided by
                                                                                                         the Administration and resource partners;
                                                                                                              (iii) the number of unique covered small business
                                                                                                         concerns that were served by the Administration and
                                                                                                         resource partners; and
                                                                                                              (iv) other relevant outcome performance data with
                                                                                                         respect to covered small business concerns, including




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                         the number of employees affected, the effect on sales,
                                                                                                         the disruptions of supply chains, and the efforts made




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00016   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 297

                                                                                   by the Administration and resource partners to miti-
                                                                                   gate these effects; and
                                                                                   (B) with respect to the grant program under subsection
                                                                               (c)—
                                                                                       (i) the efforts of the Administrator and the associa-
                                                                                   tion or associations to develop and evolve an online
                                                                                   resource for small business concerns; and
                                                                                       (ii) the efforts of the Administrator and the associa-
                                                                                   tion or associations to develop a training program for
                                                                                   resource partner counselors, including the number of
                                                                                   counselors trained.
                                                                  SEC. 1104. STATE TRADE EXPANSION PROGRAM.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding paragraph (3)(C)(iii) of sec-                                    Extension.
                                                                  tion 22(l) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 649(l)), for grants
                                                                  under the State Trade Expansion Program under such section 22(l)
                                                                  using amounts made available for fiscal year 2018 or fiscal year
                                                                  2019, the period of the grant shall continue through the end of
                                                                  fiscal year 2021.
                                                                       (b) REIMBURSEMENT.—The Administrator shall reimburse any
                                                                  recipient of assistance under section 22(l) of the Small Business
                                                                  Act (15 U.S.C. 649(l)) for financial losses relating to a foreign
                                                                  trade mission or a trade show exhibition that was cancelled solely
                                                                  due to a public health emergency declared due to COVID–19 if
                                                                  the reimbursement does not exceed a recipient’s grant funding.
                                                                  SEC. 1105. WAIVER OF MATCHING FUNDS REQUIREMENT UNDER THE                                             Time period.
                                                                              WOMEN’S BUSINESS CENTER PROGRAM.                                                          15 USC 9004.
                                                                       During the 3-month period beginning on the date of enactment
                                                                  of this Act, the requirement relating to obtaining cash contributions
                                                                  from non-Federal sources under section 29(c)(1) of the Small Busi-
                                                                  ness Act (15 U.S.C. 656(c)(1)) is waived for any recipient of assist-
                                                                  ance under such section 29.
                                                                  SEC. 1106. LOAN FORGIVENESS.                                                                          15 USC 9005.
                                                                         (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                              (1) the term ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan guaranteed under
                                                                         paragraph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                         U.S.C. 636(a)), as added by section 1102;
                                                                              (2) the term ‘‘covered mortgage obligation’’ means any
                                                                         indebtedness or debt instrument incurred in the ordinary course
                                                                         of business that—
                                                                                   (A) is a liability of the borrower;
                                                                                   (B) is a mortgage on real or personal property; and
                                                                                   (C) was incurred before February 15, 2020;
                                                                              (3) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the 8-week period
                                                                         beginning on the date of the origination of a covered loan;
                                                                              (4) the term ‘‘covered rent obligation’’ means rent obligated
                                                                         under a leasing agreement in force before February 15, 2020;
                                                                              (5) the term ‘‘covered utility payment’’ means payment
                                                                         for a service for the distribution of electricity, gas, water,
                                                                         transportation, telephone, or internet access for which service
                                                                         began before February 15, 2020;
                                                                              (6) the term ‘‘eligible recipient’’ means the recipient of
                                                                         a covered loan;
                                                                              (7) the term ‘‘expected forgiveness amount’’ means the




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                         amount of principal that a lender reasonably expects a borrower
                                                                         to expend during the covered period on the sum of any—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00017   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 298                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         (A) payroll costs;
                                                                                                         (B) payments of interest on any covered mortgage
                                                                                                    obligation (which shall not include any prepayment of or
                                                                                                    payment of principal on a covered mortgage obligation);
                                                                                                         (C) payments on any covered rent obligation; and
                                                                                                         (D) covered utility payments; and
                                                                                                    (8) the term ‘‘payroll costs’’ has the meaning given that
                                                                                               term in paragraph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                               Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), as added by section 1102 of this Act.
                                                                                               (b) FORGIVENESS.—An eligible recipient shall be eligible for
                                                                                          forgiveness of indebtedness on a covered loan in an amount equal
                                                                                          to the sum of the following costs incurred and payments made
                                                                                          during the covered period:
                                                                                                    (1) Payroll costs.
                                                                                                    (2) Any payment of interest on any covered mortgage
                                                                                               obligation (which shall not include any prepayment of or pay-
                                                                                               ment of principal on a covered mortgage obligation).
                                                                                                    (3) Any payment on any covered rent obligation.
                                                                                                    (4) Any covered utility payment.
                                                                                               (c) TREATMENT OF AMOUNTS FORGIVEN.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—Amounts which have been forgiven under
                                                                                               this section shall be considered canceled indebtedness by a
                                                                                               lender authorized under section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                               Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)).
                                                                                                    (2) PURCHASE OF GUARANTEES.—For purposes of the pur-
                                                                                               chase of the guarantee for a covered loan by the Administrator,
                                                                                               amounts which are forgiven under this section shall be treated
                                                                                               in accordance with the procedures that are otherwise applicable
                                                                                               to a loan guaranteed under section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                               Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)).
                                                                  Deadline.                         (3) REMITTANCE.—Not later than 90 days after the date
                                                                                               on which the amount of forgiveness under this section is deter-
                                                                                               mined, the Administrator shall remit to the lender an amount
                                                                                               equal to the amount of forgiveness, plus any interest accrued
                                                                                               through the date of payment.
                                                                                                    (4) ADVANCE PURCHASE OF COVERED LOAN.—
                                                                                                         (A) REPORT.—A lender authorized under section 7(a)
                                                                                                    of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), or, at the
                                                                                                    discretion of the Administrator, a third party participant
                                                                                                    in the secondary market, may, report to the Administrator
                                                                                                    an expected forgiveness amount on a covered loan or on
                                                                                                    a pool of covered loans of up to 100 percent of the principal
                                                                                                    on the covered loan or pool of covered loans, respectively.
                                                                                                         (B) PURCHASE.—The Administrator shall purchase the
                                                                                                    expected forgiveness amount described in subparagraph
                                                                                                    (A) as if the amount were the principal amount of a loan
                                                                                                    guaranteed under section 7(a) of the Small Business Act
                                                                                                    636(a)).
                                                                  Deadline.                              (C) TIMING.—Not later than 15 days after the date
                                                                                                    on which the Administrator receives a report under
                                                                                                    subparagraph (A), the Administrator shall purchase the
                                                                                                    expected forgiveness amount under subparagraph (B) with
                                                                                                    respect to each covered loan to which the report relates.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               (d) LIMITS ON AMOUNT OF FORGIVENESS.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00018   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 299

                                                                              (1) AMOUNT MAY NOT EXCEED PRINCIPAL.—The amount of
                                                                         loan forgiveness under this section shall not exceed the prin-
                                                                         cipal amount of the financing made available under the
                                                                         applicable covered loan.
                                                                              (2) REDUCTION BASED ON REDUCTION IN NUMBER OF
                                                                         EMPLOYEES.—
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The amount of loan forgiveness
                                                                              under this section shall be reduced, but not increased,
                                                                              by multiplying the amount described in subsection (b) by
                                                                              the quotient obtained by dividing—
                                                                                       (i) the average number of full-time equivalent
                                                                                   employees per month employed by the eligible recipient
                                                                                   during the covered period; by
                                                                                       (ii)(I) at the election of the borrower—                                         Time periods.
                                                                                             (aa) the average number of full-time equiva-
                                                                                       lent employees per month employed by the eligible
                                                                                       recipient during the period beginning on February
                                                                                       15, 2019 and ending on June 30, 2019; or
                                                                                             (bb) the average number of full-time equiva-
                                                                                       lent employees per month employed by the eligible
                                                                                       recipient during the period beginning on January
                                                                                       1, 2020 and ending on February 29, 2020; or
                                                                                       (II) in the case of an eligible recipient that is                                Determination.
                                                                                   seasonal employer, as determined by the Adminis-
                                                                                   trator, the average number of full-time equivalent
                                                                                   employees per month employed by the eligible recipient
                                                                                   during the period beginning on February 15, 2019 and
                                                                                   ending on June 30, 2019.
                                                                                   (B)    CALCULATION        OF     AVERAGE    NUMBER   OF
                                                                              EMPLOYEES.—For purposes of subparagraph (A), the aver-                                    Determination.
                                                                              age number of full-time equivalent employees shall be
                                                                              determined by calculating the average number of full-time
                                                                              equivalent employees for each pay period falling within
                                                                              a month.
                                                                              (3) REDUCTION RELATING TO SALARY AND WAGES.—
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The amount of loan forgiveness
                                                                              under this section shall be reduced by the amount of any
                                                                              reduction in total salary or wages of any employee described
                                                                              in subparagraph (B) during the covered period that is in
                                                                              excess of 25 percent of the total salary or wages of the
                                                                              employee during the most recent full quarter during which
                                                                              the employee was employed before the covered period.
                                                                                   (B) EMPLOYEES DESCRIBED.—An employee described in
                                                                              this subparagraph is any employee who did not receive,
                                                                              during any single pay period during 2019, wages or salary
                                                                              at an annualized rate of pay in an amount more than
                                                                              $100,000.
                                                                              (4) TIPPED WORKERS.—An eligible recipient with tipped
                                                                         employees described in section 3(m)(2)(A) of the Fair Labor
                                                                         Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 203(m)(2)(A)) may receive
                                                                         forgiveness for additional wages paid to those employees.
                                                                              (5) EXEMPTION FOR RE-HIRES.—
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—In a circumstance described in                                       Determination.
                                                                              subparagraph (B), the amount of loan forgiveness under                                    Time period.
                                                                              this section shall be determined without regard to a reduc-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              tion in the number of full-time equivalent employees of
                                                                              an eligible recipient or a reduction in the salary of 1 or




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00019   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 300                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    more employees of the eligible recipient, as applicable,
                                                                                                    during the period beginning on February 15, 2020 and
                                                                                                    ending on the date that is 30 days after the date of enact-
                                                                                                    ment of this Act.
                                                                  Time period.                           (B) CIRCUMSTANCES.—A circumstance described in this
                                                                  Deadline.                         subparagraph is a circumstance—
                                                                                                              (i) in which—
                                                                                                                    (I) during the period beginning on February
                                                                                                              15, 2020 and ending on the date that is 30 days
                                                                                                              after the date of enactment of this Act, there is
                                                                                                              a reduction, as compared to February 15, 2020,
                                                                                                              in the number of full-time equivalent employees
                                                                                                              of an eligible recipient; and
                                                                                                                    (II) not later than June 30, 2020, the eligible
                                                                                                              employer has eliminated the reduction in the
                                                                                                              number of full-time equivalent employees;
                                                                                                              (ii) in which—
                                                                                                                    (I) during the period beginning on February
                                                                                                              15, 2020 and ending on the date that is 30 days
                                                                                                              after the date of enactment of this Act, there is
                                                                                                              a reduction, as compared to February 15, 2020,
                                                                                                              in the salary or wages of 1 or more employees
                                                                                                              of the eligible recipient; and
                                                                                                                    (II) not later than June 30, 2020, the eligible
                                                                                                              employer has eliminated the reduction in the
                                                                                                              salary or wages of such employees; or
                                                                                                              (iii) in which the events described in clause (i)
                                                                                                         and (ii) occur.
                                                                                                    (6) EXEMPTIONS.—The Administrator and the Secretary of
                                                                                               the Treasury may prescribe regulations granting de minimis
                                                                                               exemptions from the requirements under this subsection.
                                                                                               (e) APPLICATION.—An eligible recipient seeking loan forgiveness
                                                                                          under this section shall submit to the lender that is servicing
                                                                                          the covered loan an application, which shall include—
                                                                                                    (1) documentation verifying the number of full-time equiva-
                                                                                               lent employees on payroll and pay rates for the periods
                                                                                               described in subsection (d), including—
                                                                                                         (A) payroll tax filings reported to the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                    Service; and
                                                                                                         (B) State income, payroll, and unemployment insurance
                                                                                                    filings;
                                                                                                    (2) documentation, including cancelled checks, payment
                                                                                               receipts, transcripts of accounts, or other documents verifying
                                                                                               payments on covered mortgage obligations, payments on cov-
                                                                                               ered lease obligations, and covered utility payments;
                                                                  Certification.                    (3) a certification from a representative of the eligible
                                                                                               recipient authorized to make such certifications that—
                                                                                                         (A) the documentation presented is true and correct;
                                                                                                    and
                                                                                                         (B) the amount for which forgiveness is requested was
                                                                                                    used to retain employees, make interest payments on a
                                                                                                    covered mortgage obligation, make payments on a covered
                                                                                                    rent obligation, or make covered utility payments; and
                                                                                                    (4) any other documentation the Administrator determines
                                                                                               necessary.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  Requirement.                 (f) PROHIBITION ON FORGIVENESS WITHOUT DOCUMENTATION.—
                                                                                          No eligible recipient shall receive forgiveness under this section




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00020   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 301

                                                                  without submitting to the lender that is servicing the covered
                                                                  loan the documentation required under subsection (e).
                                                                       (g) DECISION.—Not later than 60 days after the date on which                                     Deadline.
                                                                  a lender receives an application for loan forgiveness under this
                                                                  section from an eligible recipient, the lender shall issue a decision
                                                                  on the an application.
                                                                       (h) HOLD HARMLESS.—If a lender has received the documenta-
                                                                  tion required under this section from an eligible recipient attesting
                                                                  that the eligible recipient has accurately verified the payments
                                                                  for payroll costs, payments on covered mortgage obligations, pay-
                                                                  ments on covered lease obligations, or covered utility payments
                                                                  during covered period—
                                                                            (1) an enforcement action may not be taken against the
                                                                       lender under section 47(e) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                       657t(e)) relating to loan forgiveness for the payments for payroll
                                                                       costs, payments on covered mortgage obligations, payments
                                                                       on covered lease obligations, or covered utility payments, as
                                                                       the case may be; and
                                                                            (2) the lender shall not be subject to any penalties by
                                                                       the Administrator relating to loan forgiveness for the payments
                                                                       for payroll costs, payments on covered mortgage obligations,
                                                                       payments on covered lease obligations, or covered utility pay-
                                                                       ments, as the case may be.
                                                                       (i) TAXABILITY.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                  of 1986, any amount which (but for this subsection) would be
                                                                  includible in gross income of the eligible recipient by reason of
                                                                  forgiveness described in subsection (b) shall be excluded from gross
                                                                  income.
                                                                       (j) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—The cancellation of indebtedness
                                                                  on a covered loan under this section shall not otherwise modify
                                                                  the terms and conditions of the covered loan.
                                                                       (k) REGULATIONS.—Not later than 30 days after the date of                                        Deadline.
                                                                  enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall issue guidance and                                     Guidance.
                                                                  regulations implementing this section.
                                                                  SEC. 1107. DIRECT APPROPRIATIONS.                                                                     15 USC 9006.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—There is appropriated, out of amounts in
                                                                  the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending
                                                                  September 30, 2020, to remain available until September 30, 2021,
                                                                  for additional amounts—
                                                                            (1) $349,000,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                       Administration—Business Loans Program Account, CARES
                                                                       Act’’ for the cost of guaranteed loans as authorized under para-
                                                                       graph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                       636(a)), as added by section 1102(a) of this Act;
                                                                            (2) $675,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                       Administration—Salaries and Expenses’’ for salaries and
                                                                       expenses of the Administration;
                                                                            (3) $25,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                       Administration—Office of Inspector General’’, to remain avail-
                                                                       able until September 30, 2024, for necessary expenses of the
                                                                       Office of Inspector General of the Administration in carrying
                                                                       out the provisions of the Inspector General Act of 1978 (5
                                                                       U.S.C. App.);
                                                                            (4) $265,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       Administration—Entrepreneurial Development Programs’’, of
                                                                       which—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00021   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 302                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (A) $240,000,000 shall be for carrying out section
                                                                                                   1103(b) of this Act; and
                                                                                                        (B) $25,000,000 shall be for carrying out section 1103(c)
                                                                                                   of this Act;
                                                                                                   (5) $10,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Department of Com-
                                                                                              merce—Minority Business Development Agency’’ for minority
                                                                                              business centers of the Minority Business Development Agency
                                                                                              to provide technical assistance to small business concerns;
                                                                                                   (6) $10,000,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                                              Administration—Emergency EIDL Grants’’ shall be for carrying
                                                                                              out section 1110 of this Act;
                                                                                                   (7) $17,000,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Small Business
                                                                                              Administration—Business Loans Program Account, CARES
                                                                                              Act’’ shall be for carrying out section 1112 of this Act; and
                                                                                                   (8) $25,000,000 under the heading ‘‘Department of the
                                                                                              Treasury—Departmental Offices—Salaries and Expenses’’ shall
                                                                                              be for carrying out section 1109 of this Act.
                                                                  Time period.                (b) SECONDARY MARKET.—During the period beginning on the
                                                                                          date of enactment of this Act and ending on September 30, 2021,
                                                                                          guarantees of trust certificates authorized by section 5(g) of the
                                                                                          Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 635(g)) shall not exceed a principal
                                                                                          amount of $100,000,000,000.
                                                                  Expenditure                 (c) REPORTS.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                                                  plan.                   ment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit to the Committee
                                                                                          on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Appropria-
                                                                                          tions of the House of Representatives a detailed expenditure plan
                                                                                          for using the amounts appropriated to the Administration under
                                                                                          subsection (a).
                                                                  15 USC 9007.            SEC. 1108. MINORITY BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.
                                                                                                 (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                      (1) the term ‘‘Agency’’ means the Minority Business
                                                                                                 Development Agency of the Department of Commerce;
                                                                                                      (2) the term ‘‘minority business center’’ means a Business
                                                                                                 Center of the Agency;
                                                                                                      (3) the term ‘‘minority business enterprise’’ means a for-
                                                                                                 profit business enterprise—
                                                                                                           (A) not less than 51 percent of which is owned by
                                                                                                      1 or more socially disadvantaged individuals, as determined
                                                                                                      by the Agency; and
                                                                                                           (B) the management and daily business operations of
                                                                                                      which are controlled by 1 or more socially disadvantaged
                                                                                                      individuals, as determined by the Agency; and
                                                                                                      (4) the term ‘‘minority chamber of commerce’’ means a
                                                                                                 chamber of commerce developed specifically to support minority
                                                                                                 business enterprises.
                                                                                                 (b) EDUCATION, TRAINING, AND ADVISING GRANTS.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—The Agency may provide financial assist-
                                                                                                 ance in the form of grants to minority business centers and
                                                                                                 minority chambers of commerce to provide education, training,
                                                                                                 and advising to minority business enterprises.
                                                                                                      (2) USE OF FUNDS.—Grants under this section shall be
                                                                                                 used for the education, training, and advising of minority busi-
                                                                                                 ness enterprises and their employees on—
                                                                                                           (A) accessing and applying for resources provided by




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      the Agency and other Federal resources relating to access
                                                                                                      to capital and business resiliency;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00022   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 303

                                                                                   (B) the hazards and prevention of the transmission
                                                                              and communication of COVID–19 and other communicable
                                                                              diseases;
                                                                                   (C) the potential effects of COVID–19 on the supply
                                                                              chains, distribution, and sale of products of minority busi-
                                                                              ness enterprises and the mitigation of those effects;
                                                                                   (D) the management and practice of telework to reduce
                                                                              possible transmission of COVID–19;
                                                                                   (E) the management and practice of remote customer
                                                                              service by electronic or other means;
                                                                                   (F) the risks of and mitigation of cyber threats in
                                                                              remote customer service or telework practices;
                                                                                   (G) the mitigation of the effects of reduced travel or
                                                                              outside activities on minority business enterprises during
                                                                              COVID–19 or similar occurrences; and
                                                                                   (H) any other relevant business practices necessary
                                                                              to mitigate the economic effects of COVID–19 or similar
                                                                              occurrences.
                                                                              (3) NO MATCHING FUNDS REQUIRED.—Matching funds shall
                                                                         not be required for any grant under this section.
                                                                              (4) GOALS AND METRICS.—
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—Goals and metrics for the funds made
                                                                              available under this section shall be jointly developed, nego-
                                                                              tiated, and agreed upon, with full participation of both
                                                                              parties, between the minority business centers, minority
                                                                              chambers of commerce, and the Agency, which shall—
                                                                                        (i) take into consideration the extent of the cir-
                                                                                   cumstances relating to the spread of COVID–19, or
                                                                                   similar occurrences, that affect minority business
                                                                                   enterprises located in the areas covered by minority
                                                                                   business centers and minority chambers of commerce,
                                                                                   particularly in rural areas or economically distressed
                                                                                   areas;
                                                                                        (ii) generally follow the use of funds outlined in
                                                                                   paragraph (2), but shall not restrict the activities of
                                                                                   minority business centers and minority chambers of
                                                                                   commerce in responding to unique situations; and
                                                                                        (iii) encourage minority business centers and
                                                                                   minority chambers of commerce to develop and provide
                                                                                   services to minority business enterprises.
                                                                                   (B) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Agency shall make pub-                                  Methodologies.
                                                                              licly available the methodology by which the Agency,
                                                                              minority business centers, and minority chambers of com-
                                                                              merce jointly develop the metrics and goals described in
                                                                              subparagraph (A).
                                                                         (c) WAIVERS.—                                                                                  Time periods.
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                         law or regulation, the Agency may, during the 3-month period
                                                                         that begins on the date of enactment of this Act, waive any
                                                                         matching requirement imposed on a minority business center
                                                                         or a specialty center of the Agency under a cooperative agree-
                                                                         ment between such a center and the Agency if the applicable
                                                                         center is unable to raise funds, or has suffered a loss of revenue,
                                                                         because of the effects of COVID–19.
                                                                              (2) REMAINING COMPLIANT.—Notwithstanding any provision




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                         of a cooperative agreement between the Agency and a minority
                                                                         business center, if, during the period beginning on the date




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00023   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 304                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                              of enactment of this Act and ending on September 30, 2021,
                                                                                              such a center decides not to collect fees because of the economic
                                                                                              consequences of COVID–19, the center shall be considered to
                                                                                              be in compliance with that agreement if—
                                                                  Notification.                         (A) the center notifies the Agency with respect to that
                                                                                                   decision, which the center may provide through electronic
                                                                                                   mail; and
                                                                  Deadline.                             (B) the Agency, not later than 15 days after the date
                                                                                                   on which the center provides notice to the Agency under
                                                                                                   subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                             (i) confirms receipt of the notification under
                                                                                                        subparagraph (A); and
                                                                                                             (ii) accepts the decision of the center.
                                                                                              (d) REPORT.—Not later than 6 months after the date of enact-
                                                                                          ment of this Act, and annually thereafter, the Agency shall submit
                                                                                          to the Committee on Small Business and Entrepreneurship and
                                                                                          the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the
                                                                                          Senate and the Committee on Small Business and the Committee
                                                                                          on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives a report
                                                                                          that describes—
                                                                                                   (1) with respect to the period covered by the initial report—
                                                                                                        (A) the programs and services developed and provided
                                                                                                   by the Agency, minority business centers, and minority
                                                                                                   chambers of commerce under subsection (b); and
                                                                                                        (B) the initial efforts to provide those services under
                                                                                                   subsection (b); and
                                                                                                   (2) with respect to subsequent years covered by the report—
                                                                                                        (A) with respect to the grant program under subsection
                                                                                                   (b)—
                                                                                                             (i) the efforts of the Agency, minority business
                                                                                                        centers, and minority chambers of commerce to develop
                                                                                                        services to assist minority business enterprises;
                                                                                                             (ii) the challenges faced by owners of minority
                                                                                                        business enterprises in accessing services provided by
                                                                                                        the Agency, minority business centers, and minority
                                                                                                        chambers of commerce;
                                                                                                             (iii) the number of unique minority business enter-
                                                                                                        prises that were served by the Agency, minority busi-
                                                                                                        ness centers, or minority chambers of commerce; and
                                                                                                             (iv) other relevant outcome performance data with
                                                                                                        respect to minority business enterprises, including the
                                                                                                        number of employees affected, the effect on sales, the
                                                                                                        disruptions of supply chains, and the efforts made by
                                                                                                        the Agency, minority business centers, and minority
                                                                                                        chambers of commerce to mitigate these effects .
                                                                                              (e) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                                          to be appropriated $10,000,000 to carry out this section, to remain
                                                                                          available until expended.
                                                                  15 USC 9008.            SEC. 1109. UNITED STATES TREASURY PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
                                                                                                     AUTHORITY.
                                                                                                 (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                      (1) the terms ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ and
                                                                                                 ‘‘insured depository institution’’ have the meanings given those




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                 terms in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12
                                                                                                 U.S.C. 1813);




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00024   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 305

                                                                           (2) the term ‘‘insured credit union’’ has the meaning given
                                                                      the term in section 101 of the Federal Credit Union Act (12
                                                                      U.S.C. 1752); and
                                                                           (3) the term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary of the
                                                                      Treasury.
                                                                      (b) AUTHORITY TO INCLUDE ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INSTITU-
                                                                  TIONS.—The Department of the Treasury, in consultation with the                                       Consultation.
                                                                  Administrator, and the Chairman of the Farm Credit Administra-                                        Criteria.
                                                                  tion shall establish criteria for insured depository institutions,
                                                                  insured credit unions, institutions of the Farm Credit System char-
                                                                  tered under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.),
                                                                  and other lenders that do not already participate in lending under
                                                                  programs of the Administration, to participate in the paycheck
                                                                  protection program to provide loans under this section until the
                                                                  date on which the national emergency declared by the President
                                                                  under the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with
                                                                  respect to the Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19) expires.
                                                                      (c) SAFETY AND SOUNDNESS.—An insured depository institution,                                      Determination.
                                                                  insured credit union, institution of the Farm Credit System char-                                     Consultation.
                                                                  tered under the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.),
                                                                  or other lender may only participate in the program established
                                                                  under this section if participation does not affect the safety and
                                                                  soundness of the institution or lender, as determined by the Sec-
                                                                  retary in consultation with the appropriate Federal banking agen-
                                                                  cies or the National Credit Union Administration Board, as
                                                                  applicable.
                                                                      (d) REGULATIONS FOR LENDERS AND LOANS.—
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary may issue regulations and
                                                                      guidance as necessary to carry out the purposes of this section,
                                                                      including to—
                                                                                (A) allow additional lenders to originate loans under
                                                                           this section; and
                                                                                (B) establish terms and conditions for loans under this
                                                                           section, including terms and conditions concerning com-
                                                                           pensation, underwriting standards, interest rates, and
                                                                           maturity.
                                                                           (2) REQUIREMENTS.—The terms and conditions established
                                                                      under paragraph (1) shall provide for the following:
                                                                                (A) A rate of interest that does not exceed the max-
                                                                           imum permissible rate of interest available on a loan of
                                                                           comparable maturity under paragraph (36) of section 7(a)
                                                                           of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), as added
                                                                           by section 1102 of this Act.
                                                                                (B) Terms and conditions that, to the maximum extent
                                                                           practicable, are consistent with the terms and conditions
                                                                           required under the following provisions of paragraph (36)
                                                                           of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)),
                                                                           as added by section 1102 of this Act:
                                                                                     (i) Subparagraph (D), pertaining to borrower eligi-
                                                                                bility.
                                                                                     (ii) Subparagraph (E), pertaining to the maximum
                                                                                loan amount.
                                                                                     (iii) Subparagraph (F)(i), pertaining to allowable
                                                                                uses of program loans.
                                                                                     (iv) Subparagraph (H), pertaining to fee waivers.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                     (v) Subparagraph (M), pertaining to loan
                                                                                deferment.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00025   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 306                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (C) A guarantee percentage that, to the maximum
                                                                                                   extent practicable, is consistent with the guarantee percent-
                                                                                                   age required under subparagraph (F) of section 7(a)(2) of
                                                                                                   the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)(2)), as added
                                                                                                   by section 1102 of this Act.
                                                                                                        (D) Loan forgiveness under terms and conditions that,
                                                                                                   to the maximum extent practicable, is consistent with the
                                                                                                   terms and conditions for loan forgiveness under section
                                                                                                   1106 of this Act.
                                                                                              (e) ADDITIONAL REGULATIONS GENERALLY.—The Secretary may
                                                                                          issue regulations and guidance as necessary to carry out the pur-
                                                                                          poses of this section, including to allow additional lenders to origi-
                                                                                          nate loans under this title and to establish terms and conditions
                                                                                          such as compensation, underwriting standards, interest rates, and
                                                                                          maturity for under this section.
                                                                                              (f) CERTIFICATION.—As a condition of receiving a loan under
                                                                                          this section, a borrower shall certify under terms acceptable to
                                                                                          the Secretary that the borrower—
                                                                                                   (1) does not have an application pending for a loan under
                                                                                              section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)) for
                                                                                              the same purpose; and
                                                                  Time period.                     (2) has not received such a loan during the period beginning
                                                                                              on February 15, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020.
                                                                                              (g) OPT-IN FOR SBA QUALIFIED LENDERS.—Lenders qualified
                                                                                          to participate as a lender under 7(a) of the Small Business Act
                                                                                          (15 U.S.C. 636(a)) may elect to participate in the paycheck protec-
                                                                                          tion program under the criteria, terms, and conditions established
                                                                                          under this section. Such participation shall not preclude the lenders
                                                                                          from continuing participation as a lender under section 7(a) of
                                                                                          the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)).
                                                                                              (h) PROGRAM ADMINISTRATION.—With guidance from the Sec-
                                                                                          retary, the Administrator shall administer the program established
                                                                                          under this section, including the making and purchasing of guaran-
                                                                                          tees on loans under the program, until the date on which the
                                                                                          national emergency declared by the President under the National
                                                                                          Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the
                                                                                          Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID–19) expires.
                                                                                              (i) CRIMINAL PENALTIES.—A loan under this section shall be
                                                                                          deemed to be a loan under the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                          631 et seq.) for purposes of section 16 of such Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                          645).
                                                                  15 USC 9009.            SEC. 1110. EMERGENCY EIDL GRANTS.
                                                                                                 (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                      (1) the term ‘‘covered period’’ means the period beginning
                                                                                                 on January 31, 2020 and ending on December 31, 2020; and
                                                                                                      (2) the term ‘‘eligible entity’’ means—
                                                                                                           (A) a business with not more than 500 employees;
                                                                                                           (B) any individual who operates under a sole
                                                                                                      proprietorship, with or without employees, or as an inde-
                                                                                                      pendent contractor;
                                                                                                           (C) a cooperative with not more than 500 employees;
                                                                                                           (D) an ESOP (as defined in section 3 of the Small




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632)) with not more than 500
                                                                                                      employees; or




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00026   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 307

                                                                                (E) a tribal small business concern, as described in
                                                                           section 31(b)(2)(C) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                           657a(b)(2)(C)), with not more than 500 employees.
                                                                      (b) ELIGIBLE ENTITIES.—During the covered period, in addition
                                                                  to small business concerns, private nonprofit organizations, and
                                                                  small agricultural cooperatives, an eligible entity shall be eligible
                                                                  for a loan made under section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act
                                                                  (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)).
                                                                      (c) TERMS; CREDIT ELSEWHERE.—With respect to a loan made                                          Waiver authority.
                                                                  under section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2))
                                                                  in response to COVID–19 during the covered period, the Adminis-
                                                                  trator shall waive—
                                                                           (1) any rules related the personal guarantee on advances
                                                                      and loans of not more than $200,000 during the covered period
                                                                      for all applicants;
                                                                           (2) the requirement that an applicant needs to be in busi-                                   Time period.
                                                                      ness for the 1-year period before the disaster, except that no
                                                                      waiver may be made for a business that was not in operation
                                                                      on January 31, 2020; and
                                                                           (3) the requirement in the flush matter following subpara-
                                                                      graph (E) of section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act (15
                                                                      U.S.C. 636(b)(2)), as so redesignated by subsection (f) of this
                                                                      section, that an applicant be unable to obtain credit elsewhere.
                                                                      (d) APPROVAL AND ABILITY TO REPAY FOR SMALL DOLLAR
                                                                  LOANS.—With respect to a loan made under section 7(b)(2) of the
                                                                  Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)) in response to COVID–
                                                                  19 during the covered period, the Administrator may—
                                                                           (1) approve an applicant based solely on the credit score
                                                                      of the applicant and shall not require an applicant to submit
                                                                      a tax return or a tax return transcript for such approval;
                                                                      or
                                                                           (2) use alternative appropriate methods to determine an
                                                                      applicant’s ability to repay.
                                                                      (e) EMERGENCY GRANT.—
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—During the covered period, an entity                                         Deadline.
                                                                      included for eligibility in subsection (b), including small busi-
                                                                      ness concerns, private nonprofit organizations, and small agri-
                                                                      cultural cooperatives, that applies for a loan under section
                                                                      7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)) in
                                                                      response to COVID–19 may request that the Administrator
                                                                      provide an advance that is, subject to paragraph (3), in the
                                                                      amount requested by such applicant to such applicant within
                                                                      3 days after the Administrator receives an application from
                                                                      such applicant.
                                                                           (2) VERIFICATION.—Before disbursing amounts under this
                                                                      subsection, the Administrator shall verify that the applicant
                                                                      is an eligible entity by accepting a self-certification from the
                                                                      applicant under penalty of perjury pursuant to section 1746
                                                                      of title 28 United States Code.
                                                                           (3) AMOUNT.—The amount of an advance provided under
                                                                      this subsection shall be not more than $10,000.
                                                                           (4) USE OF FUNDS.—An advance provided under this sub-
                                                                      section may be used to address any allowable purpose for
                                                                      a loan made under section 7(b)(2) of the Small Business Act
                                                                      (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)), including—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                (A) providing paid sick leave to employees unable to
                                                                           work due to the direct effect of the COVID–19;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00027   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 308                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                        (B) maintaining payroll to retain employees during
                                                                                                   business disruptions or substantial slowdowns;
                                                                                                        (C) meeting increased costs to obtain materials unavail-
                                                                                                   able from the applicant’s original source due to interrupted
                                                                                                   supply chains;
                                                                                                        (D) making rent or mortgage payments; and
                                                                                                        (E) repaying obligations that cannot be met due to
                                                                                                   revenue losses.
                                                                                                   (5) REPAYMENT.—An applicant shall not be required to
                                                                                              repay any amounts of an advance provided under this sub-
                                                                                              section, even if subsequently denied a loan under section 7(b)(2)
                                                                                              of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)).
                                                                                                   (6) UNEMPLOYMENT GRANT.—If an applicant that receives
                                                                                              an advance under this subsection transfers into, or is approved
                                                                                              for, the loan program under section 7(a) of the Small Business
                                                                                              Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)), the advance amount shall be reduced
                                                                                              from the loan forgiveness amount for a loan for payroll costs
                                                                                              made under such section 7(a).
                                                                                                   (7) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is author-
                                                                                              ized to be appropriated to the Administration $10,000,000,000
                                                                                              to carry out this subsection.
                                                                                                   (8) TERMINATION.—The authority to carry out grants under
                                                                                              this subsection shall terminate on December 31, 2020.
                                                                                              (f) EMERGENCIES INVOLVING FEDERAL PRIMARY RESPONSIBILITY
                                                                                          QUALIFYING FOR SBA ASSISTANCE.—Section 7(b)(2) of the Small
                                                                                          Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(b)(2)) is amended—
                                                                                                   (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                                                                   (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                                                                   (3) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end;
                                                                                                   (4) by redesignating subparagraph (D) as subparagraph
                                                                                              (E);
                                                                                                   (5) by inserting after subparagraph (C) the following:
                                                                                                        ‘‘(D) an emergency involving Federal primary responsi-
                                                                                                   bility determined to exist by the President under the section
                                                                                                   501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                                   gency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)); or’’; and
                                                                                                   (6) in subparagraph (E), as so redesignated—
                                                                                                        (A) by striking ‘‘or (C)’’ and inserting ‘‘(C), or (D)’’;
                                                                                                        (B) by striking ‘‘disaster declaration’’ each place it
                                                                                                   appears and inserting ‘‘disaster or emergency declaration’’;
                                                                                                        (C) by striking ‘‘disaster has occurred’’ and inserting
                                                                                                   ‘‘disaster or emergency has occurred’’;
                                                                                                        (D) by striking ‘‘such disaster’’ and inserting ‘‘such
                                                                                                   disaster or emergency’’; and
                                                                                                        (E) by striking ‘‘disaster stricken’’ and inserting
                                                                                                   ‘‘disaster- or emergency-stricken’’; and
                                                                                                   (7) in the flush matter following subparagraph (E), as so
                                                                                              redesignated, by striking the period at the end and inserting
                                                                                              the following: ‘‘: Provided further, That for purposes of subpara-
                                                                                              graph (D), the Administrator shall deem that such an emer-
                                                                                              gency affects each State or subdivision thereof (including coun-
                                                                                              ties), and that each State or subdivision has sufficient economic
                                                                                              damage to small business concerns to qualify for assistance




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                              under this paragraph and the Administrator shall accept
                                                                                              applications for such assistance immediately.’’.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00028   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 309
                                                                  SEC. 1111. RESOURCES AND SERVICES IN LANGUAGES OTHER THAN                                             15 USC 9010.
                                                                              ENGLISH.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall provide the resources
                                                                  and services made available by the Administration to small business
                                                                  concerns in the 10 most commonly spoken languages, other than
                                                                  English, in the United States, which shall include Mandarin, Can-
                                                                  tonese, Japanese, and Korean.
                                                                       (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                  to be appropriated to the Administrator $25,000,000 to carry out
                                                                  this section.
                                                                  SEC. 1112. SUBSIDY FOR CERTAIN LOAN PAYMENTS.                                                         15 USC 9011.
                                                                       (a) DEFINITION OF COVERED LOAN.—In this section, the term
                                                                  ‘‘covered loan’’ means a loan that is—
                                                                            (1) guaranteed by the Administration under—
                                                                                 (A) section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                            636(a))—
                                                                                      (i) including a loan made under the Community
                                                                                 Advantage Pilot Program of the Administration; and
                                                                                      (ii) excluding a loan made under paragraph (36)
                                                                                 of such section 7(a), as added by section 1102; or
                                                                                 (B) title V of the Small Business Investment Act of
                                                                            1958 (15 U.S.C. 695 et seq.); or
                                                                            (2) made by an intermediary to a small business concern
                                                                       using loans or grants received under section 7(m) of the Small
                                                                       Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(m)).
                                                                       (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress that—
                                                                            (1) all borrowers are adversely affected by COVID–19;
                                                                            (2) relief payments by the Administration are appropriate
                                                                       for all borrowers; and
                                                                            (3) in addition to the relief provided under this Act, the
                                                                       Administration should encourage lenders to provide payment
                                                                       deferments, when appropriate, and to extend the maturity of
                                                                       covered loans, so as to avoid balloon payments or any require-
                                                                       ment for increases in debt payments resulting from deferments
                                                                       provided by lenders during the period of the national emergency
                                                                       declared by the President under the National Emergencies
                                                                       Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the Coronavirus
                                                                       Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                       (c) PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator shall pay the prin-                                       Time periods.
                                                                       cipal, interest, and any associated fees that are owed on a
                                                                       covered loan in a regular servicing status—
                                                                                 (A) with respect to a covered loan made before the
                                                                            date of enactment of this Act and not on deferment, for
                                                                            the 6-month period beginning with the next payment due
                                                                            on the covered loan;
                                                                                 (B) with respect to a covered loan made before the
                                                                            date of enactment of this Act and on deferment, for the
                                                                            6-month period beginning with the next payment due on
                                                                            the covered loan after the deferment period; and
                                                                                 (C) with respect to a covered loan made during the
                                                                            period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act
                                                                            and ending on the date that is 6 months after such date




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                            of enactment, for the 6-month period beginning with the
                                                                            first payment due on the covered loan.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00029   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 310                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Deadline.                         (2) TIMING OF PAYMENT.—The Administrator shall begin
                                                                                               making payments under paragraph (1) on a covered loan not
                                                                                               later than 30 days after the date on which the first such
                                                                                               payment is due.
                                                                                                    (3) APPLICATION OF PAYMENT.—Any payment made by the
                                                                                               Administrator under paragraph (1) shall be applied to the
                                                                                               covered loan such that the borrower is relieved of the obligation
                                                                                               to pay that amount.
                                                                  Coordination.                (d) OTHER REQUIREMENTS.—The Administrator shall—
                                                                                                    (1) communicate and coordinate with the Federal Deposit
                                                                                               Insurance Corporation, the Office of the Comptroller of the
                                                                                               Currency, and State bank regulators to encourage those entities
                                                                                               to not require lenders to increase their reserves on account
                                                                                               of receiving payments made by the Administrator under sub-
                                                                                               section (c);
                                                                  Waiver authority.                 (2) waive statutory limits on maximum loan maturities
                                                                  Time period.                 for any covered loan durations where the lender provides a
                                                                                               deferral and extends the maturity of covered loans during the
                                                                                               1-year period following the date of enactment of this Act; and
                                                                  Deadline.                         (3) when necessary to provide more time because of the
                                                                                               potential of higher volumes, travel restrictions, and the inability
                                                                                               to access some properties during the COVID–19 pandemic,
                                                                                               extend lender site visit requirements to—
                                                                                                         (A) not more than 60 days (which may be extended
                                                                                                    at the discretion of the Administration) after the occurrence
                                                                                                    of an adverse event, other than a payment default, causing
                                                                                                    a loan to be classified as in liquidation; and
                                                                                                         (B) not more than 90 days after a payment default.
                                                                                               (e) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section may be
                                                                                          construed to limit the authority of the Administrator to make
                                                                                          payments pursuant to subsection (c) with respect to a covered
                                                                                          loan solely because the covered loan has been sold in the secondary
                                                                                          market.
                                                                                               (f) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                                          to be appropriated to the Administrator $17,000,000,000 to carry
                                                                                          out this section.
                                                                                          SEC. 1113. BANKRUPTCY.
                                                                                                 (a) SMALL BUSINESS DEBTOR REORGANIZATION.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 1182(1) of title 11, United States
                                                                                                 Code, is amended to read as follows:
                                                                  Definition.                         ‘‘(1) DEBTOR.—The term ‘debtor’—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) subject to subparagraph (B), means a person
                                                                                                      engaged in commercial or business activities (including
                                                                                                      any affiliate of such person that is also a debtor under
                                                                                                      this title and excluding a person whose primary activity
                                                                                                      is the business of owning single asset real estate) that
                                                                                                      has aggregate noncontingent liquidated secured and
                                                                                                      unsecured debts as of the date of the filing of the petition
                                                                                                      or the date of the order for relief in an amount not more
                                                                                                      than $7,500,000 (excluding debts owed to 1 or more affili-
                                                                                                      ates or insiders) not less than 50 percent of which arose
                                                                                                      from the commercial or business activities of the debtor;
                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) does not include—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) any member of a group of affiliated debtors
                                                                                                            that has aggregate noncontingent liquidated secured




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00030   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 311

                                                                                    and unsecured debts in an amount greater than
                                                                                    $7,500,000 (excluding debt owed to 1 or more affiliates
                                                                                    or insiders);
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) any debtor that is a corporation subject to
                                                                                    the reporting requirements under section 13 or 15(d)
                                                                                    of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m,
                                                                                    78o(d)); or
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) any debtor that is an affiliate of an issuer,
                                                                                    as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange
                                                                                    Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c).’’.
                                                                              (2) APPLICABILITY OF CHAPTERS.—Section 103(i) of title 11,
                                                                         United States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘small business
                                                                         debtor’’ and inserting ‘‘debtor (as defined in section 1182)’’.
                                                                              (3) APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT.—The amendment made                                          11 USC 1182
                                                                         by paragraph (1) shall apply only with respect to cases com-                                   note.
                                                                         menced under title 11, United States Code, on or after the
                                                                         date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                              (4) TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS.—
                                                                                    (A) DEFINITION OF SMALL BUSINESS DEBTOR.—Section
                                                                              101(51D)(B)(iii) of title 11, United States Code, is amended
                                                                              to read as follows:
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) any debtor that is an affiliate of an issuer
                                                                                    (as defined in section 3 of the Securities Exchange
                                                                                    Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78c)).’’.
                                                                                    (B) UNCLAIMED PROPERTY.—Section 347(b) of title 11,
                                                                              United States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘1194’’ and
                                                                              inserting ‘‘1191’’.
                                                                              (5) SUNSET.—On the date that is 1 year after the date                                     11 USC 1182
                                                                         of enactment of this Act, section 1182(1) of title 11, United                                  note.
                                                                         States Code, is amended to read as follows:
                                                                              ‘‘(1) DEBTOR.—The term ‘debtor’ means a small business                                    Definition.
                                                                         debtor.’’.
                                                                         (b) BANKRUPTCY RELIEF.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                    (A) EXCLUSION FROM CURRENT MONTHLY INCOME.—Sec-
                                                                              tion 101(10A)(B)(ii) of title 11, United States Code, is
                                                                              amended—
                                                                                         (i) in subclause (III), by striking ‘‘; and’’ and
                                                                                    inserting a semicolon;
                                                                                         (ii) in subclause (IV), by striking the period at
                                                                                    the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                         (iii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                ‘‘(V) Payments made under Federal law
                                                                                         relating to the national emergency declared by
                                                                                         the President under the National Emergencies Act
                                                                                         (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the
                                                                                         coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19).’’.
                                                                                    (B) CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.—Section 1325(b)(2) of title
                                                                              11, United States Code, is amended by inserting ‘‘payments
                                                                              made under Federal law relating to the national emergency
                                                                              declared by the President under the National Emergencies
                                                                              Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with respect to the coronavirus
                                                                              disease 2019 (COVID–19),’’ after ‘‘other than’’.
                                                                                    (C) MODIFICATION OF PLAN AFTER CONFIRMATION.—Sec-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              tion 1329 of title 11, United States Code, is amended by
                                                                              adding at end the following:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00031   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 312                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                ‘‘(d)(1) Subject to paragraph (3), for a plan confirmed prior
                                                                                          to the date of enactment of this subsection, the plan may be modified
                                                                                          upon the request of the debtor if—
                                                                                                      ‘‘(A) the debtor is experiencing or has experienced a mate-
                                                                                                rial financial hardship due, directly or indirectly, to the
                                                                                                coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19) pandemic; and
                                                                                                      ‘‘(B) the modification is approved after notice and a hearing.
                                                                  Time period.                  ‘‘(2) A plan modified under paragraph (1) may not provide
                                                                                          for payments over a period that expires more than 7 years after
                                                                                          the time that the first payment under the original confirmed plan
                                                                                          was due.
                                                                                                ‘‘(3) Sections 1322(a), 1322(b), 1323(c), and the requirements
                                                                                          of section 1325(a) shall apply to any modification under paragraph
                                                                                          (1).’’.
                                                                                                            (D) APPLICABILITY.—
                                                                  11 USC 101 note.                               (i) The amendments made by subparagraphs (A)
                                                                                                            and (B) shall apply to any case commenced before,
                                                                                                            on, or after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                  11 USC 1329                                    (ii) The amendment made by subparagraph (C)
                                                                  note.                                     shall apply to any case for which a plan has been
                                                                                                            confirmed under section 1325 of title 11, United States
                                                                                                            Code, before the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                                                      (2) SUNSET.—
                                                                                                            (A) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                                                 (i) EXCLUSION FROM CURRENT MONTHLY INCOME.—
                                                                                                            Section 101(10A)(B)(ii) of title 11, United States Code,
                                                                                                            is amended—
                                                                                                                      (I) in subclause (III), by striking the semicolon
                                                                                                                 at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’;
                                                                                                                      (II) in subclause (IV), by striking ‘‘; and’’ and
                                                                                                                 inserting a period; and
                                                                                                                      (III) by striking subclause (V).
                                                                                                                 (ii) CONFIRMATION OF PLAN.—Section 1325(b)(2) of
                                                                                                            title 11, United States Code, is amended by striking
                                                                                                            ‘‘payments made under Federal law relating to the
                                                                                                            national emergency declared by the President under
                                                                                                            the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.)
                                                                                                            with respect to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                                                            19),’’.
                                                                                                                 (iii) MODIFICATION OF PLAN AFTER CONFIRMA-
                                                                                                            TION.—Section 1329 of title 11, United States Code,
                                                                                                            is amended by striking subsection (d).
                                                                  11 USC 101 note.                          (B) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by
                                                                                                      subparagraph (A) shall take effect on the date that is
                                                                                                      1 year after the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                  Deadline.               SEC. 1114. EMERGENCY RULEMAKING AUTHORITY.
                                                                  15 USC 9012.
                                                                                               Not later than 15 days after the date of enactment of this
                                                                                          Act, the Administrator shall issue regulations to carry out this
                                                                                          title and the amendments made by this title without regard to
                                                                                          the notice requirements under section 553(b) of title 5, United
                                                                                          States Code.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00032   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 313

                                                                   TITLE II—ASSISTANCE FOR AMERICAN
                                                                   WORKERS, FAMILIES, AND BUSINESSES
                                                                         Subtitle A—Unemployment Insurance                                                              Relief for
                                                                                                                                                                        Workers Affected
                                                                                     Provisions                                                                         by Coronavirus
                                                                                                                                                                        Act.
                                                                  SEC. 2101. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               15 USC 9001
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                      This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘Relief for Workers Affected
                                                                  by Coronavirus Act’’.
                                                                  SEC. 2102. PANDEMIC UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE.                                                          15 USC 9021.
                                                                         (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                              (1) COVID–19.—The term ‘‘COVID–19’’ means the 2019
                                                                         Novel Coronavirus or 2019-nCoV.
                                                                              (2) COVID–19 PUBLIC HEALTH EMERGENCY.—The term
                                                                         ‘‘COVID–19 public health emergency’’ means the public health
                                                                         emergency declared by the Secretary of Health and Human
                                                                         Services on January 27, 2020, with respect to the 2019 Novel
                                                                         Coronavirus.
                                                                              (3) COVERED INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘‘covered individual’’—
                                                                                   (A) means an individual who—
                                                                                        (i) is not eligible for regular compensation or
                                                                                   extended benefits under State or Federal law or pan-
                                                                                   demic emergency unemployment compensation under
                                                                                   section 2107, including an individual who has
                                                                                   exhausted all rights to regular unemployment or
                                                                                   extended benefits under State or Federal law or pan-
                                                                                   demic emergency unemployment compensation under
                                                                                   section 2107; and
                                                                                        (ii) provides self-certification that the individual—
                                                                                              (I) is otherwise able to work and available
                                                                                        for work within the meaning of applicable State
                                                                                        law, except the individual is unemployed, partially
                                                                                        unemployed, or unable or unavailable to work
                                                                                        because—
                                                                                                   (aa) the individual has been diagnosed
                                                                                              with COVID–19 or is experiencing symptoms
                                                                                              of COVID–19 and seeking a medical diagnosis;
                                                                                                   (bb) a member of the individual’s house-
                                                                                              hold has been diagnosed with COVID–19;
                                                                                                   (cc) the individual is providing care for
                                                                                              a family member or a member of the individ-
                                                                                              ual’s household who has been diagnosed with
                                                                                              COVID–19;
                                                                                                   (dd) a child or other person in the house-
                                                                                              hold for which the individual has primary
                                                                                              caregiving responsibility is unable to attend
                                                                                              school or another facility that is closed as a
                                                                                              direct result of the COVID–19 public health
                                                                                              emergency and such school or facility care is
                                                                                              required for the individual to work;
                                                                                                   (ee) the individual is unable to reach the
                                                                                              place of employment because of a quarantine




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                              imposed as a direct result of the COVID–19
                                                                                              public health emergency;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00033   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 314                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                        (ff) the individual is unable to reach the
                                                                                                                   place of employment because the individual
                                                                                                                   has been advised by a health care provider
                                                                                                                   to self-quarantine due to concerns related to
                                                                                                                   COVID–19;
                                                                                                                        (gg) the individual was scheduled to com-
                                                                                                                   mence employment and does not have a job
                                                                                                                   or is unable to reach the job as a direct result
                                                                                                                   of the COVID–19 public health emergency;
                                                                                                                        (hh) the individual has become the bread-
                                                                                                                   winner or major support for a household
                                                                                                                   because the head of the household has died
                                                                                                                   as a direct result of COVID–19;
                                                                                                                        (ii) the individual has to quit his or her
                                                                                                                   job as a direct result of COVID–19;
                                                                                                                        (jj) the individual’s place of employment
                                                                                                                   is closed as a direct result of the COVID–
                                                                                                                   19 public health emergency; or
                                                                                                                        (kk) the individual meets any additional
                                                                                                                   criteria established by the Secretary for
                                                                                                                   unemployment assistance under this section;
                                                                                                                   or
                                                                                                                   (II) is self-employed, is seeking part-time
                                                                                                              employment, does not have sufficient work history,
                                                                                                              or otherwise would not qualify for regular
                                                                                                              unemployment or extended benefits under State
                                                                                                              or Federal law or pandemic emergency unemploy-
                                                                                                              ment compensation under section 2107 and meets
                                                                                                              the requirements of subclause (I); and
                                                                                                         (B) does not include—
                                                                                                              (i) an individual who has the ability to telework
                                                                                                         with pay; or
                                                                                                              (ii) an individual who is receiving paid sick leave
                                                                                                         or other paid leave benefits, regardless of whether
                                                                                                         the individual meets a qualification described in items
                                                                                                         (aa) through (kk) of subparagraph (A)(i)(I).
                                                                                                    (4) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                               of Labor.
                                                                                                    (5) STATE.—The term ‘‘State’’ includes the District of
                                                                                               Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin
                                                                                               Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the
                                                                                               Northern Mariana Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia,
                                                                                               the Republic of the Marshall Islands, and the Republic of Palau.
                                                                                               (b) ASSISTANCE FOR UNEMPLOYMENT AS A RESULT OF COVID–
                                                                                          19.—Subject to subsection (c), the Secretary shall provide to any
                                                                                          covered individual unemployment benefit assistance while such
                                                                                          individual is unemployed, partially unemployed, or unable to work
                                                                                          for the weeks of such unemployment with respect to which the
                                                                                          individual is not entitled to any other unemployment compensation
                                                                                          (as that term is defined in section 85(b) of title 26, United States
                                                                                          Code) or waiting period credit.
                                                                                               (c) APPLICABILITY.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in paragraph (2), the
                                                                                               assistance authorized under subsection (b) shall be available
                                                                                               to a covered individual—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  Time period.                           (A) for weeks of unemployment, partial unemployment,
                                                                                                    or inability to work caused by COVID–19—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00034   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 315

                                                                                        (i) beginning on or after January 27, 2020; and
                                                                                        (ii) ending on or before December 31, 2020; and
                                                                                   (B) subject to subparagraph (A)(ii), as long as the cov-
                                                                              ered individual’s unemployment, partial unemployment, or
                                                                              inability to work caused by COVID–19 continues.
                                                                              (2) LIMITATION ON DURATION OF ASSISTANCE.—The total
                                                                         number of weeks for which a covered individual may receive
                                                                         assistance under this section shall not exceed 39 weeks and
                                                                         such total shall include any week for which the covered indi-
                                                                         vidual received regular compensation or extended benefits
                                                                         under any Federal or State law, except that if after the date
                                                                         of enactment of this Act, the duration of extended benefits
                                                                         is extended, the 39-week period described in this paragraph
                                                                         shall be extended by the number of weeks that is equal to
                                                                         the number of weeks by which the extended benefits were
                                                                         extended.
                                                                              (3) ASSISTANCE FOR UNEMPLOYMENT BEFORE DATE OF
                                                                         ENACTMENT.—The Secretary shall establish a process for                                         Time period.
                                                                         making assistance under this section available for weeks begin-
                                                                         ning on or after January 27, 2020, and before the date of
                                                                         enactment of this Act.
                                                                         (d) AMOUNT OF ASSISTANCE.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—The assistance authorized under sub-
                                                                         section (b) for a week of unemployment, partial unemployment,
                                                                         or inability to work shall be—
                                                                                   (A)(i) the weekly benefit amount authorized under the
                                                                              unemployment compensation law of the State where the
                                                                              covered individual was employed, except that the amount
                                                                              may not be less than the minimum weekly benefit amount
                                                                              described in section 625.6 of title 20, Code of Federal Regu-
                                                                              lations, or any successor thereto; and
                                                                                   (ii) the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemployment
                                                                              Compensation under section 2104; and
                                                                                   (B) in the case of an increase of the weekly benefit
                                                                              amount after the date of enactment of this Act, increased
                                                                              in an amount equal to such increase.
                                                                              (2) CALCULATIONS OF AMOUNTS FOR CERTAIN COVERED
                                                                         INDIVIDUALS.—In the case of a covered individual who is self-
                                                                         employed, who lives in a territory described in subsection (c)
                                                                         or (d) of section 625.6 of title 20, Code of Federal Regulations,
                                                                         or who would not otherwise qualify for unemployment com-
                                                                         pensation under State law, the assistance authorized under
                                                                         subsection (b) for a week of unemployment shall be calculated
                                                                         in accordance with section 625.6 of title 20, Code of Federal
                                                                         Regulations, or any successor thereto, and shall be increased
                                                                         by the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensa-
                                                                         tion under section 2104.
                                                                              (3) ALLOWABLE METHODS OF PAYMENT.—Any assistance pro-
                                                                         vided for in accordance with paragraph (1)(A)(ii) shall be pay-
                                                                         able either—
                                                                                   (A) as an amount which is paid at the same time
                                                                              and in the same manner as the assistance provided for
                                                                              in paragraph (1)(A)(i) is payable for the week involved;
                                                                              or
                                                                                   (B) at the option of the State, by payments which




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              are made separately from, but on the same weekly basis
                                                                              as, any assistance provided for in paragraph (1)(A)(i).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00035   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 316                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                               (e) WAIVER OF STATE REQUIREMENT.—Notwithstanding State
                                                                                          law, for purposes of assistance authorized under this section, com-
                                                                                          pensation under this Act shall be made to an individual otherwise
                                                                                          eligible for such compensation without any waiting period.
                                                                                               (f) AGREEMENTS WITH STATES.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall provide the assistance
                                                                                               authorized under subsection (b) through agreements with
                                                                                               States which, in the judgment of the Secretary, have an ade-
                                                                                               quate system for administering such assistance through
                                                                                               existing State agencies.
                                                                                                    (2) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—There shall be paid to each
                                                                                               State which has entered into an agreement under this sub-
                                                                                               section an amount equal to 100 percent of—
                                                                                                         (A) the total amount of assistance provided by the
                                                                                                    State pursuant to such agreement; and
                                                                                                         (B) any additional administrative expenses incurred
                                                                                                    by the State by reason of such agreement (as determined
                                                                                                    by the Secretary), including any administrative expenses
                                                                                                    necessary to facilitate processing of applications for assist-
                                                                                                    ance under this section online or by telephone rather than
                                                                                                    in-person.
                                                                  Reimbursement.                    (3) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Sums payable to any State by
                                                                  Determination.               reason of such State’s having an agreement under this sub-
                                                                  Estimate.                    section shall be payable, either in advance or by way of
                                                                                               reimbursement (as determined by the Secretary), in such
                                                                                               amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be entitled
                                                                                               to receive under this subsection for each calendar month,
                                                                                               reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                               by which the Secretary finds that his estimates for any prior
                                                                                               calendar month were greater or less than the amounts which
                                                                                               should have been paid to the State. Such estimates may be
                                                                                               made on the basis of such statistical, sampling, or other method
                                                                                               as may be agreed upon by the Secretary and the State agency
                                                                                               of the State involved.
                                                                                               (g) FUNDING.—
                                                                                                    (1) ASSISTANCE.—
                                                                                                         (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the extended unemploy-
                                                                                                    ment compensation account (as established by section
                                                                                                    905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of
                                                                                                    the Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section
                                                                                                    904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used to
                                                                                                    make payments to States pursuant to subsection (f)(2)(A).
                                                                                                         (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                    provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                    transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                    not otherwise appropriated) to the extended unemployment
                                                                                                    compensation account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                    estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                    in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                    eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                    the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                    sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                    (2) ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—
                                                                                                         (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the employment security
                                                                                                    administration account (as established by section 901(a)




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                    of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of the
                                                                                                    Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00036   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 317

                                                                           904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used to
                                                                           make payments to States pursuant to subsection (f)(2)(B).
                                                                                (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                           provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                           transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                           not otherwise appropriated) to the employment security
                                                                           administration account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                           estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                           in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                           eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                           the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                           sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                           (3) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary of Labor shall from
                                                                      time to time certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment
                                                                      to each State the sums payable to such State under paragraphs
                                                                      (1) and (2).
                                                                      (h) RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN PANDEMIC UNEMPLOYMENT ASSIST-
                                                                  ANCE AND DISASTER UNEMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE.—Except as other-                                           Applicability.
                                                                  wise provided in this section or to the extent there is a conflict                                    Definitions.
                                                                  between this section and section 625 of title 20, Code of Federal
                                                                  Regulations, such section 625 shall apply to this section as if—
                                                                           (1) the term ‘‘COVID–19 public health emergency’’ were
                                                                      substituted for the term ‘‘major disaster’’ each place it appears
                                                                      in such section 625; and
                                                                           (2) the term ‘‘pandemic’’ were substituted for the term
                                                                      ‘‘disaster’’ each place it appears in such section 625.
                                                                  SEC. 2103. EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT RELIEF FOR GOVERN-                                                  15 USC 9022.
                                                                             MENTAL ENTITIES AND NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS.
                                                                      (a) FLEXIBILITY IN PAYING REIMBURSEMENT.—The Secretary of
                                                                  Labor may issue clarifying guidance to allow States to interpret
                                                                  their State unemployment compensation laws in a manner that
                                                                  would provide maximum flexibility to reimbursing employers as
                                                                  it relates to timely payment and assessment of penalties and
                                                                  interest pursuant to such State laws.
                                                                      (b) FEDERAL FUNDING.—Section 903 of the Social Security Act
                                                                  (42 U.S.C. 1103) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                      ‘‘Transfers for Federal Reimbursement of State Unemployment
                                                                                                  Funds
                                                                       ‘‘(i)(1)(A) In addition to any other amounts, the Secretary of
                                                                  Labor shall provide for the transfer of funds during the applicable
                                                                  period to the accounts of the States in the Unemployment Trust
                                                                  Fund, by transfer from amounts reserved for that purpose in the
                                                                  Federal unemployment account, in accordance with the succeeding
                                                                  provisions of this subsection.
                                                                       ‘‘(B) The amount of funds transferred to the account of a State
                                                                  under subparagraph (A) during the applicable period shall, as deter-
                                                                  mined by the Secretary of Labor, be equal to one-half of the amounts
                                                                  of compensation (as defined in section 3306(h) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                  enue Code of 1986) attributable under the State law to service
                                                                  to which section 3309(a)(1) of such Code applies that were paid
                                                                  by the State for weeks of unemployment beginning and ending
                                                                  during such period. Such transfers shall be made at such times
                                                                  as the Secretary of Labor considers appropriate.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       ‘‘(C) Notwithstanding any other law, funds transferred to the
                                                                  account of a State under subparagraph (A) shall be used exclusively




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00037   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 318                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          to reimburse governmental entities and other organizations
                                                                                          described in section 3309(a)(2) of such Code for amounts paid (in
                                                                                          lieu of contributions) into the State unemployment fund pursuant
                                                                                          to such section.
                                                                  Definition.                  ‘‘(D) For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘applicable period’
                                                                  Time period.            means the period beginning on March 13, 2020, and ending on
                                                                                          December 31, 2020.
                                                                                               ‘‘(2)(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Sec-
                                                                                          retary of the Treasury shall transfer from the general fund of
                                                                                          the Treasury (from funds not otherwise appropriated) to the Federal
                                                                                          unemployment account such sums as the Secretary of Labor esti-
                                                                                          mates to be necessary for purposes of making the transfers
                                                                                          described in paragraph (1).
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) There are appropriated from the general fund of the
                                                                                          Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, the sums referred to in
                                                                                          subparagraph (A) and such sums shall not be required to be
                                                                                          repaid.’’.
                                                                  15 USC 9023.            SEC. 2104. EMERGENCY INCREASE IN UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSA-
                                                                                                      TION BENEFITS.
                                                                                               (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—Any State which desires to
                                                                                          do so may enter into and participate in an agreement under this
                                                                                          section with the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to
                                                                  Time period.            as the ‘‘Secretary’’). Any State which is a party to an agreement
                                                                  Notification.           under this section may, upon providing 30 days’ written notice
                                                                                          to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                                               (b) PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENT.—
                                                                                                    (1) FEDERAL PANDEMIC UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                               Any agreement under this section shall provide that the State
                                                                                               agency of the State will make payments of regular compensa-
                                                                                               tion to individuals in amounts and to the extent that they
                                                                                               would be determined if the State law of the State were applied,
                                                                                               with respect to any week for which the individual is (dis-
                                                                                               regarding this section) otherwise entitled under the State law
                                                                                               to receive regular compensation, as if such State law had been
                                                                                               modified in a manner such that the amount of regular com-
                                                                                               pensation (including dependents’ allowances) payable for any
                                                                                               week shall be equal to—
                                                                                                         (A) the amount determined under the State law (before
                                                                                                    the application of this paragraph), plus
                                                                                                         (B) an additional amount of $600 (in this section
                                                                                                    referred to as ‘‘Federal Pandemic Unemployment Com-
                                                                                                    pensation’’).
                                                                                                    (2) ALLOWABLE METHODS OF PAYMENT.—Any Federal Pan-
                                                                                               demic Unemployment Compensation provided for in accordance
                                                                                               with paragraph (1) shall be payable either—
                                                                                                         (A) as an amount which is paid at the same time
                                                                                                    and in the same manner as any regular compensation
                                                                                                    otherwise payable for the week involved; or
                                                                                                         (B) at the option of the State, by payments which
                                                                                                    are made separately from, but on the same weekly basis
                                                                                                    as, any regular compensation otherwise payable.
                                                                                               (c) NONREDUCTION RULE.—
                                                                  Determination.                    (1) IN GENERAL.—An agreement under this section shall
                                                                                               not apply (or shall cease to apply) with respect to a State




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               upon a determination by the Secretary that the method gov-
                                                                                               erning the computation of regular compensation under the State




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00038   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 319

                                                                       law of that State has been modified in a manner such that
                                                                       the number of weeks (the maximum benefit entitlement), or
                                                                       the average weekly benefit amount, of regular compensation
                                                                       which will be payable during the period of the agreement
                                                                       (determined disregarding any Federal Pandemic Unemploy-
                                                                       ment Compensation) will be less than the number of weeks,
                                                                       or the average weekly benefit amount, of the average weekly
                                                                       benefit amount of regular compensation which would otherwise
                                                                       have been payable during such period under the State law,
                                                                       as in effect on January 1, 2020.
                                                                            (2) MAXIMUM BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT.—In paragraph (1), the                                      Definition.
                                                                       term ‘‘maximum benefit entitlement’’ means the amount of
                                                                       regular unemployment compensation payable to an individual
                                                                       with respect to the individual’s benefit year.
                                                                       (d) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                                 (A) FULL REIMBURSEMENT.—There shall be paid to each
                                                                            State which has entered into an agreement under this
                                                                            section an amount equal to 100 percent of—
                                                                                      (i) the total amount of Federal Pandemic
                                                                                 Unemployment Compensation paid to individuals by
                                                                                 the State pursuant to such agreement; and
                                                                                      (ii) any additional administrative expenses                                       Determination.
                                                                                 incurred by the State by reason of such agreement
                                                                                 (as determined by the Secretary).
                                                                                 (B) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Sums payable to any State                                       Reimbursement.
                                                                            by reason of such State’s having an agreement under this                                    Determination.
                                                                            section shall be payable, either in advance or by way of                                    Estimate.
                                                                            reimbursement (as determined by the Secretary), in such
                                                                            amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be enti-
                                                                            tled to receive under this section for each calendar month,
                                                                            reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                            by which the Secretary finds that his estimates for any
                                                                            prior calendar month were greater or less than the amounts
                                                                            which should have been paid to the State. Such estimates
                                                                            may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                            or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                            and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                            (2) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                       certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                       State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                            (3) APPROPRIATION.—There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                       eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, such
                                                                       sums as may be necessary for purposes of this subsection.
                                                                       (e) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-                                     Time period.
                                                                  tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                            (1) beginning after the date on which such agreement is
                                                                       entered into; and
                                                                            (2) ending on or before July 31, 2020.
                                                                       (f) FRAUD AND OVERPAYMENTS.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—If an individual knowingly has made,
                                                                       or caused to be made by another, a false statement or represen-
                                                                       tation of a material fact, or knowingly has failed, or caused




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       another to fail, to disclose a material fact, and as a result




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00039   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 320                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                               of such false statement or representation or of such nondisclo-
                                                                                               sure such individual has received an amount of Federal Pan-
                                                                                               demic Unemployment Compensation to which such individual
                                                                                               was not entitled, such individual—
                                                                                                         (A) shall be ineligible for further Federal Pandemic
                                                                                                    Unemployment Compensation in accordance with the provi-
                                                                                                    sions of the applicable State unemployment compensation
                                                                                                    law relating to fraud in connection with a claim for
                                                                                                    unemployment compensation; and
                                                                                                         (B) shall be subject to prosecution under section 1001
                                                                                                    of title 18, United States Code.
                                                                                                    (2) REPAYMENT.—In the case of individuals who have
                                                                                               received amounts of Federal Pandemic Unemployment Com-
                                                                                               pensation to which they were not entitled, the State shall
                                                                                               require such individuals to repay the amounts of such Federal
                                                                                               Pandemic Unemployment Compensation to the State agency,
                                                                                               except that the State agency may waive such repayment if
                                                                                               it determines that—
                                                                                                         (A) the payment of such Federal Pandemic Unemploy-
                                                                                                    ment Compensation was without fault on the part of any
                                                                                                    such individual; and
                                                                                                         (B) such repayment would be contrary to equity and
                                                                                                    good conscience.
                                                                                                    (3) RECOVERY BY STATE AGENCY.—
                                                                  Time period.                           (A) IN GENERAL.—The State agency shall recover the
                                                                                                    amount to be repaid, or any part thereof, by deductions
                                                                                                    from any Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation
                                                                                                    payable to such individual or from any unemployment com-
                                                                                                    pensation payable to such individual under any State or
                                                                                                    Federal unemployment compensation law administered by
                                                                                                    the State agency or under any other State or Federal
                                                                                                    law administered by the State agency which provides for
                                                                                                    the payment of any assistance or allowance with respect
                                                                                                    to any week of unemployment, during the 3-year period
                                                                                                    after the date such individuals received the payment of
                                                                                                    the Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation to
                                                                                                    which they were not entitled, in accordance with the same
                                                                                                    procedures as apply to the recovery of overpayments of
                                                                                                    regular unemployment benefits paid by the State.
                                                                  Determination.                         (B) OPPORTUNITY FOR HEARING.—No repayment shall
                                                                  Notification.                     be required, and no deduction shall be made, until a deter-
                                                                                                    mination has been made, notice thereof and an opportunity
                                                                                                    for a fair hearing has been given to the individual, and
                                                                                                    the determination has become final.
                                                                  Determination.                    (4) REVIEW.—Any determination by a State agency under
                                                                                               this section shall be subject to review in the same manner
                                                                                               and to the same extent as determinations under the State
                                                                                               unemployment compensation law, and only in that manner
                                                                                               and to that extent.
                                                                                               (g) APPLICATION TO OTHER UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.—Each
                                                                                          agreement under this section shall include provisions to provide
                                                                                          that the purposes of the preceding provisions of this section shall
                                                                                          be applied with respect to unemployment benefits described in
                                                                                          subsection (i)(2) to the same extent and in the same manner as
                                                                                          if those benefits were regular compensation.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               (h) DISREGARD OF ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION FOR PURPOSES
                                                                                          OF MEDICAID AND CHIP.—The monthly equivalent of any Federal




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00040   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 321

                                                                  pandemic unemployment compensation paid to an individual under
                                                                  this section shall be disregarded when determining income for any
                                                                  purpose under the programs established under titles XIX and title
                                                                  XXI of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396 et seq., 1397aa
                                                                  et seq.) .
                                                                       (i) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                             (1) the terms ‘‘compensation’’, ‘‘regular compensation’’, ‘‘ben-
                                                                       efit year’’, ‘‘State’’, ‘‘State agency’’, ‘‘State law’’, and ‘‘week’’
                                                                       have the respective meanings given such terms under section
                                                                       205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensa-
                                                                       tion Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note); and
                                                                             (2) any reference to unemployment benefits described in
                                                                       this paragraph shall be considered to refer to—
                                                                                  (A) extended compensation (as defined by section 205
                                                                             of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensa-
                                                                             tion Act of 1970);
                                                                                  (B) regular compensation (as defined by section 85(b)
                                                                             of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) provided under
                                                                             any program administered by a State under an agreement
                                                                             with the Secretary;
                                                                                  (C) pandemic unemployment assistance under section
                                                                             2102; and
                                                                                  (D) pandemic emergency unemployment compensation
                                                                             under section 2107.
                                                                  SEC. 2105. TEMPORARY FULL FEDERAL FUNDING OF THE FIRST WEEK                                           15 USC 9024.
                                                                               OF COMPENSABLE REGULAR UNEMPLOYMENT FOR
                                                                               STATES WITH NO WAITING WEEK.
                                                                       (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—Any State which desires to
                                                                  do so may enter into and participate in an agreement under this
                                                                  section with the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to
                                                                  as the ‘‘Secretary’’). Any State which is a party to an agreement                                     Time period.
                                                                  under this section may, upon providing 30 days’ written notice                                        Notice.
                                                                  to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                       (b) REQUIREMENT THAT STATE LAW DOES NOT APPLY A WAITING
                                                                  WEEK.—A State is eligible to enter into an agreement under this
                                                                  section if the State law (including a waiver of State law) provides
                                                                  that compensation is paid to individuals for their first week of
                                                                  regular unemployment without a waiting week. An agreement                                             Determination.
                                                                  under this section shall not apply (or shall cease to apply) with
                                                                  respect to a State upon a determination by the Secretary that
                                                                  the State law no longer meets the requirement under the preceding
                                                                  sentence.
                                                                       (c) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—                                                                         Determinations.
                                                                            (1) FULL REIMBURSEMENT.—There shall be paid to each
                                                                       State which has entered into an agreement under this section
                                                                       an amount equal to 100 percent of—
                                                                                 (A) the total amount of regular compensation paid
                                                                            to individuals by the State for their first week of regular
                                                                            unemployment; and
                                                                                 (B) any additional administrative expenses incurred
                                                                            by the State by reason of such agreement (as determined
                                                                            by the Secretary).
                                                                            (2) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Sums payable to any State by
                                                                       reason of such State’s having an agreement under this section




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       shall be payable, either in advance or by way of reimbursement
                                                                       (as determined by the Secretary), in such amounts as the




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00041   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 322                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                               Secretary estimates the State will be entitled to receive under
                                                                                               this section for each calendar month, reduced or increased,
                                                                                               as the case may be, by any amount by which the Secretary
                                                                                               finds that his estimates for any prior calendar month were
                                                                                               greater or less than the amounts which should have been
                                                                                               paid to the State. Such estimates may be made on the basis
                                                                                               of such statistical, sampling, or other method as may be agreed
                                                                                               upon by the Secretary and the State agency of the State
                                                                                               involved.
                                                                                               (d) FUNDING.—
                                                                                                    (1) COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                                         (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the Federal unemployment
                                                                                                    account (as established by section 905(g)) of the Unemploy-
                                                                                                    ment Trust Fund (as established by section 904(a)) shall
                                                                                                    be used to make payments under subsection (c)(1)(A).
                                                                                                         (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                    provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                    transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                    not otherwise appropriated) to the Federal unemployment
                                                                                                    account such sums as the Secretary of Labor estimates
                                                                                                    to be necessary to make payments described in subpara-
                                                                                                    graph (A). There are appropriated from the general fund
                                                                                                    of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation, the sums
                                                                                                    referred to in the preceding sentence and such sums shall
                                                                                                    not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                    (2) ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.—
                                                                                                         (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the employment security
                                                                                                    administration account (as established by section 901(a)
                                                                                                    of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of the
                                                                                                    Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section
                                                                                                    904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used to
                                                                                                    make payments to States pursuant to subsection (c)(1)(B).
                                                                                                         (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                    provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                    transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                    not otherwise appropriated) to the employment security
                                                                                                    administration account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                    estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                    in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                    eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                    the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                    sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                    (3) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                                               certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                                               State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                  Time period.                 (e) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-
                                                                                          tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                    (1) beginning after the date on which such agreement is
                                                                                               entered into; and
                                                                                                    (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                  Applicability.               (f) FRAUD AND OVERPAYMENTS.—The provisions of section
                                                                                          2107(e) shall apply with respect to compensation paid under an
                                                                                          agreement under this section to the same extent and in the same
                                                                                          manner as in the case of pandemic emergency unemployment com-
                                                                                          pensation under such section.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               (g) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section, the terms ‘‘reg-
                                                                                          ular compensation’’, ‘‘State’’, ‘‘State agency’’, ‘‘State law’’, and ‘‘week’’




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00042   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 323

                                                                  have the respective meanings given such terms under section 205
                                                                  of the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act
                                                                  of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                  SEC. 2106. EMERGENCY STATE STAFFING FLEXIBILITY.
                                                                      Section 4102(b) of the Emergency Unemployment Stabilization
                                                                  and Access Act of 2020 (contained in division D of the Families
                                                                  First Coronavirus Response Act) is amended—                                                           Ante, p. 194.
                                                                           (1) by striking ‘‘or employer experience rating’’ and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘employer experience rating, or, subject to the suc-
                                                                      ceeding sentence, personnel standards on a merit basis’’; and
                                                                           (2) by adding at the end the following new sentence: ‘‘The                                   Termination
                                                                      emergency flexibility for personnel standards on a merit basis                                    date.
                                                                      shall only apply through December 31, 2020, and is limited
                                                                      to engaging of temporary staff, rehiring of retirees or former
                                                                      employees on a non-competitive basis, and other temporary
                                                                      actions to quickly process applications and claims.’’.
                                                                  SEC. 2107. PANDEMIC EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.                                              15 USC 9025.
                                                                         (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Any State which desires to do so may
                                                                         enter into and participate in an agreement under this section
                                                                         with the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to as
                                                                         the ‘‘Secretary’’). Any State which is a party to an agreement                                 Time period.
                                                                         under this section may, upon providing 30 days’ written notice                                 Notification.
                                                                         to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                              (2) PROVISIONS OF AGREEMENT.—Any agreement under
                                                                         paragraph (1) shall provide that the State agency of the State
                                                                         will make payments of pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                         compensation to individuals who—
                                                                                   (A) have exhausted all rights to regular compensation
                                                                              under the State law or under Federal law with respect
                                                                              to a benefit year (excluding any benefit year that ended
                                                                              before July1, 2019);
                                                                                   (B) have no rights to regular compensation with respect
                                                                              to a week under such law or any other State unemployment
                                                                              compensation law or to compensation under any other Fed-
                                                                              eral law;
                                                                                   (C) are not receiving compensation with respect to
                                                                              such week under the unemployment compensation law of
                                                                              Canada; and
                                                                                   (D) are able to work, available to work, and actively
                                                                              seeking work.
                                                                              (3) EXHAUSTION OF BENEFITS.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                         (2)(A), an individual shall be deemed to have exhausted such
                                                                         individual’s rights to regular compensation under a State law
                                                                         when—
                                                                                   (A) no payments of regular compensation can be made
                                                                              under such law because such individual has received all
                                                                              regular compensation available to such individual based
                                                                              on employment or wages during such individual’s base
                                                                              period; or
                                                                                   (B) such individual’s rights to such compensation have
                                                                              been terminated by reason of the expiration of the benefit
                                                                              year with respect to which such rights existed.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              (4) WEEKLY BENEFIT AMOUNT, ETC.—For purposes of any
                                                                         agreement under this section—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00043   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 324                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                          (A) the amount of pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                                                     compensation which shall be payable to any individual
                                                                                                     for any week of total unemployment shall be equal to—
                                                                                                               (i) the amount of the regular compensation
                                                                                                          (including dependents’ allowances) payable to such
                                                                                                          individual during such individual’s benefit year under
                                                                                                          the State law for a week of total unemployment; and
                                                                                                               (ii) the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemploy-
                                                                                                          ment Compensation under section 2104;
                                                                                                          (B) the terms and conditions of the State law which
                                                                                                     apply to claims for regular compensation and to the pay-
                                                                                                     ment thereof (including terms and conditions relating to
                                                                                                     availability for work, active search for work, and refusal
                                                                                                     to accept work) shall apply to claims for pandemic emer-
                                                                                                     gency unemployment compensation and the payment
                                                                                                     thereof, except where otherwise inconsistent with the provi-
                                                                                                     sions of this section or with the regulations or operating
                                                                                                     instructions of the Secretary promulgated to carry out this
                                                                                                     section;
                                                                                                          (C) the maximum amount of pandemic emergency
                                                                                                     unemployment compensation payable to any individual for
                                                                                                     whom an pandemic emergency unemployment compensa-
                                                                                                     tion account is established under subsection (b) shall not
                                                                                                     exceed the amount established in such account for such
                                                                                                     individual; and
                                                                                                          (D) the allowable methods of payment under section
                                                                                                     2104(b)(2) shall apply to payments of amounts described
                                                                                                     in subparagraph (A)(ii).
                                                                  Applicability.                     (5) COORDINATION RULE.—An agreement under this section
                                                                  Determination.                 shall apply with respect to a State only upon a determination
                                                                                                 by the Secretary that, under the State law or other applicable
                                                                                                 rules of such State, the payment of extended compensation
                                                                                                 for which an individual is otherwise eligible must be deferred
                                                                                                 until after the payment of any pandemic emergency unemploy-
                                                                                                 ment compensation under subsection (b) for which the indi-
                                                                                                 vidual is concurrently eligible.
                                                                                                     (6) NONREDUCTION RULE.—
                                                                  Determination.                          (A) IN GENERAL.—An agreement under this section
                                                                                                     shall not apply (or shall cease to apply) with respect to
                                                                                                     a State upon a determination by the Secretary that the
                                                                                                     method governing the computation of regular compensation
                                                                                                     under the State law of that State has been modified in
                                                                                                     a manner such that the number of weeks (the maximum
                                                                                                     benefit entitlement), or the average weekly benefit amount,
                                                                                                     of regular compensation which will be payable during the
                                                                                                     period of the agreement will be less than the number
                                                                                                     of weeks, or the average weekly benefit amount, of the
                                                                                                     average weekly benefit amount of regular compensation
                                                                                                     which would otherwise have been payable during such
                                                                                                     period under the State law, as in effect on January 1,
                                                                                                     2020.
                                                                  Definition.                             (B) MAXIMUM BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT.—In subpara-
                                                                                                     graph (A), the term ‘‘maximum benefit entitlement’’ means
                                                                                                     the amount of regular unemployment compensation pay-
                                                                                                     able to an individual with respect to the individual’s benefit




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                     year.
                                                                                                     (7) ACTIVELY SEEKING WORK.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00044   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 325

                                                                               (A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraph (C), for pur-                                    Definition.
                                                                          poses of paragraph (2)(D), the term ‘‘actively seeking work’’
                                                                          means, with respect to any individual, that such indi-
                                                                          vidual—
                                                                                    (i) is registered for employment services in such
                                                                               a manner and to such extent as prescribed by the
                                                                               State agency;
                                                                                    (ii) has engaged in an active search for employment
                                                                               that is appropriate in light of the employment available
                                                                               in the labor market, the individual’s skills and capabili-
                                                                               ties, and includes a number of employer contacts that
                                                                               is consistent with the standards communicated to the
                                                                               individual by the State;
                                                                                    (iii) has maintained a record of such work search,
                                                                               including employers contacted, method of contact, and
                                                                               date contacted; and
                                                                                    (iv) when requested, has provided such work
                                                                               search record to the State agency.
                                                                               (B) FLEXIBILITY.—Notwithstanding the requirements
                                                                          under subparagraph (A) and paragraph (2)(D), a State shall
                                                                          provide flexibility in meeting such requirements in case
                                                                          of individuals unable to search for work because of COVID–
                                                                          19, including because of illness, quarantine, or movement
                                                                          restriction.
                                                                     (b) PANDEMIC EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION
                                                                  ACCOUNT.—
                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—Any agreement under this section shall
                                                                     provide that the State will establish, for each eligible individual
                                                                     who files an application for pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                     compensation, an pandemic emergency unemployment com-
                                                                     pensation account with respect to such individual’s benefit year.
                                                                          (2) AMOUNT IN ACCOUNT.—The amount established in an
                                                                     account under subsection (a) shall be equal to 13 times the
                                                                     individual’s average weekly benefit amount, which includes
                                                                     the amount of Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation
                                                                     under section 2104, for the benefit year.
                                                                          (3) WEEKLY BENEFIT AMOUNT.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                     section, an individual’s weekly benefit amount for any week
                                                                     is the amount of regular compensation (including dependents’
                                                                     allowances) under the State law payable to such individual
                                                                     for such week for total unemployment plus the amount of
                                                                     Federal Pandemic Unemployment Compensation under section
                                                                     2104.
                                                                     (c) PAYMENTS TO STATES HAVING AGREEMENTS FOR THE PAY-
                                                                  MENT OF PANDEMIC EMERGENCY UNEMPLOYMENT COMPENSATION.—
                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—There shall be paid to each State that
                                                                     has entered into an agreement under this section an amount
                                                                     equal to 100 percent of the pandemic emergency unemployment
                                                                     compensation paid to individuals by the State pursuant to
                                                                     such agreement.
                                                                          (2) TREATMENT OF REIMBURSABLE COMPENSATION.—No pay-
                                                                     ment shall be made to any State under this section in respect
                                                                     of any compensation to the extent the State is entitled to
                                                                     reimbursement in respect of such compensation under the provi-
                                                                     sions of any Federal law other than this section or chapter




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                     85 of title 5, United States Code. A State shall not be entitled
                                                                     to any reimbursement under such chapter 85 in respect of




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00045   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 326                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                 any compensation to the extent the State is entitled to
                                                                                                 reimbursement under this section in respect of such compensa-
                                                                                                 tion.
                                                                  Reimbursement.                      (3) DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT.—Sums payable to any
                                                                  Estimate.                      State by reason of such State having an agreement under
                                                                                                 this section shall be payable, either in advance or by way
                                                                                                 of reimbursement (as may be determined by the Secretary),
                                                                                                 in such amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will
                                                                                                 be entitled to receive under this section for each calendar
                                                                                                 month, reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                                 by which the Secretary finds that the Secretary’s estimates
                                                                                                 for any prior calendar month were greater or less than the
                                                                                                 amounts which should have been paid to the State. Such esti-
                                                                                                 mates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                                 or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                                 and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                                 (d) FINANCING PROVISIONS.—
                                                                                                      (1) COMPENSATION.—
                                                                                                           (A) IN GENERAL.—Funds in the extended unemploy-
                                                                                                      ment compensation account (as established by section
                                                                                                      905(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1105(a)) of
                                                                                                      the Unemployment Trust Fund (as established by section
                                                                                                      904(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a)) shall be used for
                                                                                                      the making of payments to States having agreements
                                                                                                      entered into under this section.
                                                                                                           (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                      provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                      transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                      not otherwise appropriated) to the extended unemployment
                                                                                                      compensation account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                      estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                      in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                      eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                      the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                      sums shall not be required to be repaid.
                                                                                                      (2) ADMINISTRATION.—
                                                                                                           (A) IN GENERAL.—There are appropriated out of the
                                                                                                      employment security administration account (as estab-
                                                                                                      lished by section 901(a) of the Social Security Act (42
                                                                                                      U.S.C. 1101(a)) of the Unemployment Trust Fund, without
                                                                                                      fiscal year limitation, such funds as may be necessary
                                                                                                      for purposes of assisting States (as provided in title III
                                                                                                      of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 501 et seq.)) in meeting
                                                                                                      the costs of administration of agreements under this sec-
                                                                                                      tion.
                                                                                                           (B) TRANSFER OF FUNDS.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                                      provision of law, the Secretary of the Treasury shall
                                                                                                      transfer from the general fund of the Treasury (from funds
                                                                                                      not otherwise appropriated) to the employment security
                                                                                                      administration account such sums as the Secretary of Labor
                                                                                                      estimates to be necessary to make payments described
                                                                                                      in subparagraph (A). There are appropriated from the gen-
                                                                                                      eral fund of the Treasury, without fiscal year limitation,
                                                                                                      the sums referred to in the preceding sentence and such
                                                                                                      sums shall not be required to be repaid.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      (3) CERTIFICATION.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                                                 certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00046   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 327

                                                                         State the sums payable to such State under this subsection.
                                                                         The Secretary of the Treasury, prior to audit or settlement
                                                                         by the Government Accountability Office, shall make payments
                                                                         to the State in accordance with such certification, by transfers
                                                                         from the extended unemployment compensation account (as
                                                                         so established) to the account of such State in the Unemploy-
                                                                         ment Trust Fund (as so established).
                                                                         (e) FRAUD AND OVERPAYMENTS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—If an individual knowingly has made,
                                                                         or caused to be made by another, a false statement or represen-
                                                                         tation of a material fact, or knowingly has failed, or caused
                                                                         another to fail, to disclose a material fact, and as a result
                                                                         of such false statement or representation or of such nondisclo-
                                                                         sure such individual has received an amount of pandemic emer-
                                                                         gency unemployment compensation under this section to which
                                                                         such individual was not entitled, such individual—
                                                                                   (A) shall be ineligible for further pandemic emergency
                                                                              unemployment compensation under this section in accord-
                                                                              ance with the provisions of the applicable State unemploy-
                                                                              ment compensation law relating to fraud in connection
                                                                              with a claim for unemployment compensation; and
                                                                                   (B) shall be subject to prosecution under section 1001
                                                                              of title 18, United States Code.
                                                                              (2) REPAYMENT.—In the case of individuals who have                                        Waiver authority.
                                                                         received amounts of pandemic emergency unemployment com-                                       Determination.
                                                                         pensation under this section to which they were not entitled,
                                                                         the State shall require such individuals to repay the amounts
                                                                         of such pandemic emergency unemployment compensation to
                                                                         the State agency, except that the State agency may waive
                                                                         such repayment if it determines that—
                                                                                   (A) the payment of such pandemic emergency
                                                                              unemployment compensation was without fault on the part
                                                                              of any such individual; and
                                                                                   (B) such repayment would be contrary to equity and
                                                                              good conscience.
                                                                              (3) RECOVERY BY STATE AGENCY.—
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The State agency shall recover the                                   Time period.
                                                                              amount to be repaid, or any part thereof, by deductions
                                                                              from any pandemic emergency unemployment compensa-
                                                                              tion payable to such individual under this section or from
                                                                              any unemployment compensation payable to such indi-
                                                                              vidual under any State or Federal unemployment com-
                                                                              pensation law administered by the State agency or under
                                                                              any other State or Federal law administered by the State
                                                                              agency which provides for the payment of any assistance
                                                                              or allowance with respect to any week of unemployment,
                                                                              during the 3-year period after the date such individuals
                                                                              received the payment of the pandemic emergency
                                                                              unemployment compensation to which they were not enti-
                                                                              tled, in accordance with the same procedures as apply
                                                                              to the recovery of overpayments of regular unemployment
                                                                              benefits paid by the State.
                                                                                   (B) OPPORTUNITY FOR HEARING.—No repayment shall                                      Determination.
                                                                              be required, and no deduction shall be made, until a deter-                               Notification.
                                                                              mination has been made, notice thereof and an opportunity




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              for a fair hearing has been given to the individual, and
                                                                              the determination has become final.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00047   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 328                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    (4) REVIEW.—Any determination by a State agency under
                                                                                               this section shall be subject to review in the same manner
                                                                                               and to the same extent as determinations under the State
                                                                                               unemployment compensation law, and only in that manner
                                                                                               and to that extent.
                                                                                               (f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘compensation’’,
                                                                                          ‘‘regular compensation’’, ‘‘extended compensation’’, ‘‘benefit year’’,
                                                                                          ‘‘base period’’, ‘‘State’’, ‘‘State agency’’, ‘‘State law’’, and ‘‘week’’ have
                                                                                          the respective meanings given such terms under section 205 of
                                                                                          the Federal-State Extended Unemployment Compensation Act of
                                                                                          1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                  Time period.                 (g) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-
                                                                                          tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                    (1) beginning after the date on which such agreement is
                                                                                               entered into; and
                                                                                                    (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                  15 USC 9026.            SEC. 2108. TEMPORARY FINANCING OF SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION
                                                                                                      PAYMENTS IN STATES WITH PROGRAMS IN LAW.
                                                                                              (a) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—
                                                                                                   (1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (3), there shall be
                                                                                              paid to a State an amount equal to 100 percent of the amount
                                                                                              of short-time compensation paid under a short-time compensa-
                                                                                              tion program (as defined in section 3306(v) of the Internal
                                                                                              Revenue Code of 1986) under the provisions of the State law.
                                                                  Reimbursement.                   (2) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Payments made to a State under
                                                                  Estimate.                   paragraph (1) shall be payable by way of reimbursement in
                                                                                              such amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be
                                                                                              entitled to receive under this section for each calendar month,
                                                                                              reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                              by which the Secretary finds that the Secretary’s estimates
                                                                                              for any prior calendar month were greater or less than the
                                                                                              amounts which should have been paid to the State. Such esti-
                                                                                              mates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                              or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                              and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                                   (3) LIMITATIONS ON PAYMENTS.—
                                                                                                        (A) GENERAL PAYMENT LIMITATIONS.—No payments
                                                                                                   shall be made to a State under this section for short-
                                                                                                   time compensation paid to an individual by the State
                                                                                                   during a benefit year in excess of 26 times the amount
                                                                                                   of regular compensation (including dependents’ allowances)
                                                                                                   under the State law payable to such individual for a week
                                                                                                   of total unemployment.
                                                                                                        (B) EMPLOYER LIMITATIONS.—No payments shall be
                                                                                                   made to a State under this section for benefits paid to
                                                                                                   an individual by the State under a short-time compensation
                                                                                                   program if such individual is employed by the participating
                                                                                                   employer on a seasonal, temporary, or intermittent basis.
                                                                  Time period.                (b) APPLICABILITY.—Payments to a State under subsection (a)
                                                                                          shall be available for weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                   (1) beginning on or after the date of the enactment of
                                                                                              this Act; and
                                                                                                   (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                                              (c) NEW PROGRAMS.—Subject to subsection (b)(2), if at any




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          point after the date of the enactment of this Act the State enacts
                                                                                          a State law providing for the payment of short-time compensation




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00048   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 329

                                                                  under a short-time compensation program that meets the definition
                                                                  of such a program under section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                  Code of 1986, the State shall be eligible for payments under this
                                                                  section after the effective date of such enactment.
                                                                       (d) FUNDING AND CERTIFICATIONS.—
                                                                            (1) FUNDING.—There are appropriated, out of moneys in
                                                                       the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may
                                                                       be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section.
                                                                            (2) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                       certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                       State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                       (e) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                            (1) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                       of Labor.
                                                                            (2) STATE; STATE AGENCY; STATE LAW.—The terms ‘‘State’’,
                                                                       ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘State law’’ have the meanings given those
                                                                       terms in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemploy-
                                                                       ment Compensation Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                       (f) TECHNICAL CORRECTION TO DEFINITION.—Section 3306(v)(6)
                                                                  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 3306) is amended
                                                                  by striking ‘‘Workforce Investment Act of 1998’’ and inserting
                                                                  ‘‘Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act’’.
                                                                  SEC. 2109. TEMPORARY FINANCING OF SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION                                             15 USC 9027.
                                                                              AGREEMENTS.
                                                                         (a) FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENTS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Any State which desires to do so may
                                                                         enter into, and participate in, an agreement under this section
                                                                         with the Secretary provided that such State’s law does not
                                                                         provide for the payment of short-time compensation under a
                                                                         short-time compensation program (as defined in section 3306(v)
                                                                         of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986).
                                                                              (2) ABILITY TO TERMINATE.—Any State which is a party                                      Deadline.
                                                                         to an agreement under this section may, upon providing 30                                      Notification.
                                                                         days’ written notice to the Secretary, terminate such agreement.
                                                                         (b) PROVISIONS OF FEDERAL-STATE AGREEMENT.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Any agreement under this section shall
                                                                         provide that the State agency of the State will make payments
                                                                         of short-time compensation under a plan approved by the State.
                                                                         Such plan shall provide that payments are made in accordance
                                                                         with the requirements under section 3306(v) of the Internal
                                                                         Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                              (2) LIMITATIONS ON PLANS.—
                                                                                   (A) GENERAL PAYMENT LIMITATIONS.—A short-time
                                                                              compensation plan approved by a State shall not permit
                                                                              the payment of short-time compensation to an individual
                                                                              by the State during a benefit year in excess of 26 times
                                                                              the amount of regular compensation (including dependents’
                                                                              allowances) under the State law payable to such individual
                                                                              for a week of total unemployment.
                                                                                   (B) EMPLOYER LIMITATIONS.—A short-time compensa-
                                                                              tion plan approved by a State shall not provide payments
                                                                              to an individual if such individual is employed by the
                                                                              participating employer on a seasonal, temporary, or inter-
                                                                              mittent basis.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              (3) EMPLOYER PAYMENT OF COSTS.—Any short-time com-
                                                                         pensation plan entered into by an employer must provide that




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00049   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 330                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                               the employer will pay the State an amount equal to one-
                                                                                               half of the amount of short-time compensation paid under such
                                                                                               plan. Such amount shall be deposited in the State’s unemploy-
                                                                                               ment fund and shall not be used for purposes of calculating
                                                                                               an employer’s contribution rate under section 3303(a)(1) of the
                                                                                               Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                               (c) PAYMENTS TO STATES.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—There shall be paid to each State with
                                                                                               an agreement under this section an amount equal to—
                                                                                                         (A) one-half of the amount of short-time compensation
                                                                                                    paid to individuals by the State pursuant to such agree-
                                                                                                    ment; and
                                                                                                         (B) any additional administrative expenses incurred
                                                                                                    by the State by reason of such agreement (as determined
                                                                                                    by the Secretary).
                                                                  Reimbursement.                    (2) TERMS OF PAYMENTS.—Payments made to a State under
                                                                  Estimate.                    paragraph (1) shall be payable by way of reimbursement in
                                                                                               such amounts as the Secretary estimates the State will be
                                                                                               entitled to receive under this section for each calendar month,
                                                                                               reduced or increased, as the case may be, by any amount
                                                                                               by which the Secretary finds that the Secretary’s estimates
                                                                                               for any prior calendar month were greater or less than the
                                                                                               amounts which should have been paid to the State. Such esti-
                                                                                               mates may be made on the basis of such statistical, sampling,
                                                                                               or other method as may be agreed upon by the Secretary
                                                                                               and the State agency of the State involved.
                                                                                                    (3) FUNDING.—There are appropriated, out of moneys in
                                                                                               the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, such sums as may
                                                                                               be necessary for purposes of carrying out this section.
                                                                                                    (4) CERTIFICATIONS.—The Secretary shall from time to time
                                                                                               certify to the Secretary of the Treasury for payment to each
                                                                                               State the sums payable to such State under this section.
                                                                  Time period.                 (d) APPLICABILITY.—An agreement entered into under this sec-
                                                                                          tion shall apply to weeks of unemployment—
                                                                                                    (1) beginning on or after the date on which such agreement
                                                                                               is entered into; and
                                                                                                    (2) ending on or before December 31, 2020.
                                                                                               (e) SPECIAL RULE.—If a State has entered into an agreement
                                                                                          under this section and subsequently enacts a State law providing
                                                                                          for the payment of short-time compensation under a short-time
                                                                                          compensation program that meets the definition of such a program
                                                                                          under section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the
                                                                                          State—
                                                                                                    (1) shall not be eligible for payments under this section
                                                                                               for weeks of unemployment beginning after the effective date
                                                                                               of such State law; and
                                                                                                    (2) subject to section 2108(b)(2), shall be eligible to receive
                                                                                               payments under section 2108 after the effective date of such
                                                                                               State law.
                                                                                               (f) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                    (1) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                               of Labor.
                                                                                                    (2) STATE; STATE AGENCY; STATE LAW.—The terms ‘‘State’’,
                                                                                               ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘State law’’ have the meanings given those




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               terms in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemploy-
                                                                                               ment Compensation Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00050   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 331
                                                                  SEC. 2110. GRANTS FOR SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION PROGRAMS.                                               15 USC 9028.
                                                                         (a) GRANTS.—
                                                                              (1) FOR IMPLEMENTATION OR IMPROVED ADMINISTRATION.—
                                                                         The Secretary shall award grants to States that enact short-
                                                                         time compensation programs (as defined in subsection (i)(2))
                                                                         for the purpose of implementation or improved administration
                                                                         of such programs.
                                                                              (2) FOR PROMOTION AND ENROLLMENT.—The Secretary shall
                                                                         award grants to States that are eligible and submit plans
                                                                         for a grant under paragraph (1) for such States to promote
                                                                         and enroll employers in short-time compensation programs (as
                                                                         so defined).
                                                                              (3) ELIGIBILITY.—
                                                                                   (A) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall determine eligi-                                 Determination.
                                                                              bility criteria for the grants under paragraphs (1) and
                                                                              (2).
                                                                                   (B) CLARIFICATION.—A State administering a short-
                                                                              time compensation program that does not meet the defini-
                                                                              tion of a short-time compensation program under section
                                                                              3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and a State
                                                                              with an agreement under section 2109, shall not be eligible
                                                                              to receive a grant under this section until such time as
                                                                              the State law of the State provides for payments under
                                                                              a short-time compensation program that meets such defini-
                                                                              tion and such law.
                                                                         (b) AMOUNT OF GRANTS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—The maximum amount available for
                                                                         making grants to a State under paragraphs (1) and (2) shall
                                                                         be equal to the amount obtained by multiplying $100,000,000
                                                                         (less the amount used by the Secretary under subsection (e))
                                                                         by the same ratio as would apply under subsection (a)(2)(B)
                                                                         of section 903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1103)
                                                                         for purposes of determining such State’s share of any excess
                                                                         amount (as described in subsection (a)(1) of such section) that
                                                                         would have been subject to transfer to State accounts, as of
                                                                         October 1, 2019, under the provisions of subsection (a) of such
                                                                         section.
                                                                              (2) AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR DIFFERENT GRANTS.—Of the
                                                                         maximum incentive payment determined under paragraph (1)
                                                                         with respect to a State—
                                                                                   (A) one-third shall be available for a grant under sub-
                                                                              section (a)(1); and
                                                                                   (B) two-thirds shall be available for a grant under
                                                                              subsection (a)(2).
                                                                         (c) GRANT APPLICATION AND DISBURSAL.—
                                                                              (1) APPLICATION.—Any State seeking a grant under para-
                                                                         graph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) shall submit an application
                                                                         to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and complete
                                                                         with such information as the Secretary may require. In no
                                                                         case may the Secretary award a grant under this section with
                                                                         respect to an application that is submitted after December
                                                                         31, 2023.
                                                                              (2) NOTICE.—The Secretary shall, within 30 days after
                                                                         receiving a complete application, notify the State agency of
                                                                         the State of the Secretary’s findings with respect to the require-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                         ments for a grant under paragraph (1) or (2) (or both) of
                                                                         subsection (a).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00051   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 332                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    (3) CERTIFICATION.—If the Secretary finds that the State
                                                                                               law provisions meet the requirements for a grant under sub-
                                                                                               section (a), the Secretary shall thereupon make a certification
                                                                                               to that effect to the Secretary of the Treasury, together with
                                                                                               a certification as to the amount of the grant payment to be
                                                                                               transferred to the State account in the Unemployment Trust
                                                                                               Fund (as established in section 904(a) of the Social Security
                                                                  Deadline.                    Act (42 U.S.C. 1104(a))) pursuant to that finding. The Secretary
                                                                                               of the Treasury shall make the appropriate transfer to the
                                                                                               State account within 7 days after receiving such certification.
                                                                                                    (4) REQUIREMENT.—No certification of compliance with the
                                                                                               requirements for a grant under paragraph (1) or (2) of sub-
                                                                                               section (a) may be made with respect to any State whose—
                                                                                                         (A) State law is not otherwise eligible for certification
                                                                                                    under section 303 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                    503) or approvable under section 3304 of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                    enue Code of 1986; or
                                                                  Deadline.                              (B) short-time compensation program is subject to dis-
                                                                                                    continuation or is not scheduled to take effect within 12
                                                                                                    months of the certification.
                                                                                               (d) USE OF FUNDS.—The amount of any grant awarded under
                                                                                          this section shall be used for the implementation of short-time
                                                                                          compensation programs and the overall administration of such pro-
                                                                                          grams and the promotion and enrollment efforts associated with
                                                                                          such programs, such as through—
                                                                                                    (1) the creation or support of rapid response teams to
                                                                                               advise employers about alternatives to layoffs;
                                                                  Assessment.                       (2) the provision of education or assistance to employers
                                                                                               to enable them to assess the feasibility of participating in
                                                                                               short-time compensation programs; and
                                                                                                    (3) the development or enhancement of systems to auto-
                                                                                               mate—
                                                                                                         (A) the submission and approval of plans; and
                                                                                                         (B) the filing and approval of new and ongoing short-
                                                                                                    time compensation claims.
                                                                                               (e) ADMINISTRATION.—The Secretary is authorized to use 0.25
                                                                                          percent of the funds available under subsection (g) to provide for
                                                                                          outreach and to share best practices with respect to this section
                                                                                          and short-time compensation programs.
                                                                  Determination.               (f) RECOUPMENT.—The Secretary shall establish a process under
                                                                  Time period.            which the Secretary shall recoup the amount of any grant awarded
                                                                                          under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) if the Secretary deter-
                                                                                          mines that, during the 5-year period beginning on the first date
                                                                                          that any such grant is awarded to the State, the State—
                                                                                                    (1) terminated the State’s short-time compensation pro-
                                                                                               gram; or
                                                                                                    (2) failed to meet appropriate requirements with respect
                                                                                               to such program (as established by the Secretary).
                                                                                               (g) FUNDING.—There are appropriated, out of moneys in the
                                                                                          Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to the Secretary, $100,000,000
                                                                                          to carry out this section, to remain available without fiscal year
                                                                                          limitation.
                                                                                               (h) REPORTING.—The Secretary may establish reporting require-
                                                                                          ments for States receiving a grant under this section in order




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          to provide oversight of grant funds.
                                                                                               (i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00052   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 333

                                                                              (1) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                         of Labor.
                                                                              (2) SHORT-TIME COMPENSATION PROGRAM.—The term ‘‘short-
                                                                         time compensation program’’ has the meaning given such term
                                                                         in section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                              (3) STATE; STATE AGENCY; STATE LAW.—The terms ‘‘State’’,
                                                                         ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘State law’’ have the meanings given those
                                                                         terms in section 205 of the Federal-State Extended Unemploy-
                                                                         ment Compensation Act of 1970 (26 U.S.C. 3304 note).
                                                                  SEC. 2111. ASSISTANCE AND GUIDANCE IN IMPLEMENTING PROGRAMS.                                          15 USC 9029.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—In order to assist States in establishing,
                                                                  qualifying, and implementing short-time compensation programs
                                                                  (as defined in section 3306(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                  1986), the Secretary of Labor (in this section referred to as the
                                                                  ‘‘Secretary’’) shall—
                                                                            (1) develop model legislative language, or disseminate
                                                                       existing model legislative language, which may be used by
                                                                       States in developing and enacting such programs, and periodi-
                                                                       cally review and revise such model legislative language;
                                                                            (2) provide technical assistance and guidance in developing,
                                                                       enacting, and implementing such programs; and
                                                                            (3) establish reporting requirements for States, including                                  Requirements.
                                                                       reporting on—
                                                                                 (A) the number of estimated averted layoffs;
                                                                                 (B) the number of participating employers and workers;
                                                                            and
                                                                                 (C) such other items as the Secretary of Labor deter-
                                                                            mines are appropriate.
                                                                       (b) MODEL LANGUAGE AND GUIDANCE.—The model language
                                                                  and guidance developed under subsection (a) shall allow sufficient
                                                                  flexibility by States and participating employers while ensuring
                                                                  accountability and program integrity.
                                                                       (c) CONSULTATION.—In developing the model legislative lan-
                                                                  guage and guidance under subsection (a), and in order to meet
                                                                  the requirements of subsection (b), the Secretary shall consult with
                                                                  employers, labor organizations, State workforce agencies, and other
                                                                  program experts. Existing model legislative language that has been
                                                                  developed through such a consultative process shall be deemed
                                                                  to meet the consultation requirement of this subsection.
                                                                       (d) REPEAL.—Section 4104 of the Emergency Unemployment
                                                                  Stabilization and Access Act of 2020 (contained in division D of
                                                                  the Families First Coronavirus Response Act) is repealed.                                             Ante, p. 194.
                                                                  SEC. 2112. WAIVER OF THE 7-DAY WAITING PERIOD FOR BENEFITS                                            15 USC 9030.
                                                                              UNDER THE RAILROAD UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE
                                                                              ACT.
                                                                       (a) NO WAITING WEEK.—With respect to any registration period
                                                                  beginning after the date of enactment of this Act and ending on
                                                                  or before December 31, 2020, subparagraphs (A)(ii) and (B)(ii) of
                                                                  section 2(a)(1) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45
                                                                  U.S.C. 352(a)(1)) shall not apply.
                                                                       (b) OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND REGULATIONS.—The Railroad
                                                                  Retirement Board may prescribe any operating instructions or regu-
                                                                  lations necessary to carry out this section.
                                                                       (c) FUNDING.—Out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  appropriated, there are appropriated $50,000,000 to cover the costs
                                                                  of additional benefits payable due to the application of subsection




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00053   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 334                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          (a). Upon the exhaustion of the funds appropriated under this
                                                                                          subsection, subsection (a) shall no longer apply with respect to
                                                                                          any registration period beginning after the date of exhaustion of
                                                                                          funds.
                                                                                               (d) DEFINITION OF REGISTRATION PERIOD.—For purposes of this
                                                                                          section, the term ‘‘registration period’’ has the meaning given such
                                                                                          term under section 1 of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance
                                                                                          Act (45 U.S.C. 351).
                                                                                          SEC. 2113. ENHANCED BENEFITS UNDER THE RAILROAD UNEMPLOY-
                                                                                                      MENT INSURANCE ACT.
                                                                                               Section 2(a) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance Act (45
                                                                                          U.S.C. § 352(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following:
                                                                  Time periods.                ‘‘(5)(A) Notwithstanding paragraph (3), subsection (c)(1)(B), and
                                                                                          any other limitation on total benefits in this Act, for registration
                                                                                          periods beginning on or after April 1, 2020, but on or before July
                                                                                          31, 2020, a recovery benefit in the amount of $1,200 shall be
                                                                                          payable to a qualified employee with respect to any registration
                                                                                          period in which the employee received unemployment benefits under
                                                                                          paragraph (1)(A), and in any registration period in which the
                                                                                          employee did not receive unemployment benefits due to the limita-
                                                                                          tion in subsection (c)(1)(B) or due to reaching the maximum number
                                                                                          of days of benefits in the benefit year beginning July 1, 2019,
                                                                                          under subsection (c)(1)(A). No recovery benefits shall be payable
                                                                                          under this section upon the exhaustion of the funds appropriated
                                                                                          under subparagraph (B) for payment of benefits under this subpara-
                                                                                          graph.
                                                                                               ‘‘(B) Out of any funds in the Treasury not otherwise appro-
                                                                                          priated, there are appropriated $425,000,000 to cover the cost of
                                                                                          recovery benefits provided under subparagraph (A), to remain avail-
                                                                                          able until expended.’’.
                                                                                          SEC. 2114. EXTENDED UNEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS UNDER THE RAIL-
                                                                                                      ROAD UNEMPLOYMENT INSURANCE ACT.
                                                                                               (a) EXTENSION.—Section 2(c)(2)(D)(iii) of the Railroad
                                                                                          Unemployment Insurance Act (45 U.S.C. 352(c)(2)(D)(iii) is
                                                                                          amended—
                                                                                                    (1) by striking ‘‘July 1, 2008’’ and inserting ‘‘July 1, 2019’’;
                                                                                                    (2) by striking ‘‘June 30, 2013’’ and inserting ‘‘June 30,
                                                                                               2020’’; and
                                                                                                    (3) by striking ‘‘December 31, 2013’’ and inserting
                                                                                               ‘‘December 31, 2020’’.
                                                                  45 USC 352 note.             (b) CLARIFICATION ON AUTHORITY TO USE FUNDS.—Funds
                                                                                          appropriated under either the first or second sentence of clause
                                                                                          (iv) of section 2(c)(2)(D) of the Railroad Unemployment Insurance
                                                                                          Act shall be available to cover the cost of additional extended
                                                                                          unemployment benefits provided under such section 2(c)(2)(D) by
                                                                                          reason of the amendments made by subsection (a) as well as to
                                                                                          cover the cost of such benefits provided under such section 2(c)(2)(D)
                                                                                          as in effect on the day before the date of enactment of this Act.
                                                                  15 USC 9031.            SEC. 2115. FUNDING FOR THE DOL OFFICE OF INSPECTOR GENERAL
                                                                                                      FOR OVERSIGHT OF UNEMPLOYMENT PROVISIONS.
                                                                                              There are appropriated, out of moneys in the Treasury not
                                                                                          otherwise appropriated, to the Office of the Inspector General of




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          the Department of Labor, $25,000,000 to carry out audits, investiga-
                                                                                          tions, and other oversight activities authorized under the Inspector




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00054   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 335

                                                                  General Act of 1978 (5 U.S.C. App.) that are related to the provi-
                                                                  sions of, and amendments made by, this subtitle, to remain avail-
                                                                  able without fiscal year limitation.
                                                                  SEC. 2116. IMPLEMENTATION.                                                                            15 USC 9032.
                                                                      (a) NON-APPLICATION OF THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT.—
                                                                  Chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code (commonly referred
                                                                  to as the ‘‘Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995’’), shall not apply
                                                                  to the provisions of, and the amendments made by, this subtitle.
                                                                      (b) OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS OR OTHER GUIDANCE.—Notwith-
                                                                  standing any other provision of law, the Secretary of Labor may
                                                                  issue any operating instructions or other guidance necessary to
                                                                  carry out the provisions of, or the amendments made by, this
                                                                  subtitle.

                                                                    Subtitle B—Rebates and Other Individual
                                                                                  Provisions
                                                                  SEC. 2201. 2020 RECOVERY REBATES FOR INDIVIDUALS.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Subchapter B of chapter 65 of subtitle F
                                                                  of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting
                                                                  after section 6427 the following new section:
                                                                  ‘‘SEC. 6428. 2020 RECOVERY REBATES FOR INDIVIDUALS.                                                   26 USC 6428.
                                                                       ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an eligible individual, there
                                                                  shall be allowed as a credit against the tax imposed by subtitle
                                                                  A for the first taxable year beginning in 2020 an amount equal
                                                                  to the sum of—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) $1,200 ($2,400 in the case of eligible individuals filing
                                                                       a joint return), plus
                                                                             ‘‘(2) an amount equal to the product of $500 multiplied
                                                                       by the number of qualifying children (within the meaning of
                                                                       section 24(c)) of the taxpayer.
                                                                       ‘‘(b) TREATMENT OF CREDIT.—The credit allowed by subsection
                                                                  (a) shall be treated as allowed by subpart C of part IV of subchapter
                                                                  A of chapter 1.
                                                                       ‘‘(c) LIMITATION BASED ON ADJUSTED GROSS INCOME.—The
                                                                  amount of the credit allowed by subsection (a) (determined without
                                                                  regard to this subsection and subsection (e)) shall be reduced (but
                                                                  not below zero) by 5 percent of so much of the taxpayer’s adjusted
                                                                  gross income as exceeds—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) $150,000 in the case of a joint return,
                                                                             ‘‘(2) $112,500 in the case of a head of household, and
                                                                             ‘‘(3) $75,000 in the case of a taxpayer not described in
                                                                       paragraph (1) or (2).
                                                                       ‘‘(d) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—For purposes of this section, the
                                                                  term ‘eligible individual’ means any individual other than—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) any nonresident alien individual,
                                                                             ‘‘(2) any individual with respect to whom a deduction under
                                                                       section 151 is allowable to another taxpayer for a taxable
                                                                       year beginning in the calendar year in which the individual’s
                                                                       taxable year begins, and
                                                                             ‘‘(3) an estate or trust.
                                                                       ‘‘(e) COORDINATION WITH ADVANCE REFUNDS OF CREDIT.—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The amount of credit which would (but
                                                                       for this paragraph) be allowable under this section shall be




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00055   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 336                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                 reduced (but not below zero) by the aggregate refunds and
                                                                                                 credits made or allowed to the taxpayer under subsection (f).
                                                                                                 Any failure to so reduce the credit shall be treated as arising
                                                                                                 out of a mathematical or clerical error and assessed according
                                                                                                 to section 6213(b)(1).
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) JOINT RETURNS.—In the case of a refund or credit
                                                                                                 made or allowed under subsection (f) with respect to a joint
                                                                                                 return, half of such refund or credit shall be treated as having
                                                                                                 been made or allowed to each individual filing such return.
                                                                                                 ‘‘(f) ADVANCE REFUNDS AND CREDITS.—
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to paragraph (5), each individual
                                                                                                 who was an eligible individual for such individual’s first taxable
                                                                                                 year beginning in 2019 shall be treated as having made a
                                                                                                 payment against the tax imposed by chapter 1 for such taxable
                                                                                                 year in an amount equal to the advance refund amount for
                                                                                                 such taxable year.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) ADVANCE REFUND AMOUNT.—For purposes of paragraph
                                                                                                 (1), the advance refund amount is the amount that would
                                                                                                 have been allowed as a credit under this section for such
                                                                                                 taxable year if this section (other than subsection (e) and this
                                                                                                 subsection) had applied to such taxable year.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) TIMING AND MANNER OF PAYMENTS.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) TIMING.—The Secretary shall, subject to the provi-
                                                                                                       sions of this title, refund or credit any overpayment attrib-
                                                                                                       utable to this section as rapidly as possible. No refund
                                                                                                       or credit shall be made or allowed under this subsection
                                                                                                       after December 31, 2020.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) DELIVERY OF PAYMENTS.—Notwithstanding any
                                                                                                       other provision of law, the Secretary may certify and dis-
                                                                                                       burse refunds payable under this subsection electronically
                                                                                                       to any account to which the payee authorized, on or after
                                                                                                       January 1, 2018, the delivery of a refund of taxes under
                                                                                                       this title or of a Federal payment (as defined in section
                                                                                                       3332 of title 31, United States Code).
                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) WAIVER OF CERTAIN RULES.—Notwithstanding sec-
                                                                                                       tion 3325 of title 31, United States Code, or any other
                                                                                                       provision of law, with respect to any payment of a refund
                                                                                                       under this subsection, a disbursing official in the executive
                                                                                                       branch of the United States Government may modify pay-
                                                                                                       ment information received from an officer or employee
                                                                                                       described in section 3325(a)(1)(B) of such title for the pur-
                                                                                                       pose of facilitating the accurate and efficient delivery of
                                                                                                       such payment. Except in cases of fraud or reckless neglect,
                                                                                                       no liability under sections 3325, 3527, 3528, or 3529 of
                                                                                                       title 31, United States Code, shall be imposed with respect
                                                                                                       to payments made under this subparagraph.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) NO INTEREST.—No interest shall be allowed on any
                                                                                                 overpayment attributable to this section.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(5) ALTERNATE TAXABLE YEAR.—In the case of an indi-
                                                                                                 vidual who, at the time of any determination made pursuant
                                                                                                 to paragraph (3), has not filed a tax return for the year
                                                                                                 described in paragraph (1), the Secretary may—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) apply such paragraph by substituting ‘2018’ for
                                                                                                       ‘2019’, and




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) if the individual has not filed a tax return for
                                                                                                       such individual’s first taxable year beginning in 2018, use




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00056   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 337

                                                                            information with respect to such individual for calendar
                                                                            year 2019 provided in—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) Form SSA–1099, Social Security Benefit State-
                                                                                  ment, or
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) Form RRB–1099, Social Security Equivalent
                                                                                  Benefit Statement.
                                                                            ‘‘(6) NOTICE TO TAXPAYER.—Not later than 15 days after                                      Deadline.
                                                                      the date on which the Secretary distributed any payment to
                                                                      an eligible taxpayer pursuant to this subsection, notice shall
                                                                      be sent by mail to such taxpayer’s last known address. Such
                                                                      notice shall indicate the method by which such payment was
                                                                      made, the amount of such payment, and a phone number for
                                                                      the appropriate point of contact at the Internal Revenue Service
                                                                      to report any failure to receive such payment.
                                                                      ‘‘(g) IDENTIFICATION NUMBER REQUIREMENT.—
                                                                            ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No credit shall be allowed under sub-
                                                                      section (a) to an eligible individual who does not include on
                                                                      the return of tax for the taxable year—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) such individual’s valid identification number,
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) in the case of a joint return, the valid identification
                                                                            number of such individual’s spouse, and
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) in the case of any qualifying child taken into
                                                                            account under subsection (a)(2), the valid identification
                                                                            number of such qualifying child.
                                                                            ‘‘(2) VALID IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of paragraph (1), the
                                                                            term ‘valid identification number’ means a social security
                                                                            number (as such term is defined in section 24(h)(7)).
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) ADOPTION TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER.—
                                                                            For purposes of paragraph (1)(C), in the case of a qualifying
                                                                            child who is adopted or placed for adoption, the term ‘valid
                                                                            identification number’ shall include the adoption taxpayer
                                                                            identification number of such child.
                                                                            ‘‘(3) SPECIAL RULE FOR MEMBERS OF THE ARMED FORCES.—
                                                                      Paragraph (1)(B) shall not apply in the case where at least
                                                                      1 spouse was a member of the Armed Forces of the United
                                                                      States at any time during the taxable year and at least 1
                                                                      spouse satisfies paragraph (1)(A).
                                                                            ‘‘(4) MATHEMATICAL OR CLERICAL ERROR AUTHORITY.—Any
                                                                      omission of a correct valid identification number required under
                                                                      this subsection shall be treated as a mathematical or clerical
                                                                      error for purposes of applying section 6213(g)(2) to such omis-
                                                                      sion.
                                                                      ‘‘(h) REGULATIONS.—The Secretary shall prescribe such regula-
                                                                  tions or other guidance as may be necessary to carry out the
                                                                  purposes of this section, including any such measures as are deemed
                                                                  appropriate to avoid allowing multiple credits or rebates to a tax-
                                                                  payer.’’.
                                                                      (b) ADMINISTRATIVE AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                            (1) DEFINITION OF DEFICIENCY.—Section 6211(b)(4)(A) of
                                                                      the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking                                          26 USC 6211.
                                                                      ‘‘and 36B, 168(k)(4)’’ and inserting ‘‘36B, and 6428’’.
                                                                            (2) MATHEMATICAL OR CLERICAL ERROR AUTHORITY.—Sec-
                                                                      tion 6213(g)(2)(L) of such Code is amended by striking ‘‘or
                                                                      32’’ and inserting ‘‘32, or 6428’’.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                      (c) TREATMENT OF POSSESSIONS.—                                                                    26 USC 6428
                                                                            (1) PAYMENTS TO POSSESSIONS.—                                                               note.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00057   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 338                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         (A) MIRROR CODE POSSESSION.—The Secretary of the
                                                                                                    Treasury shall pay to each possession of the United States
                                                                                                    which has a mirror code tax system amounts equal to
                                                                                                    the loss (if any) to that possession by reason of the amend-
                                                                  Determination.                    ments made by this section. Such amounts shall be deter-
                                                                                                    mined by the Secretary of the Treasury based on informa-
                                                                                                    tion provided by the government of the respective posses-
                                                                                                    sion.
                                                                                                         (B) OTHER POSSESSIONS.—The Secretary of the
                                                                                                    Treasury shall pay to each possession of the United States
                                                                                                    which does not have a mirror code tax system amounts
                                                                                                    estimated by the Secretary of the Treasury as being equal
                                                                                                    to the aggregate benefits (if any) that would have been
                                                                                                    provided to residents of such possession by reason of the
                                                                                                    amendments made by this section if a mirror code tax
                                                                                                    system had been in effect in such possession. The preceding
                                                                                                    sentence shall not apply unless the respective possession
                                                                                                    has a plan, which has been approved by the Secretary
                                                                                                    of the Treasury, under which such possession will promptly
                                                                                                    distribute such payments to its residents.
                                                                                                    (2) COORDINATION WITH CREDIT ALLOWED AGAINST UNITED
                                                                                               STATES INCOME TAXES.—No credit shall be allowed against
                                                                                               United States income taxes under section 6428 of the Internal
                                                                                               Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) to any person—
                                                                                                         (A) to whom a credit is allowed against taxes imposed
                                                                                                    by the possession by reason of the amendments made by
                                                                                                    this section, or
                                                                                                         (B) who is eligible for a payment under a plan described
                                                                                                    in paragraph (1)(B).
                                                                                                    (3) DEFINITIONS AND SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                                         (A) POSSESSION OF THE UNITED STATES.—For purposes
                                                                                                    of this subsection, the term ‘‘possession of the United
                                                                                                    States’’ includes the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and
                                                                                                    the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
                                                                                                         (B) MIRROR CODE TAX SYSTEM.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                    subsection, the term ‘‘mirror code tax system’’ means, with
                                                                                                    respect to any possession of the United States, the income
                                                                                                    tax system of such possession if the income tax liability
                                                                                                    of the residents of such possession under such system is
                                                                                                    determined by reference to the income tax laws of the
                                                                                                    United States as if such possession were the United States.
                                                                                                         (C) TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS.—For purposes of section
                                                                                                    1324 of title 31, United States Code, the payments under
                                                                                                    this subsection shall be treated in the same manner as
                                                                                                    a refund due from a credit provision referred to in sub-
                                                                                                    section (b)(2) of such section.
                                                                  26 USC 6428                  (d) EXCEPTION FROM REDUCTION OR OFFSET.—Any credit or
                                                                  note.                   refund allowed or made to any individual by reason of section
                                                                                          6428 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this
                                                                                          section) or by reason of subsection (c) of this section shall not
                                                                                          be—
                                                                                                    (1) subject to reduction or offset pursuant to section 3716
                                                                                               or 3720A of title 31, United States Code,
                                                                                                    (2) subject to reduction or offset pursuant to subsection




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               (d), (e), or (f) of section 6402 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                               of 1986, or




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00058   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 339

                                                                            (3) reduced or offset by other assessed Federal taxes that
                                                                       would otherwise be subject to levy or collection.
                                                                       (e) PUBLIC AWARENESS CAMPAIGN.—The Secretary of the                                              Coordination.
                                                                  Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall conduct a public aware-                                  26 USC 6428
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                  ness campaign, in coordination with the Commissioner of Social
                                                                  Security and the heads of other relevant Federal agencies, to provide
                                                                  information regarding the availability of the credit and rebate
                                                                  allowed under section 6428 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                  (as added by this section), including information with respect to
                                                                  individuals who may not have filed a tax return for taxable year
                                                                  2018 or 2019.
                                                                       (f) APPROPRIATIONS TO CARRY OUT REBATES.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—Immediately upon the enactment of this
                                                                       Act, the following sums are appropriated, out of any money
                                                                       in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year
                                                                       ending September 30, 2020:
                                                                                  (A) DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY.—
                                                                                        (i) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department of
                                                                                  the Treasury—Bureau of the Fiscal Service—Salaries
                                                                                  and Expenses’’, $78,650,000, to remain available until
                                                                                  September 30, 2021.
                                                                                        (ii) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department of
                                                                                  the Treasury—Internal Revenue Service—Taxpayer
                                                                                  Services’’, $293,500,000, to remain available until Sep-
                                                                                  tember 30, 2021.
                                                                                        (iii) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department
                                                                                  of the Treasury—Internal Revenue Service—Oper-
                                                                                  ations Support’’, $170,000,000, to remain available
                                                                                  until September 30, 2021.
                                                                                        (iv) For an additional amount for ‘‘Department
                                                                                  of Treasury—Internal Revenue Service—Enforcement’’,
                                                                                  $37,200,000, to remain available until September 30,
                                                                                  2021.
                                                                            Amounts made available in appropriations under clauses
                                                                            (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this subparagraph may be transferred
                                                                            between such appropriations upon the advance notification
                                                                            of the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Rep-
                                                                            resentatives and the Senate. Such transfer authority is
                                                                            in addition to any other transfer authority provided by
                                                                            law.
                                                                                  (B) SOCIAL SECURITY ADMINISTRATION.—For an addi-
                                                                            tional amount for ‘‘Social Security Administration—Limita-
                                                                            tion on Administrative Expenses’’, $38,000,000, to remain
                                                                            available until September 30, 2021.
                                                                            (2) REPORTS.—No later than 15 days after enactment of                                       Plan.
                                                                       this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit a plan
                                                                       to the Committees on Appropriations of the House of Represent-
                                                                       atives and the Senate detailing the expected use of the funds
                                                                       provided by paragraph (1)(A). Beginning 90 days after enact-                                     Time period.
                                                                       ment of this Act, the Secretary of the Treasury shall submit
                                                                       a quarterly report to the Committees on Appropriations of
                                                                       the House of Representatives and the Senate detailing the
                                                                       actual expenditure of funds provided by paragraph (1)(A) and
                                                                       the expected expenditure of such funds in the subsequent




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       quarter.
                                                                       (g) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00059   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 340                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                      (1) Paragraph (2) of section 1324(b) of title 31, United
                                                                                                 States Code, is amended by inserting ‘‘6428,’’ after ‘‘54B(h),’’.
                                                                                                      (2) The table of sections for subchapter B of chapter 65
                                                                  26 USC 6411                    of subtitle F of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended
                                                                  prec.                          by inserting after the item relating to section 6427 the fol-
                                                                                                 lowing:
                                                                                          ‘‘Sec. 6428. 2020 Recovery Rebates for individuals.’’.
                                                                  26 USC 72 note.         SEC. 2202. SPECIAL RULES FOR USE OF RETIREMENT FUNDS.
                                                                                                 (a) TAX-FAVORED WITHDRAWALS FROM RETIREMENT PLANS.—
                                                                                                      (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 72(t) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                 Code of 1986 shall not apply to any coronavirus-related distribu-
                                                                                                 tion.
                                                                                                      (2) AGGREGATE DOLLAR LIMITATION.—
                                                                                                           (A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                      aggregate amount of distributions received by an individual
                                                                                                      which may be treated as coronavirus-related distributions
                                                                                                      for any taxable year shall not exceed $100,000.
                                                                                                           (B) TREATMENT OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS.—If a distribu-
                                                                                                      tion to an individual would (without regard to subpara-
                                                                                                      graph (A)) be a coronavirus-related distribution, a plan
                                                                                                      shall not be treated as violating any requirement of the
                                                                                                      Internal Revenue Code of 1986 merely because the plan
                                                                                                      treats such distribution as a coronavirus-related distribu-
                                                                                                      tion, unless the aggregate amount of such distributions
                                                                                                      from all plans maintained by the employer (and any
                                                                                                      member of any controlled group which includes the
                                                                                                      employer) to such individual exceeds $100,000.
                                                                  Definition.                              (C) CONTROLLED GROUP.—For purposes of subpara-
                                                                                                      graph (B), the term ‘‘controlled group’’ means any group
                                                                                                      treated as a single employer under subsection (b), (c), (m),
                                                                                                      or (o) of section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                      (3) AMOUNT DISTRIBUTED MAY BE REPAID.—
                                                                  Time period.                             (A) IN GENERAL.—Any individual who receives a
                                                                                                      coronavirus-related distribution may, at any time during
                                                                                                      the 3-year period beginning on the day after the date
                                                                                                      on which such distribution was received, make 1 or more
                                                                                                      contributions in an aggregate amount not to exceed the
                                                                                                      amount of such distribution to an eligible retirement plan
                                                                                                      of which such individual is a beneficiary and to which
                                                                                                      a rollover contribution of such distribution could be made
                                                                                                      under section 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), or
                                                                                                      457(e)(16), of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the
                                                                                                      case may be.
                                                                                                           (B) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS
                                                                  Deadline.                           FROM ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLANS OTHER THAN IRAS.—For
                                                                                                      purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if a con-
                                                                                                      tribution is made pursuant to subparagraph (A) with
                                                                                                      respect to a coronavirus-related distribution from an
                                                                                                      eligible retirement plan other than an individual retirement
                                                                                                      plan, then the taxpayer shall, to the extent of the amount
                                                                                                      of the contribution, be treated as having received the
                                                                                                      coronavirus-related distribution in an eligible rollover dis-
                                                                                                      tribution (as defined in section 402(c)(4) of such Code)
                                                                                                      and as having transferred the amount to the eligible retire-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      ment plan in a direct trustee to trustee transfer within
                                                                                                      60 days of the distribution.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00060   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 341

                                                                                  (C) TREATMENT OF REPAYMENTS OF DISTRIBUTIONS
                                                                               FROM IRAS.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code                                     Deadline.
                                                                               of 1986, if a contribution is made pursuant to subparagraph
                                                                               (A) with respect to a coronavirus-related distribution from
                                                                               an individual retirement plan (as defined by section
                                                                               7701(a)(37) of such Code), then, to the extent of the amount
                                                                               of the contribution, the coronavirus-related distribution
                                                                               shall be treated as a distribution described in section
                                                                               408(d)(3) of such Code and as having been transferred
                                                                               to the eligible retirement plan in a direct trustee to trustee
                                                                               transfer within 60 days of the distribution.
                                                                               (4) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this subsection—
                                                                                    (A) CORONAVIRUS-RELATED DISTRIBUTION.—Except as
                                                                               provided in paragraph (2), the term ‘‘coronavirus-related
                                                                               distribution’’ means any distribution from an eligible retire-
                                                                               ment plan made—
                                                                                         (i) on or after January 1, 2020, and before                                    Time period.
                                                                                    December 31, 2020,
                                                                                         (ii) to an individual—
                                                                                               (I) who is diagnosed with the virus SARS–
                                                                                         CoV–2 or with coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                                         19) by a test approved by the Centers for Disease
                                                                                         Control and Prevention,
                                                                                               (II) whose spouse or dependent (as defined
                                                                                         in section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                         1986) is diagnosed with such virus or disease by
                                                                                         such a test, or
                                                                                               (III) who experiences adverse financial con-
                                                                                         sequences as a result of being quarantined, being
                                                                                         furloughed or laid off or having work hours reduced
                                                                                         due to such virus or disease, being unable to work
                                                                                         due to lack of child care due to such virus or
                                                                                         disease, closing or reducing hours of a business
                                                                                         owned or operated by the individual due to such
                                                                                         virus or disease, or other factors as determined
                                                                                         by the Secretary of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s
                                                                                         delegate).
                                                                                    (B) EMPLOYEE CERTIFICATION.—The administrator of
                                                                               an eligible retirement plan may rely on an employee’s
                                                                               certification that the employee satisfies the conditions of
                                                                               subparagraph (A)(ii) in determining whether any distribu-
                                                                               tion is a coronavirus-related distribution.
                                                                                    (C) ELIGIBLE RETIREMENT PLAN.—The term ‘‘eligible
                                                                               retirement plan’’ has the meaning given such term by
                                                                               section 402(c)(8)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                               (5) INCOME INCLUSION SPREAD OVER 3-YEAR PERIOD.—
                                                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any coronavirus-                                     Time period.
                                                                               related distribution, unless the taxpayer elects not to have
                                                                               this paragraph apply for any taxable year, any amount
                                                                               required to be included in gross income for such taxable
                                                                               year shall be so included ratably over the 3-taxable-year
                                                                               period beginning with such taxable year.
                                                                                    (B) SPECIAL RULE.—For purposes of subparagraph (A),
                                                                               rules similar to the rules of subparagraph (E) of section
                                                                               408A(d)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                               apply.
                                                                               (6) SPECIAL RULES.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00061   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 342                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                         (A) EXEMPTION OF DISTRIBUTIONS FROM TRUSTEE TO
                                                                                                      TRUSTEE TRANSFER AND WITHHOLDING RULES.—For pur-
                                                                                                      poses of sections 401(a)(31), 402(f), and 3405 of the Internal
                                                                                                      Revenue Code of 1986, coronavirus-related distributions
                                                                                                      shall not be treated as eligible rollover distributions.
                                                                                                           (B) CORONAVIRUS-RELATED DISTRIBUTIONS TREATED AS
                                                                                                      MEETING PLAN DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS.—For purposes
                                                                                                      of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, a coronavirus-related
                                                                                                      distribution shall be treated as meeting the requirements
                                                                                                      of sections 401(k)(2)(B)(i), 403(b)(7)(A)(i), 403(b)(11), and
                                                                                                      457(d)(1)(A) of such Code and section 8433(h)(1) of title
                                                                                                      5, United States Code.
                                                                                                 (b) LOANS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS.—
                                                                  Time period.                        (1) INCREASE IN LIMIT ON LOANS NOT TREATED AS DISTRIBU-
                                                                                                 TIONS.—In the case of any loan from a qualified employer
                                                                                                 plan (as defined under section 72(p)(4) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                 Code of 1986) to a qualified individual made during the 180-
                                                                                                 day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this
                                                                                                 Act—
                                                                                                           (A) clause (i) of section 72(p)(2)(A) of such Code shall
                                                                                                      be applied by substituting ‘‘$100,000’’ for ‘‘$50,000’’, and
                                                                                                           (B) clause (ii) of such section shall be applied by sub-
                                                                                                      stituting ‘‘the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued
                                                                                                      benefit of the employee under the plan’’ for ‘‘one-half of
                                                                                                      the present value of the nonforfeitable accrued benefit of
                                                                                                      the employee under the plan’’.
                                                                                                      (2) DELAY OF REPAYMENT.—In the case of a qualified indi-
                                                                                                 vidual with an outstanding loan (on or after the date of the
                                                                                                 enactment of this Act) from a qualified employer plan (as
                                                                                                 defined in section 72(p)(4) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                                                 1986)—
                                                                  Time period.                             (A) if the due date pursuant to subparagraph (B) or
                                                                                                      (C) of section 72(p)(2) of such Code for any repayment
                                                                                                      with respect to such loan occurs during the period begin-
                                                                                                      ning on the date of the enactment of this Act and ending
                                                                                                      on December 31, 2020, such due date shall be delayed
                                                                                                      for 1 year,
                                                                                                           (B) any subsequent repayments with respect to any
                                                                                                      such loan shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the
                                                                                                      delay in the due date under subparagraph (A) and any
                                                                                                      interest accruing during such delay, and
                                                                                                           (C) in determining the 5-year period and the term
                                                                                                      of a loan under subparagraph (B) or (C) of section 72(p)(2)
                                                                                                      of such Code, the period described in subparagraph (A)
                                                                                                      of this paragraph shall be disregarded.
                                                                  Definition.                         (3) QUALIFIED INDIVIDUAL.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                 the term ‘‘qualified individual’’ means any individual who is
                                                                                                 described in subsection (a)(4)(A)(ii).
                                                                                                 (c) PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                  Applicability.                      (1) IN GENERAL.—If this subsection applies to any amend-
                                                                                                 ment to any plan or annuity contract—
                                                                                                           (A) such plan or contract shall be treated as being
                                                                                                      operated in accordance with the terms of the plan during
                                                                                                      the period described in paragraph (2)(B)(i), and
                                                                                                           (B) except as provided by the Secretary of the Treasury




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      (or the Secretary’s delegate), such plan or contract shall
                                                                                                      not fail to meet the requirements of section 411(d)(6) of




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   03:57 Aug 12, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00062   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 343

                                                                               the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and section 204(g) of
                                                                               the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 by
                                                                               reason of such amendment.
                                                                               (2) AMENDMENTS TO WHICH SUBSECTION APPLIES.—
                                                                                    (A) IN GENERAL.—This subsection shall apply to any
                                                                               amendment to any plan or annuity contract which is
                                                                               made—
                                                                                         (i) pursuant to any provision of this section, or
                                                                                    pursuant to any regulation issued by the Secretary
                                                                                    of the Treasury or the Secretary of Labor (or the dele-
                                                                                    gate of either such Secretary) under any provision of
                                                                                    this section, and
                                                                                         (ii) on or before the last day of the first plan                               Time period.
                                                                                    year beginning on or after January 1, 2022, or such
                                                                                    later date as the Secretary of the Treasury (or the
                                                                                    Secretary’s delegate) may prescribe.
                                                                               In the case of a governmental plan (as defined in section
                                                                               414(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986), clause (ii)
                                                                               shall be applied by substituting the date which is 2 years
                                                                               after the date otherwise applied under clause (ii).
                                                                                    (B) CONDITIONS.—This subsection shall not apply to
                                                                               any amendment unless—
                                                                                         (i) during the period—                                                         Time period.
                                                                                               (I) beginning on the date that this section
                                                                                         or the regulation described in subparagraph (A)(i)
                                                                                         takes effect (or in the case of a plan or contract
                                                                                         amendment not required by this section or such
                                                                                         regulation, the effective date specified by the plan),
                                                                                         and
                                                                                               (II) ending on the date described in subpara-
                                                                                         graph (A)(ii) (or, if earlier, the date the plan or
                                                                                         contract amendment is adopted),
                                                                                    the plan or contract is operated as if such plan or
                                                                                    contract amendment were in effect, and
                                                                                         (ii) such plan or contract amendment applies retro-
                                                                                    actively for such period.
                                                                  SEC. 2203. TEMPORARY WAIVER OF REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBU-
                                                                              TION RULES FOR CERTAIN RETIREMENT PLANS AND
                                                                              ACCOUNTS.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                  Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following new                                        26 USC 401.
                                                                  subparagraph:
                                                                              ‘‘(I) TEMPORARY WAIVER OF MINIMUM REQUIRED DIS-
                                                                          TRIBUTION.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—The requirements of this para-
                                                                              graph shall not apply for calendar year 2020 to—
                                                                                          ‘‘(I) a defined contribution plan which is
                                                                                    described in this subsection or in section 403(a)
                                                                                    or 403(b),
                                                                                          ‘‘(II) a defined contribution plan which is an
                                                                                    eligible deferred compensation plan described in
                                                                                    section 457(b) but only if such plan is maintained
                                                                                    by an employer described in section 457(e)(1)(A),




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                    or
                                                                                          ‘‘(III) an individual retirement plan.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00063   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 344                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Applicability.                                 ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR REQUIRED BEGINNING DATES
                                                                                                             IN 2020.—Clause (i) shall apply to any distribution
                                                                                                        which is required to be made in calendar year 2020
                                                                                                        by reason of—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) a required beginning date occurring in
                                                                                                             such calendar year, and
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) such distribution not having been made
                                                                                                             before January 1, 2020.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(iii) SPECIAL RULES REGARDING WAIVER PERIOD.—
                                                                                                        For purposes of this paragraph—
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(I) the required beginning date with respect
                                                                                                             to any individual shall be determined without
                                                                                                             regard to this subparagraph for purposes of
                                                                                                             applying this paragraph for calendar years after
                                                                                                             2020, and
                                                                                                                    ‘‘(II) if clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) applies,
                                                                                                             the 5-year period described in such clause shall
                                                                                                             be determined without regard to calendar year
                                                                                                             2020.’’.
                                                                                              (b) ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.—Section 402(c)(4) of
                                                                  26 USC 402.             the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘2009’’
                                                                                          each place it appears in the last sentence and inserting ‘‘2020’’.
                                                                  26 USC 401 note.            (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                                                                   (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by this section
                                                                                              shall apply for calendar years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                              2019.
                                                                                                   (2) PROVISIONS RELATING TO PLAN OR CONTRACT AMEND-
                                                                                              MENTS.—
                                                                  Applicability.                        (A) IN GENERAL.—If this paragraph applies to any plan
                                                                                                   or contract amendment—
                                                                                                             (i) such plan or contract shall not fail to be treated
                                                                                                        as being operated in accordance with the terms of
                                                                                                        the plan during the period described in subparagraph
                                                                                                        (B)(ii) solely because the plan operates in accordance
                                                                                                        with this section, and
                                                                                                             (ii) except as provided by the Secretary of the
                                                                                                        Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate), such plan or
                                                                                                        contract shall not fail to meet the requirements of
                                                                                                        section 411(d)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                                                        and section 204(g) of the Employee Retirement Income
                                                                                                        Security Act of 1974 by reason of such amendment.
                                                                                                        (B) AMENDMENTS TO WHICH PARAGRAPH APPLIES.—
                                                                                                             (i) IN GENERAL.—This paragraph shall apply to
                                                                                                        any amendment to any plan or annuity contract
                                                                                                        which—
                                                                                                                    (I) is made pursuant to the amendments made
                                                                                                             by this section, and
                                                                                                                    (II) is made on or before the last day of the
                                                                                                             first plan year beginning on or after January 1,
                                                                                                             2022.
                                                                                                        In the case of a governmental plan, subclause (II)
                                                                                                        shall be applied by substituting ‘‘2024’’ for ‘‘2022’’.
                                                                  Time period.                               (ii) CONDITIONS.—This paragraph shall not apply
                                                                                                        to any amendment unless during the period beginning
                                                                                                        on the effective date of the amendment and ending




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                        on December 31, 2020, the plan or contract is operated
                                                                                                        as if such plan or contract amendment were in effect.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00064   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 345
                                                                  SEC. 2204. ALLOWANCE OF PARTIAL ABOVE THE LINE DEDUCTION
                                                                              FOR CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 62(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                  of 1986 is amended by inserting after paragraph (21) the following                                    26 USC 62.
                                                                  new paragraph:
                                                                             ‘‘(22) CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.—In the case of taxable
                                                                       years beginning in 2020, the amount (not to exceed $300)
                                                                       of qualified charitable contributions made by an eligible indi-
                                                                       vidual during the taxable year.’’.
                                                                       (b) DEFINITIONS.—Section 62 of such Code is amended by adding
                                                                  at the end the following new subsection:
                                                                       ‘‘(f) DEFINITIONS RELATING TO QUALIFIED CHARITABLE CON-
                                                                  TRIBUTIONS.—For purposes of subsection (a)(22)—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—The term ‘eligible individual’
                                                                       means any individual who does not elect to itemize deductions.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) QUALIFIED CHARITABLE CONTRIBUTIONS.—The term
                                                                       ‘qualified charitable contribution’ means a charitable contribu-
                                                                       tion (as defined in section 170(c))—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) which is made in cash,
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) for which a deduction is allowable under section
                                                                             170 (determined without regard to subsection (b) thereof),
                                                                             and
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) which is—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) made to an organization described in section
                                                                                   170(b)(1)(A), and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) not—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) to an organization described in section
                                                                                         509(a)(3), or
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) for the establishment of a new, or mainte-
                                                                                         nance of an existing, donor advised fund (as
                                                                                         defined in section 4966(d)(2)).
                                                                                   Such term shall not include any amount which is
                                                                                   treated as a charitable contribution made in such tax-
                                                                                   able year by reason of subsection (b)(1)(G)(ii) or (d)(1)
                                                                                   of section 170.’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 62 note.
                                                                  shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2019.
                                                                  SEC. 2205. MODIFICATION OF LIMITATIONS ON CHARITABLE CON-                                             26 USC 170 note.
                                                                             TRIBUTIONS DURING 2020.
                                                                     (a) TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF LIMITATIONS ON CERTAIN CASH
                                                                  CONTRIBUTIONS.—
                                                                          (1) IN GENERAL.—Except as otherwise provided in para-
                                                                     graph (2), qualified contributions shall be disregarded in
                                                                     applying subsections (b) and (d) of section 170 of the Internal
                                                                     Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                          (2) TREATMENT OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.—For purposes
                                                                     of section 170 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986—
                                                                              (A) INDIVIDUALS.—In the case of an individual—
                                                                                   (i) LIMITATION.—Any qualified contribution shall
                                                                              be allowed as a deduction only to the extent that
                                                                              the aggregate of such contributions does not exceed
                                                                              the excess of the taxpayer’s contribution base (as
                                                                              defined in subparagraph (H) of section 170(b)(1) of
                                                                              such Code) over the amount of all other charitable




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              contributions allowed under section 170(b)(1) of such
                                                                              Code.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00065   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 346                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             (ii) CARRYOVER.—If the aggregate amount of quali-
                                                                                                        fied contributions made in the contribution year
                                                                                                        (within the meaning of section 170(d)(1) of such Code)
                                                                                                        exceeds the limitation of clause (i), such excess shall
                                                                                                        be added to the excess described in section
                                                                                                        170(b)(1)(G)(ii).
                                                                                                        (B) CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a corporation—
                                                                                                             (i) LIMITATION.—Any qualified contribution shall
                                                                                                        be allowed as a deduction only to the extent that
                                                                                                        the aggregate of such contributions does not exceed
                                                                                                        the excess of 25 percent of the taxpayer’s taxable
                                                                                                        income (as determined under paragraph (2) of section
                                                                                                        170(b) of such Code) over the amount of all other
                                                                                                        charitable contributions allowed under such paragraph.
                                                                                                             (ii) CARRYOVER.—If the aggregate amount of quali-
                                                                                                        fied contributions made in the contribution year
                                                                                                        (within the meaning of section 170(d)(2) of such Code)
                                                                                                        exceeds the limitation of clause (i), such excess shall
                                                                                                        be appropriately taken into account under section
                                                                                                        170(d)(2) subject to the limitations thereof.
                                                                                                   (3) QUALIFIED CONTRIBUTIONS.—
                                                                  Definition.                           (A) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of this subsection, the
                                                                                                   term ‘‘qualified contribution’’ means any charitable con-
                                                                                                   tribution (as defined in section 170(c) of the Internal Rev-
                                                                                                   enue Code of 1986) if—
                                                                                                             (i) such contribution is paid in cash during cal-
                                                                                                        endar year 2020 to an organization described in section
                                                                                                        170(b)(1)(A) of such Code, and
                                                                                                             (ii) the taxpayer has elected the application of
                                                                                                        this section with respect to such contribution.
                                                                                                        (B) EXCEPTION.—Such term shall not include a con-
                                                                                                   tribution by a donor if the contribution is—
                                                                                                             (i) to an organization described in section 509(a)(3)
                                                                                                        of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or
                                                                                                             (ii) for the establishment of a new, or maintenance
                                                                                                        of an existing, donor advised fund (as defined in section
                                                                                                        4966(d)(2) of such Code).
                                                                                                        (C) APPLICATION OF ELECTION TO PARTNERSHIPS AND
                                                                                                   S CORPORATIONS.—In the case of a partnership or S corpora-
                                                                                                   tion, the election under subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be made
                                                                                                   separately by each partner or shareholder.
                                                                                              (b) INCREASE IN LIMITS ON CONTRIBUTIONS OF FOOD INVEN-
                                                                  Applicability.          TORY.—In the case of any charitable contribution of food during
                                                                                          2020 to which section 170(e)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                                          of 1986 applies, subclauses (I) and (II) of clause (ii) thereof shall
                                                                                          each be applied by substituting ‘‘25 percent’’ for ‘‘15 percent.’’
                                                                                              (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—This section shall apply to taxable years
                                                                                          ending after December 31, 2019.
                                                                                          SEC. 2206. EXCLUSION FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYER PAYMENTS OF STU-
                                                                                                      DENT LOANS.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Paragraph (1) of section 127(c) of the Internal
                                                                                          Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end
                                                                                          of subparagraph (A), by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subpara-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          graph (C), and by inserting after subparagraph (A) the following
                                                                                          new subparagraph:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00066   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 347

                                                                                ‘‘(B) in the case of payments made before January
                                                                            1, 2021, the payment by an employer, whether paid to
                                                                            the employee or to a lender, of principal or interest on
                                                                            any qualified education loan (as defined in section
                                                                            221(d)(1)) incurred by the employee for education of the
                                                                            employee, and’’.
                                                                       (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENT; DENIAL OF DOUBLE BENEFIT.—
                                                                  The first sentence of paragraph (1) of section 221(e) of the Internal
                                                                  Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by inserting before the period                                        26 USC 221.
                                                                  the following: ‘‘, or for which an exclusion is allowable under section
                                                                  127 to the taxpayer by reason of the payment by the taxpayer’s
                                                                  employer of any indebtedness on a qualified education loan of
                                                                  the taxpayer’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 127 note.
                                                                  shall apply to payments made after the date of the enactment
                                                                  of this Act.

                                                                               Subtitle C—Business Provisions
                                                                  SEC. 2301. EMPLOYEE RETENTION CREDIT FOR EMPLOYERS SUBJECT                                            26 USC 3111
                                                                              TO CLOSURE DUE TO COVID–19.                                                               note.

                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—In the case of an eligible employer, there
                                                                  shall be allowed as a credit against applicable employment taxes
                                                                  for each calendar quarter an amount equal to 50 percent of the
                                                                  qualified wages with respect to each employee of such employer
                                                                  for such calendar quarter.
                                                                       (b) LIMITATIONS AND REFUNDABILITY.—
                                                                            (1) WAGES TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.—The amount of qualified
                                                                       wages with respect to any employee which may be taken into
                                                                       account under subsection (a) by the eligible employer for all
                                                                       calendar quarters shall not exceed $10,000.
                                                                            (2) CREDIT LIMITED TO EMPLOYMENT TAXES.—The credit
                                                                       allowed by subsection (a) with respect to any calendar quarter
                                                                       shall not exceed the applicable employment taxes (reduced by
                                                                       any credits allowed under subsections (e) and (f) of section
                                                                       3111 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and sections 7001
                                                                       and 7003 of the Families First Coronavirus Response Act) on
                                                                       the wages paid with respect to the employment of all the
                                                                       employees of the eligible employer for such calendar quarter.
                                                                            (3) REFUNDABILITY OF EXCESS CREDIT.—
                                                                                 (A) IN GENERAL.—If the amount of the credit under
                                                                            subsection (a) exceeds the limitation of paragraph (2) for
                                                                            any calendar quarter, such excess shall be treated as an
                                                                            overpayment that shall be refunded under sections 6402(a)
                                                                            and 6413(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                 (B) TREATMENT OF PAYMENTS.—For purposes of section
                                                                            1324 of title 31, United States Code, any amounts due
                                                                            to the employer under this paragraph shall be treated
                                                                            in the same manner as a refund due from a credit provision
                                                                            referred to in subsection (b)(2) of such section.
                                                                       (c) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                            (1) APPLICABLE EMPLOYMENT TAXES.—The term ‘‘applicable
                                                                       employment taxes’’ means the following:




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                 (A) The taxes imposed under section 3111(a) of the
                                                                            Internal Revenue Code of 1986.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00067   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 348                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                           (B) So much of the taxes imposed under section 3221(a)
                                                                                                      of such Code as are attributable to the rate in effect under
                                                                                                      section 3111(a) of such Code.
                                                                                                      (2) ELIGIBLE EMPLOYER.—
                                                                                                           (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘eligible employer’’ means
                                                                                                      any employer—
                                                                                                                (i) which was carrying on a trade or business
                                                                                                           during calendar year 2020, and
                                                                                                                (ii) with respect to any calendar quarter, for
                                                                                                           which—
                                                                                                                      (I) the operation of the trade or business
                                                                                                                described in clause (i) is fully or partially sus-
                                                                                                                pended during the calendar quarter due to orders
                                                                                                                from an appropriate governmental authority lim-
                                                                                                                iting commerce, travel, or group meetings (for
                                                                                                                commercial, social, religious, or other purposes)
                                                                                                                due to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–19),
                                                                                                                or
                                                                                                                      (II) such calendar quarter is within the period
                                                                                                                described in subparagraph (B).
                                                                  Time period.                             (B) SIGNIFICANT DECLINE IN GROSS RECEIPTS.—The
                                                                                                      period described in this subparagraph is the period—
                                                                                                                (i) beginning with the first calendar quarter begin-
                                                                                                           ning after December 31, 2019, for which gross receipts
                                                                                                           (within the meaning of section 448(c) of the Internal
                                                                                                           Revenue Code of 1986) for the calendar quarter are
                                                                                                           less than 50 percent of gross receipts for the same
                                                                                                           calendar quarter in the prior year, and
                                                                                                                (ii) ending with the calendar quarter following the
                                                                                                           first calendar quarter beginning after a calendar
                                                                                                           quarter described in clause (i) for which gross receipts
                                                                                                           of such employer are greater than 80 percent of gross
                                                                                                           receipts for the same calendar quarter in the prior
                                                                                                           year.
                                                                  Applicability.                           (C) TAX-EXEMPT ORGANIZATIONS.—In the case of an
                                                                                                      organization which is described in section 501(c) of the
                                                                                                      Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and exempt from tax under
                                                                                                      section 501(a) of such Code, clauses (i) and (ii)(I) of subpara-
                                                                                                      graph (A) shall apply to all operations of such organization.
                                                                                                      (3) QUALIFIED WAGES.—
                                                                                                           (A) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘qualified wages’’ means—
                                                                                                                (i) in the case of an eligible employer for which
                                                                                                           the average number of full-time employees (within the
                                                                                                           meaning of section 4980H of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                           Code of 1986) employed by such eligible employer
                                                                                                           during 2019 was greater than 100, wages paid by
                                                                                                           such eligible employer with respect to which an
                                                                                                           employee is not providing services due to circumstances
                                                                                                           described in subclause (I) or (II) of paragraph (2)(A)(ii),
                                                                                                           or
                                                                                                                (ii) in the case of an eligible employer for which
                                                                                                           the average number of full-time employees (within the
                                                                                                           meaning of section 4980H of the Internal Revenue
                                                                                                           Code of 1986) employed by such eligible employer
                                                                                                           during 2019 was not greater than 100—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                                      (I) with respect to an eligible employer
                                                                                                                described in subclause (I) of paragraph (2)(A)(ii),




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00068   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 349

                                                                                      wages paid by such eligible employer with respect
                                                                                      to an employee during any period described in
                                                                                      such clause, or
                                                                                           (II) with respect to an eligible employer
                                                                                      described in subclause (II) of such paragraph,
                                                                                      wages paid by such eligible employer with respect
                                                                                      to an employee during such quarter.
                                                                            Such term shall not include any wages taken into account
                                                                            under section 7001 or section 7003 of the Families First
                                                                            Coronavirus Response Act.
                                                                                 (B) LIMITATION.—Qualified wages paid or incurred by
                                                                            an eligible employer described in subparagraph (A)(i) with
                                                                            respect to an employee for any period described in such
                                                                            subparagraph may not exceed the amount such employee
                                                                            would have been paid for working an equivalent duration
                                                                            during the 30 days immediately preceding such period.
                                                                                 (C) ALLOWANCE FOR CERTAIN HEALTH PLAN EXPENSES.—
                                                                                      (i) IN GENERAL.—The term ‘‘qualified wages’’ shall
                                                                                 include so much of the eligible employer’s qualified
                                                                                 health plan expenses as are properly allocable to such
                                                                                 wages.
                                                                                      (ii) QUALIFIED HEALTH PLAN EXPENSES.—For pur-
                                                                                 poses of this paragraph, the term ‘‘qualified health
                                                                                 plan expenses’’ means amounts paid or incurred by
                                                                                 the eligible employer to provide and maintain a group
                                                                                 health plan (as defined in section 5000(b)(1) of the
                                                                                 Internal Revenue Code of 1986), but only to the extent
                                                                                 that such amounts are excluded from the gross income
                                                                                 of employees by reason of section 106(a) of such Code.
                                                                                      (iii) ALLOCATION RULES.—For purposes of this
                                                                                 paragraph, qualified health plan expenses shall be allo-
                                                                                 cated to qualified wages in such manner as the Sec-
                                                                                 retary may prescribe. Except as otherwise provided
                                                                                 by the Secretary, such allocation shall be treated as
                                                                                 properly made if made on the basis of being pro rata
                                                                                 among employees and pro rata on the basis of periods
                                                                                 of coverage (relative to the periods to which such wages
                                                                                 relate).
                                                                            (4) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                       of the Treasury or the Secretary’s delegate.
                                                                            (5) WAGES.—The term ‘‘wages’’ means wages (as defined
                                                                       in section 3121(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) and
                                                                       compensation (as defined in section 3231(e) of such Code).
                                                                            (6) OTHER TERMS.—Any term used in this section which
                                                                       is also used in chapter 21 or 22 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                       of 1986 shall have the same meaning as when used in such
                                                                       chapter.
                                                                       (d) AGGREGATION RULE.—All persons treated as a single
                                                                  employer under subsection (a) or (b) of section 52 of the Internal
                                                                  Revenue Code of 1986, or subsection (m) or (o) of section 414
                                                                  of such Code, shall be treated as one employer for purposes of
                                                                  this section.
                                                                       (e) CERTAIN RULES TO APPLY.—For purposes of this section,
                                                                  rules similar to the rules of sections 51(i)(1) and 280C(a) of the
                                                                  Internal Revenue Code of 1986 shall apply.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       (f) CERTAIN GOVERNMENTAL EMPLOYERS.—This credit shall not
                                                                  apply to the Government of the United States, the government




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00069   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 350                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          of any State or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or
                                                                                          instrumentality of any of the foregoing.
                                                                                               (g) ELECTION NOT TO HAVE SECTION APPLY.—This section shall
                                                                                          not apply with respect to any eligible employer for any calendar
                                                                                          quarter if such employer elects (at such time and in such manner
                                                                                          as the Secretary may prescribe) not to have this section apply.
                                                                                               (h) SPECIAL RULES.—
                                                                                                    (1) EMPLOYEE NOT TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT MORE THAN
                                                                                               ONCE.—An employee shall not be included for purposes of this
                                                                                               section for any period with respect to any employer if such
                                                                                               employer is allowed a credit under section 51 of the Internal
                                                                                               Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to such employee for such
                                                                                               period.
                                                                                                    (2) DENIAL OF DOUBLE BENEFIT.—Any wages taken into
                                                                                               account in determining the credit allowed under this section
                                                                                               shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining
                                                                                               the credit allowed under section 45S of such Code.
                                                                                                    (3) THIRD PARTY PAYORS.—Any credit allowed under this
                                                                                               section shall be treated as a credit described in section
                                                                                               3511(d)(2) of such Code.
                                                                                               (i) TRANSFERS TO FEDERAL OLD-AGE AND SURVIVORS INSURANCE
                                                                                          TRUST FUND.—There are hereby appropriated to the Federal Old-
                                                                                          Age and Survivors Insurance Trust Fund and the Federal Disability
                                                                                          Insurance Trust Fund established under section 201 of the Social
                                                                                          Security Act (42 U.S.C. 401) and the Social Security Equivalent
                                                                                          Benefit Account established under section 15A(a) of the Railroad
                                                                                          Retirement Act of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 14 231n–1(a)) amounts equal
                                                                                          to the reduction in revenues to the Treasury by reason of this
                                                                                          section (without regard to this subsection). Amounts appropriated
                                                                                          by the preceding sentence shall be transferred from the general
                                                                                          fund at such times and in such manner as to replicate to the
                                                                                          extent possible the transfers which would have occurred to such
                                                                                          Trust Fund or Account had this section not been enacted.
                                                                                               (j) RULE FOR EMPLOYERS TAKING SMALL BUSINESS INTERRUP-
                                                                                          TION LOAN.—If an eligible employer receives a covered loan under
                                                                                          paragraph (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C.
                                                                                          636(a)), as added by section 1102 of this Act, such employer shall
                                                                                          not be eligible for the credit under this section.
                                                                  Waiver authority.            (k) TREATMENT OF DEPOSITS.—The Secretary shall waive any
                                                                  Determination.          penalty under section 6656 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                                          for any failure to make a deposit of any applicable employment
                                                                                          taxes if the Secretary determines that such failure was due to
                                                                                          the reasonable anticipation of the credit allowed under this section.
                                                                                               (l) REGULATIONS AND GUIDANCE.—The Secretary shall issue
                                                                                          such forms, instructions, regulations, and guidance as are nec-
                                                                                          essary—
                                                                                                    (1) to allow the advance payment of the credit under sub-
                                                                                               section (a), subject to the limitations provided in this section,
                                                                                               based on such information as the Secretary shall require,
                                                                                                    (2) to provide for the reconciliation of such advance pay-
                                                                                               ment with the amount advanced at the time of filing the return
                                                                                               of tax for the applicable calendar quarter or taxable year,
                                                                                                    (3) to provide for the recapture of the credit under this
                                                                                               section if such credit is allowed to a taxpayer which receives
                                                                                               a loan described in subsection (j) during a subsequent quarter,




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                    (4) with respect to the application of the credit under
                                                                                               subsection (a) to third party payors (including professional




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00070   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 351

                                                                       employer organizations, certified professional employer
                                                                       organizations, or agents under section 3504 of the Internal
                                                                       Revenue Code of 1986), including regulations or guidance
                                                                       allowing such payors to submit documentation necessary to
                                                                       substantiate the eligible employer status of employers that
                                                                       use such payors, and
                                                                           (5) for application of subparagraphs (A)(ii)(II) and (B) of
                                                                       subsection (c)(2) in the case of any employer which was not
                                                                       carrying on a trade or business for all or part of the same
                                                                       calendar quarter in the prior year.
                                                                       (m) APPLICATION.—This section shall only apply to wages paid
                                                                  after March 12, 2020, and before January 1, 2021.
                                                                  SEC. 2302. DELAY OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER PAYROLL TAXES.                                                26 USC 3111
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                         (a) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                              (1) TAXES.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
                                                                         the payment for applicable employment taxes for the payroll
                                                                         tax deferral period shall not be due before the applicable date.
                                                                              (2) DEPOSITS.—Notwithstanding section 6302 of the
                                                                         Internal Revenue Code of 1986, an employer shall be treated
                                                                         as having timely made all deposits of applicable employment
                                                                         taxes that are required to be made (without regard to this
                                                                         section) for such taxes during the payroll tax deferral period
                                                                         if all such deposits are made not later than the applicable
                                                                         date.
                                                                              (3) EXCEPTION.—This subsection shall not apply to any
                                                                         taxpayer if such taxpayer has had indebtedness forgiven under
                                                                         section 1106 of this Act with respect to a loan under paragraph
                                                                         (36) of section 7(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 636(a)),
                                                                         as added by section 1102 of this Act, or indebtedness forgiven
                                                                         under section 1109 of this Act.
                                                                         (b) SECA.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of
                                                                         law, the payment for 50 percent of the taxes imposed under
                                                                         section 1401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for the
                                                                         payroll tax deferral period shall not be due before the applicable
                                                                         date.
                                                                              (2) ESTIMATED TAXES.—For purposes of applying section
                                                                         6654 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 to any taxable
                                                                         year which includes any part of the payroll tax deferral period,
                                                                         50 percent of the taxes imposed under section 1401(a) of such
                                                                         Code for the payroll tax deferral period shall not be treated
                                                                         as taxes to which such section 6654 applies.
                                                                         (c) LIABILITY OF THIRD PARTIES.—
                                                                              (1) ACTS TO BE PERFORMED BY AGENTS.—For purposes of
                                                                         section 3504 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, in the
                                                                         case of any person designated pursuant to such section (and
                                                                         any regulations or other guidance issued by the Secretary with
                                                                         respect to such section) to perform acts otherwise required
                                                                         to be performed by an employer under such Code, if such
                                                                         employer directs such person to defer payment of any applicable
                                                                         employment taxes during the payroll tax deferral period under
                                                                         this section, such employer shall be solely liable for the payment
                                                                         of such applicable employment taxes before the applicable date




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                         for any wages paid by such person on behalf of such employer
                                                                         during such period.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00071   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 352                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    (2) CERTIFIED PROFESSIONAL EMPLOYER ORGANIZATIONS.—
                                                                                               For purposes of section 3511, in the case of a certified profes-
                                                                                               sional employer organization (as defined in subsection (a) of
                                                                                               section 7705 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) that has
                                                                                               entered into a service contract described in subsection (e)(2)
                                                                                               of such section with a customer, if such customer directs such
                                                                                               organization to defer payment of any applicable employment
                                                                                               taxes during the payroll tax deferral period under this section,
                                                                                               such customer shall, notwithstanding subsections (a) and (c)
                                                                                               of section 3511, be solely liable for the payment of such
                                                                                               applicable employment taxes before the applicable date for
                                                                                               any wages paid by such organization to any work site employee
                                                                                               performing services for such customer during such period.
                                                                                               (d) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section—
                                                                                                    (1) APPLICABLE EMPLOYMENT TAXES.—The term ‘‘applicable
                                                                                               employment taxes’’ means the following:
                                                                                                         (A) The taxes imposed under section 3111(a) of the
                                                                                                    Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                                         (B) So much of the taxes imposed under section 3211(a)
                                                                                                    of such Code as are attributable to the rate in effect under
                                                                                                    section 3111(a) of such Code.
                                                                                                         (C) So much of the taxes imposed under section 3221(a)
                                                                                                    of such Code as are attributable to the rate in effect under
                                                                                                    section 3111(a) of such Code.
                                                                                                    (2) PAYROLL TAX DEFERRAL PERIOD.—The term ‘‘payroll tax
                                                                                               deferral period’’ means the period beginning on the date of
                                                                                               the enactment of this Act and ending before January 1, 2021.
                                                                                                    (3) APPLICABLE DATE.—The term ‘‘applicable date’’ means—
                                                                                                         (A) December 31, 2021, with respect to 50 percent
                                                                                                    of the amounts to which subsection (a) or (b), as the case
                                                                                                    may be, apply, and
                                                                                                         (B) December 31, 2022, with respect to the remaining
                                                                                                    such amounts.
                                                                                                    (4) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                               of the Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate).
                                                                                               (e) TRUST FUNDS HELD HARMLESS.—There are hereby appro-
                                                                                          priated (out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appro-
                                                                                          priated) for each fiscal year to the Federal Old-Age and Survivors
                                                                                          Insurance Trust Fund and the Federal Disability Insurance Trust
                                                                                          Fund established under section 201 of the Social Security Act (42
                                                                                          U.S.C. 401) and the Social Security Equivalent Benefit Account
                                                                                          established under section 15A(a) of the Railroad Retirement Act
                                                                                          of 1974 (45 U.S.C. 231n–1(a)) an amount equal to the reduction
                                                                                          in the transfers to such fund for such fiscal year by reason of
                                                                                          this section. Amounts appropriated by the preceding sentence shall
                                                                                          be transferred from the general fund at such times and in such
                                                                                          manner as to replicate to the extent possible the transfers which
                                                                                          would have occurred to such Trust Fund had such amendments
                                                                                          not been enacted.
                                                                                               (f) REGULATORY AUTHORITY.—The Secretary shall issue such
                                                                                          regulations or other guidance as necessary to carry out the purposes
                                                                                          of this section, including rules for the administration and enforce-
                                                                                          ment of subsection (c).
                                                                                          SEC. 2303. MODIFICATIONS FOR NET OPERATING LOSSES.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                 (a) TEMPORARY REPEAL OF TAXABLE INCOME LIMITATION.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00072   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 353

                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—The first sentence of section 172(a) of
                                                                         the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 is amended by striking                                       26 USC 172.
                                                                         ‘‘an amount equal to’’ and all that follows and inserting ‘‘an
                                                                         amount equal to—
                                                                              ‘‘(1) in the case of a taxable year beginning before January
                                                                         1, 2021, the aggregate of the net operating loss carryovers
                                                                         to such year, plus the net operating loss carrybacks to such
                                                                         year, and
                                                                              ‘‘(2) in the case of a taxable year beginning after December
                                                                         31, 2020, the sum of—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) the aggregate amount of net operating losses
                                                                              arising in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2018,
                                                                              carried to such taxable year, plus
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) the lesser of—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) the aggregate amount of net operating losses
                                                                                    arising in taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                    2017, carried to such taxable year, or
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) 80 percent of the excess (if any) of—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) taxable income computed without regard
                                                                                          to the deductions under this section and sections
                                                                                          199A and 250, over
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) the amount determined under subpara-
                                                                                          graph (A).’’.
                                                                              (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—
                                                                                    (A) Section 172(b)(2)(C) of such Code is amended to
                                                                              read as follows:
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) for taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                              2020, be reduced by 20 percent of the excess (if any)
                                                                              described in subsection (a)(2)(B)(ii) for such taxable year.’’.
                                                                                    (B) Section 172(d)(6)(C) of such Code is amended by
                                                                              striking ‘‘subsection (a)(2)’’ and inserting ‘‘subsection
                                                                              (a)(2)(B)(ii)(I)’’.
                                                                                    (C) Section 860E(a)(3)(B) of such Code is amended
                                                                              by striking all that follows ‘‘for purposes of’’ and inserting
                                                                              ‘‘subsection (a)(2)(B)(ii)(I) and the second sentence of sub-
                                                                              section (b)(2) of section 172.’’.
                                                                         (b) MODIFICATIONS OF RULES RELATING TO CARRYBACKS.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 172(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                         Code of 1986 is amended by adding at the end the following
                                                                         new subparagraph:
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) SPECIAL RULE FOR LOSSES ARISING IN 2018, 2019,
                                                                              AND 2020.—
                                                                                          ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—In the case of any net operating
                                                                                    loss arising in a taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                    31, 2017, and before January 1, 2021—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) such loss shall be a net operating loss
                                                                                          carryback to each of the 5 taxable years preceding
                                                                                          the taxable year of such loss, and
                                                                                                 ‘‘(II) subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i) shall not
                                                                                          apply.
                                                                                          ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULES FOR REITS.—For purposes of
                                                                                    this subparagraph—
                                                                                                 ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—A net operating loss for a
                                                                                          REIT year shall not be a net operating loss




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          carryback to any taxable year preceding the tax-
                                                                                          able year of such loss.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00073   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 354                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of any net
                                                                                                              operating loss for a taxable year which is not a
                                                                                                              REIT year, such loss shall not be carried to any
                                                                                                              preceding taxable year which is a REIT year.
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(III) REIT YEAR.—For purposes of this
                                                                                                              subparagraph, the term ‘REIT year’ means any
                                                                                                              taxable year for which the provisions of part II
                                                                                                              of subchapter M (relating to real estate investment
                                                                                                              trusts) apply to the taxpayer.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) SPECIAL RULE FOR LIFE INSURANCE COMPA-
                                                                                                         NIES.— In the case of a life insurance company, if
                                                                                                         a net operating loss is carried pursuant to clause (i)(I)
                                                                                                         to a life insurance company taxable year beginning
                                                                                                         before January 1, 2018, such net operating loss
                                                                                                         carryback shall be treated in the same manner as
                                                                                                         an operations loss carryback (within the meaning of
                                                                                                         section 810 as in effect before its repeal) of such com-
                                                                                                         pany to such taxable year.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iv) RULE RELATING TO CARRYBACKS TO YEARS TO
                                                                                                         WHICH SECTION 965 APPLIES.—If a net operating loss
                                                                                                         of a taxpayer is carried pursuant to clause (i)(I) to
                                                                                                         any taxable year in which an amount is includible
                                                                                                         in gross income by reason of section 965(a), the tax-
                                                                                                         payer shall be treated as having made the election
                                                                                                         under section 965(n) with respect to each such taxable
                                                                                                         year.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(v) SPECIAL RULES FOR ELECTIONS UNDER PARA-
                                                                                                         GRAPH (3).—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) SPECIAL ELECTION TO EXCLUDE SECTION
                                                                  Time period.                                965 YEARS.— If the 5-year carryback period under
                                                                                                              clause (i)(I) with respect to any net operating loss
                                                                                                              of a taxpayer includes 1 or more taxable years
                                                                                                              in which an amount is includible in gross income
                                                                                                              by reason of section 965(a), the taxpayer may,
                                                                                                              in lieu of the election otherwise available under
                                                                                                              paragraph (3), elect under such paragraph to
                                                                                                              exclude all such taxable years from such carryback
                                                                                                              period.
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) TIME OF ELECTIONS.—An election under
                                                                                                              paragraph (3) (including an election described in
                                                                                                              subclause (I)) with respect to a net operating loss
                                                                                                              arising in a taxable year beginning in 2018 or
                                                                                                              2019 shall be made by the due date (including
                                                                                                              extensions of time) for filing the taxpayer’s return
                                                                                                              for the first taxable year ending after the date
                                                                                                              of the enactment of this subparagraph.’’.
                                                                                                   (2) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 172(b)(1)(A) of such
                                                                                             Code, as amended by subsection (c)(2), is amended by striking
                                                                                             ‘‘and (C)(i)’’ and inserting ‘‘, (C)(i), and (D)’’.
                                                                                             (c) TECHNICAL AMENDMENT RELATING TO SECTION 13302 OF
                                                                                          PUBLIC LAW 115–97.—
                                                                  26 USC 172 note.                 (1) Section 13302(e) of Public Law 115–97 is amended
                                                                                             to read as follows:
                                                                  Applicability.             ‘‘(e) EFFECTIVE DATES.—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                   ‘‘(1) NET OPERATING LOSS LIMITATION.—The amendments
                                                                                             made by subsections (a) and (d)(2) shall apply to—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00074   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 355

                                                                                      ‘‘(A) taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                               and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) taxable years beginning on or before such date
                                                                              to which net operating losses arising in taxable years begin-
                                                                              ning after such date are carried.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) CARRYOVERS AND CARRYBACKS.—The amendments
                                                                         made by subsections (b), (c), and (d)(1) shall apply to net
                                                                         operating losses arising in taxable years beginning after
                                                                         December 31, 2017.’’.
                                                                              (2) Section 172(b)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of
                                                                         1986 is amended to read as follows:                                                            26 USC 172.
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) GENERAL RULE.—A net operating loss for any tax-
                                                                              able year—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) shall be a net operating loss carryback to the
                                                                                   extent provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i), and
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) except as provided in subparagraph (C)(ii),
                                                                                   shall be a net operating loss carryover—
                                                                                               ‘‘(I) in the case of a net operating loss arising
                                                                                         in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2018,
                                                                                         to each of the 20 taxable years following the tax-
                                                                                         able year of the loss, and
                                                                                               ‘‘(II) in the case of a net operating loss arising
                                                                                         in a taxable year beginning after December 31,
                                                                                         2017, to each taxable year following the taxable
                                                                                         year of the loss.’’.
                                                                         (d) EFFECTIVE DATES.—                                                                          Applicability.
                                                                              (1) NET OPERATING LOSS LIMITATION.—The amendments                                         26 USC 172 note.
                                                                         made by subsection (a) shall apply—
                                                                                   (A) to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017,
                                                                              and
                                                                                   (B) to taxable years beginning on or before December
                                                                              31, 2017, to which net operating losses arising in taxable
                                                                              years beginning after December 31, 2017, are carried.
                                                                              (2) CARRYOVERS AND CARRYBACKS.—The amendment made
                                                                         by subsection (b) shall apply to—
                                                                                   (A) net operating losses arising in taxable years begin-
                                                                              ning after December 31, 2017, and
                                                                                   (B) taxable years beginning before, on, or after such
                                                                              date to which such net operating losses are carried.
                                                                              (3) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—The amendments made by
                                                                         subsection (c) shall take effect as if included in the provisions
                                                                         of Public Law 115–97 to which they relate.
                                                                              (4) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of a net operating loss                                     Time period.
                                                                         arising in a taxable year beginning before January 1, 2018,                                    Deadline.
                                                                         and ending after December 31, 2017—
                                                                                   (A) an application under section 6411(a) of the Internal
                                                                              Revenue Code of 1986 with respect to the carryback of
                                                                              such net operating loss shall not fail to be treated as
                                                                              timely filed if filed not later than the date which is 120
                                                                              days after the date of the enactment of this Act, and
                                                                                   (B) an election to—
                                                                                         (i) forgo any carryback of such net operating loss,
                                                                                         (ii) reduce any period to which such net operating
                                                                                   loss may be carried back, or




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                         (iii) revoke any election made under section 172(b)
                                                                                   to forgo any carryback of such net operating loss,




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00075   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 356                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                      shall not fail to be treated as timely made if made not
                                                                                                      later than the date which is 120 days after the date of
                                                                                                      the enactment of this Act.
                                                                                          SEC. 2304. MODIFICATION OF LIMITATION ON LOSSES FOR TAXPAYERS
                                                                                                      OTHER THAN CORPORATIONS.
                                                                                             (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 461(l)(1) of the Internal Revenue
                                                                  26 USC 461.             Code of 1986 is amended to read as follows:
                                                                  Time periods.                    ‘‘(1) LIMITATION.—In the case of a taxpayer other than
                                                                                             a corporation—
                                                                                                         ‘‘(A) for any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                                   31, 2017, and before January 1, 2026, subsection (j)
                                                                                                   (relating to limitation on excess farm losses of certain tax-
                                                                                                   payers) shall not apply, and
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) for any taxable year beginning after December
                                                                                                   31, 2020, and before January 1, 2026, any excess business
                                                                                                   loss of the taxpayer for the taxable year shall not be
                                                                                                   allowed.’’.
                                                                                             (b) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS RELATING TO SECTION 11012 OF
                                                                                          PUBLIC LAW 115–97.—
                                                                                                   (1) Section 461(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
                                                                                             is amended by striking ‘‘a net operating loss carryover to the
                                                                                             following taxable year under section 172’’ and inserting ‘‘a
                                                                                             net operating loss for the taxable year for purposes of deter-
                                                                                             mining any net operating loss carryover under section 172(b)
                                                                                             for subsequent taxable years’’.
                                                                                                   (2) Section 461(l)(3)(A) of such Code is amended—
                                                                                                         (A) in clause (i), by inserting ‘‘and without regard
                                                                                                   to any deduction allowable under section 172 or 199A’’
                                                                                                   after ‘‘under paragraph (1)’’, and
                                                                                                         (B) by adding at the end the following flush sentence:
                                                                                             ‘‘Such excess shall be determined without regard to any deduc-
                                                                                             tions, gross income, or gains attributable to any trade or busi-
                                                                                             ness of performing services as an employee.’’.
                                                                                                   (3) Section 461(l)(3) of such Code is amended by redesig-
                                                                                             nating subparagraph (B) as subparagraph (C) and by inserting
                                                                                             after subparagraph (A) the following new subparagraph:
                                                                                                         ‘‘(B) TREATMENT OF CAPITAL GAINS AND LOSSES.—
                                                                                                               ‘‘(i) LOSSES.—Deductions for losses from sales or
                                                                                                         exchanges of capital assets shall not be taken into
                                                                                                         account under subparagraph (A)(i).
                                                                                                               ‘‘(ii) GAINS.—The amount of gains from sales or
                                                                                                         exchanges of capital assets taken into account under
                                                                                                         subparagraph (A)(ii) shall not exceed the lesser of—
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(I) the capital gain net income determined
                                                                                                               by taking into account only gains and losses attrib-
                                                                                                               utable to a trade or business, or
                                                                                                                      ‘‘(II) the capital gain net income.’’.
                                                                  26 USC 461 note.           (c) EFFECTIVE DATES.—
                                                                                                   (1) IN GENERAL.—The amendments made by subsection
                                                                                             (a) shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31,
                                                                                             2017.
                                                                                                   (2) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—The amendments made by




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                             subsection (b) shall take effect as if included in the provisions
                                                                                             of Public Law 115–97 to which they relate.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00076   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 357
                                                                  SEC. 2305. MODIFICATION OF CREDIT FOR PRIOR YEAR MINIMUM TAX
                                                                              LIABILITY OF CORPORATIONS.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 53(e) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                  of 1986 is amended—                                                                                   26 USC 53.
                                                                            (1) by striking ‘‘2018, 2019, 2020, or 2021’’ in paragraph
                                                                       (1) and inserting ‘‘2018 or 2019’’, and
                                                                            (2) by striking ‘‘2021’’ in paragraph (2) and inserting ‘‘2019’’.
                                                                       (b) ELECTION TO TAKE ENTIRE REFUNDABLE CREDIT AMOUNT
                                                                  IN 2018.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 53(e) of such Code is amended
                                                                       by adding at the end the following new paragraph:
                                                                            ‘‘(5) SPECIAL RULE.—In the case of a corporation making
                                                                       an election under this paragraph—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) paragraph (1) shall not apply, and
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) subsection (c) shall not apply to the first taxable
                                                                            year of such corporation beginning in 2018.’’.
                                                                       (c) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          26 USC 53 note.
                                                                  shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.
                                                                       (d) SPECIAL RULE.—                                                                               26 USC 53 note.
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—For purposes of the Internal Revenue
                                                                       Code of 1986, a credit or refund for which an application
                                                                       described in paragraph (2)(A) is filed shall be treated as made
                                                                       under section 6411 of such Code.
                                                                            (2) TENTATIVE REFUND.—
                                                                                  (A) APPLICATION.—A taxpayer may file an application
                                                                            for a tentative refund of any amount for which a refund
                                                                            is due by reason of an election under section 53(e)(5) of
                                                                            the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Such application shall
                                                                            be in such manner and form as the Secretary of the
                                                                            Treasury (or the Secretary’s delegate) may prescribe and
                                                                            shall—
                                                                                        (i) be verified in the same manner as an application
                                                                                  under section 6411(a) of such Code,
                                                                                        (ii) be filed prior to December 31, 2020, and                                   Deadline.
                                                                                        (iii) set forth—
                                                                                              (I) the amount of the refundable credit claimed
                                                                                        under section 53(e) of such Code for such taxable
                                                                                        year,
                                                                                              (II) the amount of the refundable credit
                                                                                        claimed under such section for any previously filed
                                                                                        return for such taxable year, and
                                                                                              (III) the amount of the refund claimed.
                                                                                  (B) ALLOWANCE OF ADJUSTMENTS.—Within a period of                                      Time period.
                                                                            90 days from the date on which an application is filed
                                                                            under subparagraph (A), the Secretary of the Treasury
                                                                            (or the Secretary’s delegate) shall—
                                                                                        (i) review the application,                                                     Review.
                                                                                        (ii) determine the amount of the overpayment, and                               Determination.
                                                                                        (iii) apply, credit, or refund such overpayment,
                                                                            in a manner similar to the manner provided in section
                                                                            6411(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
                                                                                  (C) CONSOLIDATED RETURNS.—The provisions of section                                   Applicability.
                                                                            6411(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 Code shall
                                                                            apply to an adjustment under this paragraph to the same




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                            extent and manner as the Secretary of the Treasury (or
                                                                            the Secretary’s delegate) may provide.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00077   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 358                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                          SEC. 2306. MODIFICATIONS OF LIMITATION ON BUSINESS INTEREST.
                                                                                              (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                  26 USC 163.             of 1986 is amended by redesignating paragraph (10) as paragraph
                                                                                          (11) and by inserting after paragraph (9) the following new para-
                                                                                          graph:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(10) SPECIAL RULE FOR TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING IN 2019
                                                                                              AND 2020.—
                                                                                                        ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—
                                                                  Applicability.                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Except as provided in clause
                                                                                                        (ii) or (iii), in the case of any taxable year beginning
                                                                                                        in 2019 or 2020, paragraph (1)(B) shall be applied
                                                                                                        by substituting ‘50 percent’ for ‘30 percent’.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR PARTNERSHIPS.—In the case
                                                                                                        of a partnership—
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(I) clause (i) shall not apply to any taxable
                                                                                                              year beginning in 2019, but
                                                                                                                     ‘‘(II) unless a partner elects not to have this
                                                                                                              subclause apply, in the case of any excess business
                                                                                                              interest of the partnership for any taxable year
                                                                                                              beginning in 2019 which is allocated to the partner
                                                                                                              under paragraph (4)(B)(i)(II)—
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(aa) 50 percent of such excess business
                                                                                                                     interest shall be treated as business interest
                                                                                                                     which, notwithstanding paragraph (4)(B)(ii), is
                                                                                                                     paid or accrued by the partner in the partner’s
                                                                                                                     first taxable year beginning in 2020 and which
                                                                                                                     is not subject to the limits of paragraph (1),
                                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                                           ‘‘(bb) 50 percent of such excess business
                                                                                                                     interest shall be subject to the limitations of
                                                                                                                     paragraph (4)(B)(ii) in the same manner as
                                                                                                                     any other excess business interest so allocated.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(iii) ELECTION OUT.—A taxpayer may elect, at
                                                                                                        such time and in such manner as the Secretary may
                                                                                                        prescribe, not to have clause (i) apply to any taxable
                                                                                                        year. Such an election, once made, may be revoked
                                                                                                        only with the consent of the Secretary. In the case
                                                                                                        of a partnership, any such election shall be made by
                                                                                                        the partnership and may be made only for taxable
                                                                                                        years beginning in 2020.
                                                                                                        ‘‘(B) ELECTION TO USE 2019 ADJUSTED TAXABLE INCOME
                                                                                                   FOR TAXABLE YEARS BEGINNING IN 2020.—
                                                                                                              ‘‘(i) IN GENERAL.—Subject to clause (ii), in the case
                                                                                                        of any taxable year beginning in 2020, the taxpayer
                                                                                                        may elect to apply this subsection by substituting the
                                                                                                        adjusted taxable income of the taxpayer for the last
                                                                                                        taxable year beginning in 2019 for the adjusted taxable
                                                                                                        income for such taxable year. In the case of a partner-
                                                                                                        ship, any such election shall be made by the partner-
                                                                                                        ship.
                                                                                                              ‘‘(ii) SPECIAL RULE FOR SHORT TAXABLE YEARS.—
                                                                                                        If an election is made under clause (i) for a taxable
                                                                                                        year which is a short taxable year, the adjusted taxable
                                                                                                        income for the taxpayer’s last taxable year beginning
                                                                                                        in 2019 which is substituted under clause (i) shall




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                        be equal to the amount which bears the same ratio
                                                                                                        to such adjusted taxable income determined without




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00078   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                        PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                                      134 STAT. 359

                                                                              regard to this clause as the number of months in
                                                                              the short taxable year bears to 12’’.
                                                                      (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                                                        26 USC 163.
                                                                  shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2018.
                                                                  SEC.       2307.       TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS                                          REGARDING                    QUALIFIED
                                                                                        IMPROVEMENT PROPERTY.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                  of 1986 is amended—                                                                                                                26 USC 168.
                                                                            (1) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                 (A) in paragraph (3)(E), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the end
                                                                            of clause (v), by striking the period at the end of clause
                                                                            (vi) and inserting ‘‘, and’’, and by adding at the end the
                                                                            following new clause:
                                                                                      ‘‘(vii) any qualified improvement property.’’, and
                                                                                 (B) in paragraph (6)(A), by inserting ‘‘made by the
                                                                            taxpayer’’ after ‘‘any improvement’’, and
                                                                            (2) in the table contained in subsection (g)(3)(B)—
                                                                                 (A) by striking the item relating to subparagraph
                                                                            (D)(v), and
                                                                                 (B) by inserting after the item relating to subparagraph
                                                                            (E)(vi) the following new item:
                                                                       ‘‘(E)(vii) ......................................................................................................   20’’.
                                                                      (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                                                        26 USC 168 note.
                                                                  shall take effect as if included in section 13204 of Public Law
                                                                  115–97.
                                                                  SEC. 2308. TEMPORARY EXCEPTION FROM EXCISE TAX FOR ALCOHOL
                                                                              USED TO PRODUCE HAND SANITIZER.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 5214(a) of the Internal Revenue Code
                                                                  of 1986 is amended—
                                                                            (1) in paragraph (13), by striking the period at the end
                                                                       and inserting ‘‘; or’’, and
                                                                            (2) by adding at the end the following new paragraph:                                                                    Time period.
                                                                            ‘‘(14) with respect to distilled spirits removed after
                                                                       December 31, 2019, and before January 1, 2021, free of tax
                                                                       for use in or contained in hand sanitizer produced and distrib-
                                                                       uted in a manner consistent with any guidance issued by the
                                                                       Food and Drug Administration that is related to the outbreak
                                                                       of virus SARS–CoV–2 or coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID–
                                                                       19).’’.
                                                                       (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                                                       26 USC 5214
                                                                  shall apply to distilled spirits removed after December 31, 2019.                                                                  note.
                                                                       (c) APPLICATION OF OTHER LAWS.—Any distilled spirits or                                                                       26 USC 5214
                                                                  product described in paragraph (14) of section 5214(a) of the                                                                      note.
                                                                  Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) shall
                                                                  not be subject to any requirements related to labeling or bulk
                                                                  sales under—
                                                                            (1) section 105 or 106 of the Federal Alcohol Administration
                                                                       Act (27 U.S.C. 205, 206); or
                                                                            (2) section 204 of the Alcoholic Beverage Labeling Act of
                                                                       1988 (27 U.S.C. 215).




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW



                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020     Jkt 099139       PO 00136       Frm 00079        Fmt 6580       Sfmt 6581       E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116         PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 360                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          TITLE   III—SUPPORTING  AMERICA’S
                                                                                            HEALTH CARE SYSTEM IN THE FIGHT
                                                                                            AGAINST THE CORONAVIRUS
                                                                  Coronavirus Aid,                         Subtitle A—Health Provisions
                                                                  Relief, and
                                                                  Economic
                                                                  Security Act.           SEC. 3001. SHORT TITLE.
                                                                  42 USC 201 note.
                                                                                              This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘Coronavirus Aid, Relief,
                                                                                          and Economic Security Act’’.

                                                                                                PART I—ADDRESSING SUPPLY SHORTAGES
                                                                                                      Subpart A—Medical Product Supplies
                                                                                          SEC. 3101. NATIONAL ACADEMIES REPORT ON AMERICA’S MEDICAL
                                                                                                      PRODUCT SUPPLY CHAIN SECURITY.
                                                                  Contracts.                  (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 60 days after the date of
                                                                                          enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                                          shall enter into an agreement with the National Academies of
                                                                                          Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine (referred to in this section
                                                                                          as the ‘‘National Academies’’) to examine, and, in a manner that
                                                                                          does not compromise national security, report on, the security of
                                                                                          the United States medical product supply chain.
                                                                                              (b) PURPOSES.—The report developed under this section shall—
                                                                  Assessment.                      (1) assess and evaluate the dependence of the United
                                                                  Evaluation.                 States, including the private commercial sector, States, and
                                                                                              the Federal Government, on critical drugs and devices that
                                                                                              are sourced or manufactured outside of the United States,
                                                                                              which may include an analysis of—
                                                                                                       (A) the supply chain of critical drugs and devices of
                                                                                                   greatest priority to providing health care;
                                                                                                       (B) any potential public health security or national
                                                                                                   security risks associated with reliance on critical drugs
                                                                                                   and devices sourced or manufactured outside of the United
                                                                                                   States, which may include responses to previous or existing
                                                                                                   shortages or public health emergencies, such as infectious
                                                                                                   disease outbreaks, bioterror attacks, and other public
                                                                                                   health threats;
                                                                                                       (C) any existing supply chain information gaps, as
                                                                                                   applicable; and
                                                                                                       (D) potential economic impact of increased domestic
                                                                                                   manufacturing; and
                                                                  Recommenda-                      (2) provide recommendations, which may include a plan
                                                                  tions.                      to improve the resiliency of the supply chain for critical drugs
                                                                                              and devices as described in paragraph (1), and to address
                                                                                              any supply vulnerabilities or potential disruptions of such prod-
                                                                                              ucts that would significantly affect or pose a threat to public
                                                                                              health security or national security, as appropriate, which may
                                                                                              include strategies to—
                                                                                                       (A) promote supply chain redundancy and contingency
                                                                                                   planning;
                                                                                                       (B) encourage domestic manufacturing, including




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                   consideration of economic impacts, if any;
                                                                                                       (C) improve supply chain information gaps;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00080   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 361

                                                                                (D) improve planning considerations for medical
                                                                           product supply chain capacity during public health emer-
                                                                           gencies; and
                                                                                (E) promote the accessibility of such drugs and devices.
                                                                      (c) INPUT.—In conducting the study and developing the report
                                                                  under subsection (b), the National Academies shall—
                                                                           (1) consider input from the Department of Health and
                                                                      Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the
                                                                      Department of Defense, the Department of Commerce, the
                                                                      Department of State, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the
                                                                      Department of Justice, and any other Federal agencies as
                                                                      appropriate; and
                                                                           (2) consult with relevant stakeholders, which may include                                    Consultation.
                                                                      conducting public meetings and other forms of engagement,
                                                                      as appropriate, with health care providers, medical professional
                                                                      societies, State-based societies, public health experts, State and
                                                                      local public health departments, State medical boards, patient
                                                                      groups, medical product manufacturers, health care distribu-
                                                                      tors, wholesalers and group purchasing organizations, phar-
                                                                      macists, and other entities with experience in health care and
                                                                      public health, as appropriate.
                                                                      (d) DEFINITIONS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘device’’ and ‘‘drug’’
                                                                  have the meanings given such terms in section 201 of the Federal
                                                                  Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321).
                                                                  SEC. 3102. REQUIRING THE STRATEGIC NATIONAL STOCKPILE TO
                                                                              INCLUDE CERTAIN TYPES OF MEDICAL SUPPLIES.
                                                                      Section 319F–2(a)(1) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                  247d–6b(a)(1)) is amended by inserting ‘‘(including personal protec-
                                                                  tive equipment, ancillary medical supplies, and other applicable
                                                                  supplies required for the administration of drugs, vaccines and
                                                                  other biological products, medical devices, and diagnostic tests in
                                                                  the stockpile)’’ after ‘‘other supplies’’.
                                                                  SEC. 3103. TREATMENT OF RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE DEVICES AS
                                                                              COVERED COUNTERMEASURES.
                                                                      Section 319F–3(i)(1)(D) of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                  U.S.C. 247d–6d(i)(1)(D)) is amended to read as follows:
                                                                              ‘‘(D) a respiratory protective device that is approved                                    Determination.
                                                                          by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
                                                                          Health under part 84 of title 42, Code of Federal Regula-
                                                                          tions (or any successor regulations), and that the Secretary
                                                                          determines to be a priority for use during a public health
                                                                          emergency declared under section 319.’’.

                                                                  Subpart B—Mitigating Emergency Drug Shortages
                                                                  SEC. 3111. PRIORITIZE REVIEWS OF DRUG APPLICATIONS; INCEN-
                                                                              TIVES.
                                                                      Section 506C(g) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act
                                                                  (21 U.S.C. 356c(g)) is amended—
                                                                           (1) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘the Secretary may’’ and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘the Secretary shall, as appropriate’’;
                                                                           (2) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘prioritize and’’ before
                                                                      ‘‘expedite the review’’; and




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                           (3) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘prioritize and’’ before
                                                                      ‘‘expedite an inspection’’.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00081   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 362                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                                          SEC. 3112. ADDITIONAL MANUFACTURER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                                                                                                       IN RESPONSE TO DRUG SHORTAGES.
                                                                                             (a) EXPANSION TO INCLUDE ACTIVE PHARMACEUTICAL INGREDI-
                                                                                          ENTS.—Subsection (a) of section 506C of the Federal Food, Drug,
                                                                                          and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 356c) is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) in paragraph (1)(C), by inserting ‘‘or any such drug
                                                                                               that is critical to the public health during a public health
                                                                                               emergency declared by the Secretary under section 319 of the
                                                                                               Public Health Service Act’’ after ‘‘during surgery’’; and
                                                                                                     (2) in the flush text at the end—
                                                                                                          (A) by inserting ‘‘, or a permanent discontinuance in
                                                                                                     the manufacture of an active pharmaceutical ingredient
                                                                                                     or an interruption in the manufacture of the active pharma-
                                                                                                     ceutical ingredient of such drug that is likely to lead to
                                                                                                     a meaningful disruption in the supply of the active pharma-
                                                                                                     ceutical ingredient of such drug,’’ before ‘‘and the reasons’’;
                                                                                                     and
                                                                                                          (B) by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Notification
                                                                                                     under this subsection shall include disclosure of reasons
                                                                                                     for the discontinuation or interruption, and if applicable,
                                                                                                     an active pharmaceutical ingredient is a reason for, or
                                                                                                     risk factor in, such discontinuation or interruption, the
                                                                                                     source of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and any
                                                                                                     alternative sources for the active pharmaceutical ingredient
                                                                                                     known by the manufacturer; whether any associated device
                                                                                                     used for preparation or administration included in the drug
                                                                                                     is a reason for, or a risk factor in, such discontinuation
                                                                                                     or interruption; the expected duration of the interruption;
                                                                                                     and such other information as the Secretary may require.’’.
                                                                                               (b) RISK MANAGEMENT.—Section 506C of the Federal Food,
                                                                                          Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 356c) is amended by adding
                                                                                          at the end the following:
                                                                                               ‘‘(j) RISK MANAGEMENT PLANS.—Each manufacturer of a drug
                                                                                          described in subsection (a) or of any active pharmaceutical ingre-
                                                                                          dient or any associated medical device used for preparation or
                                                                                          administration included in the drug, shall develop, maintain, and
                                                                                          implement, as appropriate, a redundancy risk management plan
                                                                                          that identifies and evaluates risks to the supply of the drug, as
                                                                                          applicable, for each establishment in which such drug or active
                                                                  Inspection.             pharmaceutical ingredient of such drug is manufactured. A risk
                                                                                          management plan under this section shall be subject to inspection
                                                                                          and copying by the Secretary pursuant to an inspection or a request
                                                                                          under section 704(a)(4).’’.
                                                                                               (c) ANNUAL NOTIFICATION.—Section 506E of the Federal Food,
                                                                                          Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 356e) is amended by adding
                                                                                          at the end the following:
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) INTERAGENCY NOTIFICATION.—Not later than 180 days after
                                                                                          the date of enactment of this subsection, and every 90 days there-
                                                                                          after, the Secretary shall transmit a report regarding the drugs
                                                                                          of the current drug shortage list under this section to the Adminis-
                                                                                          trator of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.’’.
                                                                                               (d) REPORTING AFTER INSPECTIONS.—Section 704(b) of the Fed-
                                                                                          eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 374(b)) is amended—
                                                                                                     (1) by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) and subpara-
                                                                                               graphs (A) and (B);




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                     (2) by striking ‘‘(b) Upon completion’’ and inserting ‘‘(b)(1)
                                                                                               Upon completion’’; and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00082   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 363

                                                                             (3) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                       ‘‘(2) In carrying out this subsection with respect to any                                        Records.
                                                                  establishment manufacturing a drug approved under subsection
                                                                  (c) or (j) of section 505 for which a notification has been submitted
                                                                  in accordance with section 506C is, or has been in the last 5
                                                                  years, listed on the drug shortage list under section 506E, or that
                                                                  is described in section 505(j)(11)(A), a copy of the report shall
                                                                  be sent promptly to the appropriate offices of the Food and Drug
                                                                  Administration with expertise regarding drug shortages.’’.
                                                                       (e) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—Section 510(j) of the Federal
                                                                  Food, Drug, Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360(j)) is amended—
                                                                             (1) by redesignating paragraphs (3) and (4) as paragraphs
                                                                       (4) and (5), respectively; and
                                                                             (2) by inserting after paragraph (2) the following:
                                                                             ‘‘(3)(A) Each person who registers with the Secretary under
                                                                       this section with regard to a drug shall report annually to
                                                                       the Secretary on the amount of each drug listed under para-
                                                                       graph (1) that was manufactured, prepared, propagated, com-
                                                                       pounded, or processed by such person for commercial distribu-
                                                                       tion. Such information may be required to be submitted in
                                                                       an electronic format as determined by the Secretary. The Sec-
                                                                       retary may require that information required to be reported
                                                                       under this paragraph be submitted at the time a public health
                                                                       emergency is declared by the Secretary under section 319 of
                                                                       the Public Health Service Act.
                                                                             ‘‘(B) By order of the Secretary, certain biological products                               Determination.
                                                                       or categories of biological products regulated under section 351
                                                                       of the Public Health Service Act may be exempt from some
                                                                       or all of the reporting requirements under subparagraph (A),
                                                                       if the Secretary determines that applying such reporting
                                                                       requirements to such biological products or categories of
                                                                       biological products is not necessary to protect the public
                                                                       health.’’.
                                                                       (f) CONFIDENTIALITY.—Nothing in the amendments made by                                           21 USC 356c
                                                                  this section shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to                                       note.
                                                                  disclose any information that is a trade secret or confidential
                                                                  information subject to section 552(b)(4) of title 5, United States
                                                                  Code, or section 1905 of title 18, United States Code.
                                                                       (g) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by this section                                          21 USC 356c
                                                                  and section 3111 shall take effect on the date that is 180 days                                       note.
                                                                  after the date of enactment of this Act.

                                                                   Subpart C—Preventing Medical Device Shortages
                                                                  SEC. 3121. DISCONTINUANCE OR INTERRUPTION IN THE PRODUCTION
                                                                               OF MEDICAL DEVICES.
                                                                       Chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21
                                                                  U.S.C. 351 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 506I
                                                                  the following:
                                                                  ‘‘SEC. 506J. DISCONTINUANCE OR INTERRUPTION IN THE PRODUCTION                                         21 USC 356j.
                                                                                OF MEDICAL DEVICES.
                                                                         ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—A manufacturer of a device that—
                                                                               ‘‘(1) is critical to public health during a public health emer-
                                                                         gency, including devices that are life-supporting, life-sustaining,




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                         or intended for use in emergency medical care or during sur-
                                                                         gery; or




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00083   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 364                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Determination.                     ‘‘(2) for which the Secretary determines that information
                                                                  Notification.                on potential meaningful supply disruptions of such device is
                                                                                               needed during, or in advance of, a public health emergency;
                                                                                          shall, during, or in advance of, a public health emergency declared
                                                                                          by the Secretary under section 319 of the Public Health Service
                                                                                          Act, notify the Secretary, in accordance with subsection (b), of
                                                                                          a permanent discontinuance in the manufacture of the device
                                                                                          (except for discontinuances as a result of an approved modification
                                                                                          of the device) or an interruption of the manufacture of the device
                                                                                          that is likely to lead to a meaningful disruption in the supply
                                                                                          of that device in the United States, and the reasons for such
                                                                                          discontinuance or interruption.
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) TIMING.—A notice required under subsection (a) shall be
                                                                                          submitted to the Secretary—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) at least 6 months prior to the date of the discontinuance
                                                                                               or interruption; or
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) if compliance with paragraph (1) is not possible, as
                                                                                               soon as practicable.
                                                                  Determination.               ‘‘(c) DISTRIBUTION.—
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—To the maximum extent prac-
                                                                                               ticable, subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary shall distribute,
                                                                                               through such means as the Secretary determines appropriate,
                                                                                               information on the discontinuance or interruption of the manu-
                                                                                               facture of devices reported under subsection (a) to appropriate
                                                                                               organizations, including physician, health provider, patient
                                                                                               organizations, and supply chain partners, as appropriate and
                                                                                               applicable, as described in subsection (g).
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) PUBLIC HEALTH EXCEPTION.—The Secretary may choose
                                                                                               not to make information collected under this section publicly
                                                                                               available pursuant to this section if the Secretary determines
                                                                                               that disclosure of such information would adversely affect the
                                                                                               public health, such as by increasing the possibility of unneces-
                                                                                               sary over purchase of product, component parts, or other disrup-
                                                                                               tion of the availability of medical products to patients.
                                                                                               ‘‘(d) CONFIDENTIALITY.—Nothing in this section shall be con-
                                                                                          strued as authorizing the Secretary to disclose any information
                                                                                          that is a trade secret or confidential information subject to section
                                                                                          552(b)(4) of title 5, United States Code, or section 1905 of title
                                                                                          18, United States Code.
                                                                  Deadlines.                   ‘‘(e) FAILURE TO MEET REQUIREMENTS.—If a person fails to
                                                                                          submit information required under subsection (a) in accordance
                                                                                          with subsection (b)—
                                                                  Notification.                      ‘‘(1) the Secretary shall issue a letter to such person
                                                                                               informing such person of such failure;
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) not later than 30 calendar days after the issuance
                                                                                               of a letter under paragraph (1), the person who receives such
                                                                                               letter shall submit to the Secretary a written response to such
                                                                                               letter setting forth the basis for noncompliance and providing
                                                                                               information required under subsection (a); and
                                                                  Public                             ‘‘(3) not later than 45 calendar days after the issuance
                                                                  information.                 of a letter under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall make such
                                                                  Web posting.                 letter and any response to such letter under paragraph (2)
                                                                  Determination.
                                                                                               available to the public on the internet website of the Food
                                                                                               and Drug Administration, with appropriate redactions made
                                                                                               to protect information described in subsection (d), except that,




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               if the Secretary determines that the letter under paragraph
                                                                                               (1) was issued in error or, after review of such response, the




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00084   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 365

                                                                       person had a reasonable basis for not notifying as required
                                                                       under subsection (a), the requirements of this paragraph shall
                                                                       not apply.
                                                                       ‘‘(f) EXPEDITED INSPECTIONS AND REVIEWS.—If, based on
                                                                  notifications described in subsection (a) or any other relevant
                                                                  information, the Secretary concludes that there is, or is likely
                                                                  to be, a shortage of an device, the Secretary shall, as appropriate—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) prioritize and expedite the review of a submission
                                                                       under section 513(f)(2), 515, review of a notification under
                                                                       section 510(k), or 520(m) for a device that could help mitigate
                                                                       or prevent such shortage; or
                                                                             ‘‘(2) prioritize and expedite an inspection or reinspection
                                                                       of an establishment that could help mitigate or prevent such
                                                                       shortage.
                                                                       ‘‘(g) DEVICE SHORTAGE LIST.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) ESTABLISHMENT.—The Secretary shall establish and                                     Determination.
                                                                       maintain an up-to-date list of devices that are determined
                                                                       by the Secretary to be in shortage in the United States.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) CONTENTS.—For each device included on the list under
                                                                       paragraph (1), the Secretary shall include the following
                                                                       information:
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) The category or name of the device in shortage.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) The name of each manufacturer of such device.
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) The reason for the shortage, as determined by
                                                                             the Secretary, selecting from the following categories:
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) Requirements related to complying with good
                                                                                   manufacturing practices.
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) Regulatory delay.
                                                                                        ‘‘(iii) Shortage or discontinuance of a component
                                                                                   or part.
                                                                                        ‘‘(iv) Discontinuance of the manufacture of the
                                                                                   device.
                                                                                        ‘‘(v) Delay in shipping of the device.
                                                                                        ‘‘(vi) Delay in sterilization of the device.
                                                                                        ‘‘(vii) Demand increase for the device.
                                                                                        ‘‘(viii) Facility closure.
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) The estimated duration of the shortage as deter-                               Estimate.
                                                                             mined by the Secretary.                                                                    Determination.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—Subject to subparagraphs (B) and
                                                                             (C), the Secretary shall make the information in the list
                                                                             under paragraph (1) publicly available.
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) TRADE SECRETS AND CONFIDENTIAL INFORMA-
                                                                             TION.—Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to
                                                                             alter or amend section 1905 of title 18, United States
                                                                             Code, or section 552(b)(4) of title 5 of such Code.
                                                                                   ‘‘(C) PUBLIC HEALTH EXCEPTION.—The Secretary may                                     Determination.
                                                                             elect not to make information collected under this sub-
                                                                             section publicly available if the Secretary determines that
                                                                             disclosure of such information would adversely affect the
                                                                             public health (such as by increasing the possibility of
                                                                             hoarding or other disruption of the availability of the device
                                                                             to patients).
                                                                       ‘‘(h) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this section shall
                                                                  be construed to affect the authority of the Secretary on the date




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  of enactment of this section to expedite the review of devices under
                                                                  section 515 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, section




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00085   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 366                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          515B of such Act relating to the priority review program for devices,
                                                                                          and section 564 of such Act relating to the emergency use authoriza-
                                                                                          tion authorities.
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) DEFINITIONS.—In this section:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) MEANINGFUL DISRUPTION.—The term ‘meaningful
                                                                                               disruption’—
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) means a change in production that is reasonably
                                                                                                     likely to lead to a reduction in the supply of a device
                                                                                                     by a manufacturer that is more than negligible and affects
                                                                                                     the ability of the manufacturer to fill orders or meet
                                                                                                     expected demand for its product;
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) does not include interruptions in manufacturing
                                                                                                     due to matters such as routine maintenance or insignificant
                                                                                                     changes in manufacturing so long as the manufacturer
                                                                                                     expects to resume operations in a short period of time,
                                                                                                     not to exceed 6 months;
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) does not include interruptions in manufacturing
                                                                                                     of components or raw materials so long as such interrup-
                                                                                                     tions do not result in a shortage of the device and the
                                                                                                     manufacturer expects to resume operations in a reasonable
                                                                                                     period of time; and
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) does not include interruptions in manufacturing
                                                                                                     that do not lead to a reduction in procedures or diagnostic
                                                                                                     tests associated with a medical device designed to perform
                                                                                                     more than one procedure or diagnostic test.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) SHORTAGE.—The term ‘shortage’, with respect to a
                                                                                               device, means a period of time when the demand or projected
                                                                                               demand for the device within the United States exceeds the
                                                                                               supply of the device.’’.

                                                                                                 PART II—ACCESS TO HEALTH CARE FOR
                                                                                                          COVID–19 PATIENTS
                                                                                            Subpart A—Coverage of Testing and Preventive
                                                                                                             Services
                                                                                          SEC. 3201. COVERAGE OF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING FOR COVID–19.
                                                                                               Paragraph (1) of section 6001(a) of division F of the Families
                                                                  Ante, p. 201.           First Coronavirus Response Act (Public Law 116–127) is amended
                                                                                          to read as follows:
                                                                                                    ‘‘(1) An in vitro diagnostic test defined in section 809.3
                                                                                               of title 21, Code of Federal Regulations (or successor regula-
                                                                                               tions) for the detection of SARS–CoV–2 or the diagnosis of
                                                                                               the virus that causes COVID–19, and the administration of
                                                                                               such a test, that—
                                                                                                          ‘‘(A) is approved, cleared, or authorized under section
                                                                                                    510(k), 513, 515, or 564 of the Federal Food, Drug, and
                                                                                                    Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360(k), 360c, 360e, 360bbb–3);
                                                                                                          ‘‘(B) the developer has requested, or intends to request,
                                                                                                    emergency use authorization under section 564 of the Fed-
                                                                                                    eral Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360bbb–
                                                                                                    3), unless and until the emergency use authorization
                                                                                                    request under such section 564 has been denied or the




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                    developer of such test does not submit a request under
                                                                                                    such section within a reasonable timeframe;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00086   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 367

                                                                                   ‘‘(C) is developed in and authorized by a State that
                                                                               has notified the Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                               of its intention to review tests intended to diagnose
                                                                               COVID–19; or
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) other test that the Secretary determines appro-
                                                                               priate in guidance.’’.
                                                                  SEC. 3202. PRICING OF DIAGNOSTIC TESTING.                                                             42 USC 256b
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                      (a) REIMBURSEMENT RATES.—A group health plan or a health
                                                                  insurance issuer providing coverage of items and services described
                                                                  in section 6001(a) of division F of the Families First Coronavirus
                                                                  Response Act (Public Law 116–127) with respect to an enrollee
                                                                  shall reimburse the provider of the diagnostic testing as follows:
                                                                           (1) If the health plan or issuer has a negotiated rate with                                  Applicability.
                                                                      such provider in effect before the public health emergency
                                                                      declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                      (42 U.S.C. 247d), such negotiated rate shall apply throughout
                                                                      the period of such declaration.
                                                                           (2) If the health plan or issuer does not have a negotiated                                  Reimbursement.
                                                                      rate with such provider, such plan or issuer shall reimburse                                      Public
                                                                      the provider in an amount that equals the cash price for such                                     information.
                                                                                                                                                                        Web posting.
                                                                      service as listed by the provider on a public internet website,
                                                                      or such plan or issuer may negotiate a rate with such provider
                                                                      for less than such cash price.
                                                                      (b) REQUIREMENT TO PUBLICIZE CASH PRICE FOR DIAGNOSTIC
                                                                  TESTING FOR COVID–19.—
                                                                           (1) IN GENERAL.—During the emergency period declared                                         Web posting.
                                                                      under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                      247d), each provider of a diagnostic test for COVID–19 shall
                                                                      make public the cash price for such test on a public internet
                                                                      website of such provider.
                                                                           (2) CIVIL MONETARY PENALTIES.—The Secretary of Health                                        Compliance.
                                                                      and Human Services may impose a civil monetary penalty
                                                                      on any provider of a diagnostic test for COVID–19 that is
                                                                      not in compliance with paragraph (1) and has not completed
                                                                      a corrective action plan to comply with the requirements of
                                                                      such paragraph, in an amount not to exceed $300 per day
                                                                      that the violation is ongoing.
                                                                  SEC. 3203. RAPID COVERAGE OF PREVENTIVE SERVICES AND VAC-                                             42 USC
                                                                              CINES FOR CORONAVIRUS.                                                                    300gg–13 note.
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding 2713(b) of the Public Health                                      Regulations.
                                                                  Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–13), the Secretary of Health and
                                                                  Human Services, the Secretary of Labor, and the Secretary of
                                                                  the Treasury shall require group health plans and health insurance
                                                                  issuers offering group or individual health insurance to cover (with-
                                                                  out cost-sharing) any qualifying coronavirus preventive service,
                                                                  pursuant to section 2713(a) of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                  U.S.C. 300gg–13(a)) (including the regulations under sections
                                                                  2590.715–2713 of title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, section
                                                                  54.9815–2713 of title 26, Code of Federal Regulations, and section
                                                                  147.130 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or any successor
                                                                  regulations)). The requirement described in this subsection shall                                     Effective date.
                                                                  take effect with respect to a qualifying coronavirus preventive
                                                                  service on the specified date described in subsection (b)(2).
                                                                      (b) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                           (1) QUALIFYING CORONAVIRUS PREVENTIVE SERVICE.—The
                                                                      term ‘‘qualifying coronavirus preventive service’’ means an item,




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00087   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 368                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                 service, or immunization that is intended to prevent or mitigate
                                                                                                 coronavirus disease 2019 and that is—
                                                                                                          (A) an evidence-based item or service that has in effect
                                                                                                     a rating of ‘‘A’’ or ‘‘B’’ in the current recommendations
                                                                                                     of the United States Preventive Services Task Force; or
                                                                                                          (B) an immunization that has in effect a recommenda-
                                                                                                     tion from the Advisory Committee on Immunization Prac-
                                                                                                     tices of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
                                                                                                     with respect to the individual involved.
                                                                  Time period.                       (2) SPECIFIED DATE.—The term ‘‘specified date’’ means the
                                                                  Recommenda-                    date that is 15 business days after the date on which a rec-
                                                                  tion.                          ommendation is made relating to the qualifying coronavirus
                                                                                                 preventive service as described in such paragraph.
                                                                                                     (3) ADDITIONAL TERMS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘group
                                                                                                 health plan’’, ‘‘health insurance issuer’’, ‘‘group health insurance
                                                                                                 coverage’’, and ‘‘individual health insurance coverage’’ have the
                                                                                                 meanings given such terms in section 2791 of the Public Health
                                                                                                 Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300gg–91), section 733 of the Employee
                                                                                                 Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1191b),
                                                                                                 and section 9832 of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable.

                                                                                                Subpart B—Support for Health Care Providers
                                                                                          SEC. 3211. SUPPLEMENTAL AWARDS FOR HEALTH CENTERS.
                                                                                              (a) SUPPLEMENTAL AWARDS.—Section 330(r) of the Public
                                                                                          Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254b(r)) is amended by adding at
                                                                                          the end the following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(6) ADDITIONAL AMOUNTS FOR SUPPLEMENTAL AWARDS.—
                                                                                              In addition to any amounts made available pursuant to this
                                                                                              subsection, section 402A of this Act, or section 10503 of the
                                                                                              Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, there is authorized
                                                                                              to be appropriated, and there is appropriated, out of any monies
                                                                                              in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, $1,320,000,000
                                                                                              for fiscal year 2020 for supplemental awards under subsection
                                                                                              (d) for the detection of SARS–CoV–2 or the prevention, diag-
                                                                                              nosis, and treatment of COVID–19.’’.
                                                                                              (b) APPLICATION OF PROVISIONS.—Amounts appropriated pursu-
                                                                                          ant to the amendment made by subsection (a) for fiscal year 2020
                                                                                          shall be subject to the requirements contained in Public Law 116–
                                                                                          94 for funds for programs authorized under sections 330 through
                                                                                          340 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254 through 256).
                                                                                          SEC. 3212. TELEHEALTH NETWORK AND TELEHEALTH RESOURCE CEN-
                                                                                                       TERS GRANT PROGRAMS.
                                                                                               Section 330I of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–
                                                                                          14) is amended—
                                                                                                   (1) in subsection (d)—
                                                                                                        (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                             (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                        striking ‘‘projects to demonstrate how telehealth tech-
                                                                                                        nologies can be used through telehealth networks’’ and
                                                                                                        inserting ‘‘evidence-based projects that utilize tele-
                                                                                                        health technologies through telehealth networks’’;
                                                                                                             (ii) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                                   (I) by striking ‘‘the quality of’’ and inserting




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                             ‘‘access to, and the quality of,’’; and
                                                                                                                   (II) by inserting ‘‘and’’ after the semicolon;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00088   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 369

                                                                                        (iii) by striking subparagraph (B);
                                                                                        (iv) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subpara-
                                                                                   graph (B); and
                                                                                        (v) in subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, by
                                                                                   striking ‘‘and patients and their families, for decision-
                                                                                   making’’ and inserting ‘‘, patients, and their families’’;
                                                                                   and
                                                                                   (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                        (i) by striking ‘‘demonstrate how telehealth tech-
                                                                                   nologies can be used’’ and inserting ‘‘support initiatives
                                                                                   that utilize telehealth technologies’’; and
                                                                                        (ii) by striking ‘‘, to establish telehealth resource
                                                                                   centers’’;
                                                                              (2) in subsection (e), by striking ‘‘4 years’’ and inserting
                                                                         ‘‘5 years’’;
                                                                              (3) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                   (A) by striking paragraph (2);
                                                                                   (B) in paragraph (1)(B)—
                                                                                        (i) by redesignating clauses (i) through (iii) as para-
                                                                                   graphs (1) through (3), respectively, and adjusting the
                                                                                   margins accordingly;
                                                                                        (ii) in paragraph (3), as so redesignated by clause
                                                                                   (i), by redesignating subclauses (I) through (XII) as
                                                                                   subparagraphs (A) through (L), respectively, and
                                                                                   adjusting the margins accordingly; and
                                                                                        (iii) by striking ‘‘(1) TELEHEALTH NETWORK
                                                                                   GRANTS—’’ and all that follows through ‘‘(B) TELE-
                                                                                   HEALTH NETWORKS—’’; and
                                                                                   (C) in paragraph (3)(I), as so redesignated, by inserting
                                                                              ‘‘and substance use disorder’’ after ‘‘mental health’’ each
                                                                              place such term appears;
                                                                              (4) in subsection (g)(2), by striking ‘‘or improve’’ and
                                                                         inserting ‘‘and improve’’;
                                                                              (5) by striking subsection (h);
                                                                              (6) by redesignating subsections (i) through (p) as sub-
                                                                         section (h) through (o), respectively;
                                                                              (7) in subsection (h), as so redesignated—
                                                                                   (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                        (i) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘mental health,
                                                                                   public health, long-term care, home care, preventive’’
                                                                                   and inserting ‘‘mental health care, public health serv-
                                                                                   ices, long-term care, home care, preventive care’’;
                                                                                        (ii) in subparagraph (E), by inserting ‘‘and
                                                                                   regional’’ after ‘‘local’’; and
                                                                                        (iii) by striking subparagraph (F); and
                                                                                   (B) in paragraph (2)(A), by striking ‘‘medically under-
                                                                              served areas or’’ and inserting ‘‘rural areas, medically
                                                                              underserved areas, or’’;
                                                                              (8) in paragraph (2) of subsection (i), as so redesignated,
                                                                         by striking ‘‘ensure that—’’ and all that follows through the
                                                                         end of subparagraph (B) and inserting ‘‘ensure that not less
                                                                         than 50 percent of the funds awarded shall be awarded for
                                                                         projects in rural areas.’’;
                                                                              (9) in subsection (j), as so redesignated—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                   (A) in paragraph (1)(B), by striking ‘‘computer hard-
                                                                              ware and software, audio and video equipment, computer




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00089   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 370                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                     network equipment, interactive equipment, data terminal
                                                                                                     equipment, and other’’; and
                                                                                                          (B) in paragraph (2)(F), by striking ‘‘health care pro-
                                                                                                     viders and’’;
                                                                                                     (10) in subsection (k), as so redesignated—
                                                                                                          (A) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘40 percent’’ and
                                                                                                     inserting ‘‘20 percent’’; and
                                                                                                          (B) in paragraph (3), by striking ‘‘(such as laying cable
                                                                                                     or telephone lines, or purchasing or installing microwave
                                                                                                     towers, satellite dishes, amplifiers, or digital switching
                                                                                                     equipment)’’;
                                                                                                     (11) by striking subsections (q) and (r) and inserting the
                                                                                               following:
                                                                                               ‘‘(p) REPORT.—Not later than 4 years after the date of enact-
                                                                                          ment of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act,
                                                                                          and every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit
                                                                                          to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of
                                                                                          the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
                                                                                          House of Representatives a report on the activities and outcomes
                                                                                          of the grant programs under subsection (b).’’;
                                                                                                     (12) by redesignating subsection (s) as subsection (q); and
                                                                                                     (13) in subsection (q), as so redesignated, by striking ‘‘this
                                                                                               section—’’ and all that follows through the end of paragraph
                                                                                               (2) and inserting ‘‘this section $29,000,000 for each of fiscal
                                                                                               years 2021 through 2025.’’.
                                                                                          SEC. 3213. RURAL HEALTH CARE SERVICES OUTREACH, RURAL
                                                                                                     HEALTH NETWORK DEVELOPMENT, AND SMALL HEALTH
                                                                                                     CARE PROVIDER QUALITY IMPROVEMENT GRANT PRO-
                                                                                                     GRAMS.
                                                                                              Section 330A of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c)
                                                                                          is amended—
                                                                                                  (1) in subsection (d)(2)—
                                                                                                       (A) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘essential’’ and
                                                                                                  inserting ‘‘basic’’; and
                                                                                                       (B) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                              (i) in the matter preceding clause (i), by inserting
                                                                                                       ‘‘to’’ after ‘‘grants’’; and
                                                                                                              (ii) in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), by striking ‘‘to’’
                                                                                                       each place such term appears;
                                                                                                  (2) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                                       (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                                              (i) by inserting ‘‘improving and’’ after ‘‘outreach
                                                                                                       by’’;
                                                                                                              (ii) by inserting ‘‘, through community engagement
                                                                                                       and evidence-based or innovative, evidence-informed
                                                                                                       models’’ before the period of the first sentence; and
                                                                                                              (iii) by striking ‘‘3 years’’ and inserting ‘‘5 years’’;
                                                                                                       (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                              (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘shall’’ after ‘‘entity’’;
                                                                                                              (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘shall be a
                                                                                                       rural public or rural nonprofit private entity’’ and
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘be an entity with demonstrated experience




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                       serving, or the capacity to serve, rural underserved
                                                                                                       populations’’;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00090   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 371

                                                                                          (iii) in subparagraphs (B) and (C), by striking
                                                                                    ‘‘shall’’ each place such term appears; and
                                                                                          (iv) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                 (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by
                                                                                          inserting ‘‘that’’ after ‘‘members’’; and
                                                                                                 (II) in clauses (i) and (ii), by striking ‘‘that’’
                                                                                          each place such term appears; and
                                                                                    (C) in paragraph (3)(C), by striking ‘‘the local commu-
                                                                               nity or region’’ and inserting ‘‘the rural underserved popu-
                                                                               lations in the local community or region’’;
                                                                               (3) in subsection (f)—
                                                                                    (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                          (i) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                                 (I) in the matter preceding clause (i), by
                                                                                          striking        ‘‘promote,   through       planning   and
                                                                                          implementation, the development of integrated
                                                                                          health care networks that have combined the func-
                                                                                          tions of the entities participating in the networks’’
                                                                                          and inserting ‘‘plan, develop, and implement
                                                                                          integrated health care networks that collaborate’’;
                                                                                          and
                                                                                                 (II) in clause (ii), by striking ‘‘essential health
                                                                                          care services’’ and inserting ‘‘basic health care
                                                                                          services and associated health outcomes’’; and
                                                                                          (ii) by amending subparagraph (B) to read as fol-
                                                                                    lows:
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) GRANT PERIODS.—The Director may award grants
                                                                               under this subsection for periods of not more than 5 years.’’;
                                                                                    (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                          (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                    inserting ‘‘shall’’ after ‘‘entity’’;
                                                                                          (ii) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘shall be a
                                                                                    rural public or rural nonprofit private entity’’ and
                                                                                    inserting ‘‘be an entity with demonstrated experience
                                                                                    serving, or the capacity to serve, rural underserved
                                                                                    populations’’;
                                                                                          (iii) in subparagraph (B)—
                                                                                                 (I) in the matter preceding clause (i)—
                                                                                                       (aa) by striking ‘‘shall’’; and
                                                                                                       (bb) by inserting ‘‘that’’ after ‘‘partici-
                                                                                                 pants’’; and
                                                                                                 (II) in clauses (i) and (ii), by striking ‘‘that’’
                                                                                          each place such term appears; and
                                                                                          (iv) in subparagraph (C), by striking ‘‘shall’’; and
                                                                                    (C) in paragraph (3)—
                                                                                          (i) by amending clause (iii) of subparagraph (C)
                                                                                    to read as follows:
                                                                                          ‘‘(iii) how the rural underserved populations in
                                                                                    the local community or region to be served will benefit
                                                                                    from and be involved in the development and ongoing
                                                                                    operations of the network;’’; and
                                                                                          (ii) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘the local
                                                                                    community or region’’ and inserting ‘‘the rural under-
                                                                                    served populations in the local community or region’’;




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                               (4) in subsection (g)—
                                                                                    (A) in paragraph (1)—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00091   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 372                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                               (i) by inserting ‘‘, including activities related to
                                                                                                          increasing care coordination, enhancing chronic disease
                                                                                                          management, and improving patient health outcomes’’
                                                                                                          before the period of the first sentence; and
                                                                                                               (ii) by striking ‘‘3 years’’ and inserting ‘‘5 years’’;
                                                                                                          (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                               (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                          inserting ‘‘shall’’ after ‘‘entity’’;
                                                                                                               (ii) in subparagraphs (A) and (B), by striking
                                                                                                          ‘‘shall’’ each place such term appears; and
                                                                                                               (iii) in subparagraph (A)(ii), by inserting ‘‘or
                                                                                                          regional’’ after ‘‘local’’; and
                                                                                                          (C) in paragraph (3)(D), by striking ‘‘the local commu-
                                                                                                     nity or region’’ and inserting ‘‘the rural underserved popu-
                                                                                                     lations in the local community or region’’;
                                                                                                     (5) in subsection (h)(3), in the matter preceding subpara-
                                                                                               graph (A), by inserting ‘‘, as appropriate,’’ after ‘‘the Secretary’’;
                                                                                                     (6) by amending subsection (i) to read as follows:
                                                                                               ‘‘(i) REPORT.—Not later than 4 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                          of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, and
                                                                                          every 5 years thereafter, the Secretary shall prepare and submit
                                                                                          to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of
                                                                                          the Senate and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the
                                                                                          House of Representatives a report on the activities and outcomes
                                                                                          of the grant programs under subsections (e), (f), and (g), including
                                                                                          the impact of projects funded under such programs on the health
                                                                                          status of rural residents with chronic conditions.’’; and
                                                                                                     (7) in subsection (j), by striking ‘‘$45,000,000 for each of
                                                                                               fiscal years 2008 through 2012’’ and inserting ‘‘$79,500,000
                                                                                               for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’.
                                                                                          SEC. 3214. UNITED STATES PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE MODERNIZATION.
                                                                                              (a) COMMISSIONED CORPS AND READY RESERVE CORPS.—Section
                                                                                          203 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 204) is amended—
                                                                                                   (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ‘‘a Ready Reserve Corps
                                                                                              for service in time of national emergency’’ and inserting ‘‘,
                                                                                              for service in time of a public health or national emergency,
                                                                                              a Ready Reserve Corps’’; and
                                                                                                   (2) in subsection (c)—
                                                                                                         (A) in the heading, by striking ‘‘RESEARCH’’ and
                                                                                                   inserting ‘‘RESERVE CORPS’’;
                                                                                                         (B) in paragraph (1), by inserting ‘‘during public health
                                                                                                   or national emergencies’’ before the period;
                                                                                                         (C) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                                              (i) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A), by
                                                                                                         inserting ‘‘, consistent with paragraph (1)’’ after ‘‘shall’’;
                                                                                                              (ii) in subparagraph (C), by inserting ‘‘during such
                                                                                                         emergencies’’ after ‘‘members’’; and
                                                                                                              (iii) in subparagraph (D), by inserting ‘‘, consistent
                                                                                                         with subparagraph (C)’’ before the period; and
                                                                                                         (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                   ‘‘(3) STATUTORY REFERENCES TO RESERVE.—A reference in
                                                                                              any Federal statute, except in the case of subsection (b), to
                                                                                              the ‘Reserve Corps’ of the Public Health Service or to the




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                              ‘reserve’ of the Public Health Service shall be deemed to be
                                                                                              a reference to the Ready Reserve Corps.’’.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00092   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 373

                                                                       (b) DEPLOYMENT READINESS.—Section 203A(a)(1)(B) of the
                                                                  Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 204a(a)(1)(B)) is amended
                                                                  by striking ‘‘Active Reserves’’ and inserting ‘‘Ready Reserve Corps’’.
                                                                       (c) RETIREMENT OF COMMISSIONED OFFICERS.—Section 211 of
                                                                  the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 212) is amended—
                                                                             (1) by striking ‘‘the Service’’ each place it appears and
                                                                       inserting ‘‘the Regular Corps’’;
                                                                             (2) in subsection (a)(4), by striking ‘‘(in the case of an
                                                                       officer in the Reserve Corps)’’;
                                                                             (3) in subsection (c)—
                                                                                  (A) in paragraph (1)—
                                                                                       (i) by striking ‘‘or an officer of the Reserve Corps’’;
                                                                                  and
                                                                                       (ii) by inserting ‘‘or under section 221(a)(19)’’ after
                                                                                  ‘‘subsection (a)’’; and
                                                                                  (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘Regular or Reserve
                                                                             Corps’’ and inserting ‘‘Regular Corps or Ready Reserve
                                                                             Corps’’; and
                                                                             (4) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘the Regular or Reserve
                                                                       Corps of’’.
                                                                       (d) RIGHTS, PRIVILEGES, ETC. OF OFFICERS AND SURVIVING
                                                                  BENEFICIARIES.—Section 221 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                  U.S.C. 213a) is amended—
                                                                             (1) in subsection (a), by adding at the end the following:
                                                                             ‘‘(19) Chapter 1223, Retired Pay for Non-Regular Service.
                                                                             ‘‘(20) Section 12601, Compensation: Reserve on active duty
                                                                       accepting from any person.
                                                                             ‘‘(21) Section 12684, Reserves: separation for absence with-
                                                                       out authority or sentence to imprisonment.’’; and
                                                                             (2) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                  (A) by striking ‘‘Secretary of Health, Education, and
                                                                             Welfare or his designee’’ and inserting ‘‘Secretary of Health
                                                                             and Human Services or the designee of such secretary’’;
                                                                                  (B) by striking ‘‘(b) The authority vested’’ and inserting
                                                                             the following:
                                                                       ‘‘(b)(1) The authority vested’’;
                                                                                  (C) by striking ‘‘For purposes of’’ and inserting the
                                                                             following:
                                                                       ‘‘(2) For purposes of’’; and
                                                                                  (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                       ‘‘(3) For purposes of paragraph (19) of subsection (a), the terms                                Definitions.
                                                                  ‘Military department’, ‘Secretary concerned’, and ‘Armed forces’ in
                                                                  such title 10 shall be deemed to include, respectively, the Depart-
                                                                  ment of Health and Human Services, the Secretary of Health and
                                                                  Human Services, and the Commissioned Corps.’’.
                                                                       (e) TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS.—Title II of the Public Health
                                                                  Service Act (42 U.S.C. 202 et seq.) is amended—
                                                                             (1) in sections 204 and 207(c), by striking ‘‘Regular or                                   42 USC 205, 209.
                                                                       Reserve Corps’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Regular
                                                                       Corps or Ready Reserve Corps’’;
                                                                             (2) in section 208(a), by striking ‘‘Regular and Reserve                                   42 USC 210.
                                                                       Corps’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Regular Corps
                                                                       and Ready Reserve Corps’’; and
                                                                             (3) in section 205(c), 206(c), 210, and 219, and in sub-                                   42 USC 206, 207,
                                                                       sections (a), (b), and (d) of section 207, by striking ‘‘Reserve                                 211, 210–1, 209.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       Corps’’ each place it appears and inserting ‘‘Ready Reserve
                                                                       Corps’’.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00093   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 374                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                  42 USC 234 note.        SEC. 3215. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY FOR VOLUNTEER HEALTH CARE
                                                                                                       PROFESSIONALS    DURING    COVID–19  EMERGENCY
                                                                                                       RESPONSE.
                                                                                               (a) LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.—Except as provided in subsection
                                                                                          (b), a health care professional shall not be liable under Federal
                                                                                          or State law for any harm caused by an act or omission of the
                                                                                          professional in the provision of health care services during the
                                                                                          public health emergency with respect to COVID–19 declared by
                                                                                          the Secretary of Health and Human Services (referred to in this
                                                                                          section as the ‘‘Secretary’’) under section 319 of the Public Health
                                                                                          Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d) on January 31, 2020, if—
                                                                                                    (1) the professional is providing health care services in
                                                                                               response to such public health emergency, as a volunteer; and
                                                                                                    (2) the act or omission occurs—
                                                                                                         (A) in the course of providing health care services;
                                                                                                         (B) in the health care professional’s capacity as a volun-
                                                                                                    teer;
                                                                                                         (C) in the course of providing health care services
                                                                                                    that—
                                                                                                              (i) are within the scope of the license, registration,
                                                                                                         or certification of the volunteer, as defined by the
                                                                                                         State of licensure, registration, or certification; and
                                                                                                              (ii) do not exceed the scope of license, registration,
                                                                                                         or certification of a substantially similar health profes-
                                                                                                         sional in the State in which such act or omission occurs;
                                                                                                         and
                                                                                                         (D) in a good faith belief that the individual being
                                                                                                    treated is in need of health care services.
                                                                                               (b) EXCEPTIONS.—Subsection (a) does not apply if—
                                                                                                    (1) the harm was caused by an act or omission constituting
                                                                                               willful or criminal misconduct, gross negligence, reckless mis-
                                                                                               conduct, or a conscious flagrant indifference to the rights or
                                                                                               safety of the individual harmed by the health care professional;
                                                                                               or
                                                                                                    (2) the health care professional rendered the health care
                                                                                               services under the influence (as determined pursuant to
                                                                                               applicable State law) of alcohol or an intoxicating drug.
                                                                                               (c) PREEMPTION.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—This section preempts the laws of a State
                                                                                               or any political subdivision of a State to the extent that such
                                                                                               laws are inconsistent with this section, unless such laws provide
                                                                                               greater protection from liability.
                                                                                                    (2) VOLUNTEER PROTECTION ACT.—Protections afforded by
                                                                                               this section are in addition to those provided by the Volunteer
                                                                                               Protection Act of 1997 (Public Law 105–19).
                                                                                               (d) DEFINITIONS.—In this section—
                                                                                                    (1) the term ‘‘harm’’ includes physical, nonphysical, eco-
                                                                                               nomic, and noneconomic losses;
                                                                                                    (2) the term ‘‘health care professional’’ means an individual
                                                                                               who is licensed, registered, or certified under Federal or State
                                                                                               law to provide health care services;
                                                                                                    (3) the term ‘‘health care services’’ means any services
                                                                                               provided by a health care professional, or by any individual
                                                                                               working under the supervision of a health care professional
                                                                                               that relate to—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                         (A) the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of COVID–
                                                                                                    19; or




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00094   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 375

                                                                                 (B) the assessment or care of the health of a human
                                                                            being related to an actual or suspected case of COVID–
                                                                            19; and
                                                                            (4) the term ‘‘volunteer’’ means a health care professional
                                                                       who, with respect to the health care services rendered, does
                                                                       not receive compensation or any other thing of value in lieu
                                                                       of compensation, which compensation—
                                                                                 (A) includes a payment under any insurance policy
                                                                            or health plan, or under any Federal or State health bene-
                                                                            fits program; and
                                                                                 (B) excludes—
                                                                                      (i) receipt of items to be used exclusively for ren-
                                                                                 dering health care services in the health care profes-
                                                                                 sional’s capacity as a volunteer described in subsection
                                                                                 (a)(1); and
                                                                                      (ii) any reimbursement for travel to the site where
                                                                                 the volunteer services are rendered and any payments
                                                                                 in cash or kind to cover room and board, if services
                                                                                 are being rendered more than 75 miles from the volun-
                                                                                 teer’s principal place of residence.
                                                                       (e) EFFECTIVE DATE.—This section shall take effect upon the                                      Applicability.
                                                                  date of enactment of this Act, and applies to a claim for harm
                                                                  only if the act or omission that caused such harm occurred on
                                                                  or after the date of enactment.
                                                                       (f) SUNSET.—This section shall be in effect only for the length
                                                                  of the public health emergency declared by the Secretary of Health
                                                                  and Human Services (referred to in this section as the ‘‘Secretary’’)
                                                                  under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                  247d) on January 31, 2020 with respect to COVID–19.
                                                                  SEC. 3216. FLEXIBILITY FOR MEMBERS OF NATIONAL HEALTH SERVICE                                         42 USC 254f
                                                                               CORPS DURING EMERGENCY PERIOD.                                                           note.
                                                                      During the public health emergency declared by the Secretary
                                                                  of Health and Human Services under section 319 of the Public
                                                                  Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d) on January 31, 2020, with
                                                                  respect to COVID–19, the Secretary may, notwithstanding section
                                                                  333 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254f), assign mem-
                                                                  bers of the National Health Service Corps, with the voluntary
                                                                  agreement of such corps members, to provide such health services
                                                                  at such places, and for such number of hours, as the Secretary
                                                                  determines necessary to respond to such emergency, provided that
                                                                  such places are within a reasonable distance of the site to which
                                                                  such members were originally assigned, and the total number of
                                                                  hours required are the same as were required of such members
                                                                  prior to the date of enactment of this Act.

                                                                               Subpart C—Miscellaneous Provisions
                                                                  SEC.      3221.     CONFIDENTIALITY AND DISCLOSURE OF                                 RECORDS         42 USC 290dd–2
                                                                                     RELATING TO SUBSTANCE USE DISORDER.                                                note.
                                                                     (a) CONFORMING CHANGES RELATING TO SUBSTANCE USE DIS-
                                                                  ORDER.—Subsections (a) and (h) of section 543 of the Public Health
                                                                  Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) are each amended by striking
                                                                  ‘‘substance abuse’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorder’’.
                                                                       (b) DISCLOSURES TO COVERED ENTITIES CONSISTENT WITH




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  HIPAA.—Paragraph (1) of section 543(b) of the Public Health
                                                                  Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(b)) is amended to read as follows:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00095   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 376                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Applicability.                     ‘‘(1) CONSENT.—The following shall apply with respect to
                                                                                               the contents of any record referred to in subsection (a):
                                                                                                           ‘‘(A) Such contents may be used or disclosed in accord-
                                                                                                     ance with the prior written consent of the patient with
                                                                                                     respect to whom such record is maintained.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(B) Once prior written consent of the patient has
                                                                                                     been obtained, such contents may be used or disclosed
                                                                                                     by a covered entity, business associate, or a program subject
                                                                                                     to this section for purposes of treatment, payment, and
                                                                                                     health care operations as permitted by the HIPAA regula-
                                                                                                     tions. Any information so disclosed may then be redisclosed
                                                                                                     in accordance with the HIPAA regulations. Section 13405(c)
                                                                                                     of the Health Information Technology and Clinical Health
                                                                                                     Act (42 U.S.C. 17935(c)) shall apply to all disclosures pursu-
                                                                                                     ant to subsection (b)(1) of this section.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(C) It shall be permissible for a patient’s prior written
                                                                                                     consent to be given once for all such future uses or disclo-
                                                                                                     sures for purposes of treatment, payment, and health care
                                                                                                     operations, until such time as the patient revokes such
                                                                                                     consent in writing.
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) Section 13405(a) of the Health Information Tech-
                                                                                                     nology and Clinical Health Act (42 U.S.C. 17935(a)) shall
                                                                                                     apply to all disclosures pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of
                                                                                                     this section.’’.
                                                                                               (c) DISCLOSURES OF DE-IDENTIFIED HEALTH INFORMATION TO
                                                                                          PUBLIC HEALTH AUTHORITIES.—Paragraph (2) of section 543(b) of
                                                                                          the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(b)), is amended
                                                                                          by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                           ‘‘(D) To a public health authority, so long as such
                                                                                                     content meets the standards established in section
                                                                                                     164.514(b) of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations (or suc-
                                                                                                     cessor regulations) for creating de-identified information.’’.
                                                                                               (d) DEFINITIONS.—Section 543 of the Public Health Service
                                                                                          Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) is amended by adding at the end the
                                                                                          following:
                                                                                               ‘‘(k) DEFINITIONS.—For purposes of this section:
                                                                                                     ‘‘(1) BREACH.—The term ‘breach’ has the meaning given
                                                                                               such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(2) BUSINESS ASSOCIATE.—The term ‘business associate’
                                                                                               has the meaning given such term for purposes of the HIPAA
                                                                                               regulations.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(3) COVERED ENTITY.—The term ‘covered entity’ has the
                                                                                               meaning given such term for purposes of the HIPAA regula-
                                                                                               tions.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(4) HEALTH CARE OPERATIONS.—The term ‘health care
                                                                                               operations’ has the meaning given such term for purposes of
                                                                                               the HIPAA regulations.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(5) HIPAA REGULATIONS.—The term ‘HIPAA regulations’
                                                                                               has the meaning given such term for purposes of parts 160
                                                                                               and 164 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(6) PAYMENT.—The term ‘payment’ has the meaning given
                                                                                               such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.
                                                                                                     ‘‘(7) PUBLIC HEALTH AUTHORITY.—The term ‘public health
                                                                                               authority’ has the meaning given such term for purposes of
                                                                                               the HIPAA regulations.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                     ‘‘(8) TREATMENT.—The term ‘treatment’ has the meaning
                                                                                               given such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00096   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 377

                                                                             ‘‘(9) UNSECURED PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION.—The
                                                                       term ‘unprotected health information’ has the meaning given
                                                                       such term for purposes of the HIPAA regulations.’’.
                                                                       (e) USE OF RECORDS IN CRIMINAL, CIVIL, OR ADMINISTRATIVE
                                                                  INVESTIGATIONS, ACTIONS, OR PROCEEDINGS.—Subsection (c) of sec-
                                                                  tion 543 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(c))
                                                                  is amended to read as follows:
                                                                       ‘‘(c) USE OF RECORDS IN CRIMINAL, CIVIL, OR ADMINISTRATIVE
                                                                  CONTEXTS.—Except as otherwise authorized by a court order under
                                                                  subsection (b)(2)(C) or by the consent of the patient, a record
                                                                  referred to in subsection (a), or testimony relaying the information
                                                                  contained therein, may not be disclosed or used in any civil,
                                                                  criminal, administrative, or legislative proceedings conducted by
                                                                  any Federal, State, or local authority, against a patient, including
                                                                  with respect to the following activities:
                                                                             ‘‘(1) Such record or testimony shall not be entered into
                                                                       evidence in any criminal prosecution or civil action before a
                                                                       Federal or State court.
                                                                             ‘‘(2) Such record or testimony shall not form part of the
                                                                       record for decision or otherwise be taken into account in any
                                                                       proceeding before a Federal, State, or local agency.
                                                                             ‘‘(3) Such record or testimony shall not be used by any
                                                                       Federal, State, or local agency for a law enforcement purpose
                                                                       or to conduct any law enforcement investigation.
                                                                             ‘‘(4) Such record or testimony shall not be used in any
                                                                       application for a warrant.’’.
                                                                       (f) PENALTIES.—Subsection (f) of section 543 of the Public
                                                                  Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) is amended to read as
                                                                  follows:
                                                                       ‘‘(f) PENALTIES.—The provisions of sections 1176 and 1177 of                                     Applicability.
                                                                  the Social Security Act shall apply to a violation of this section
                                                                  to the extent and in the same manner as such provisions apply
                                                                  to a violation of part C of title XI of such Act. In applying the
                                                                  previous sentence—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) the reference to ‘this subsection’ in subsection (a)(2)
                                                                       of such section 1176 shall be treated as a reference to ‘this
                                                                       subsection (including as applied pursuant to section 543(f) of
                                                                       the Public Health Service Act)’; and
                                                                             ‘‘(2) in subsection (b) of such section 1176—
                                                                                   ‘‘(A) each reference to ‘a penalty imposed under sub-
                                                                             section (a)’ shall be treated as a reference to ‘a penalty
                                                                             imposed under subsection (a) (including as applied pursu-
                                                                             ant to section 543(f) of the Public Health Service Act)’;
                                                                             and
                                                                                   ‘‘(B) each reference to ‘no damages obtained under
                                                                             subsection (d)’ shall be treated as a reference to ‘no dam-
                                                                             ages obtained under subsection (d) (including as applied
                                                                             pursuant to section 543(f) of the Public Health Service
                                                                             Act)’.’’.
                                                                       (g) ANTIDISCRIMINATION.—Section 543 of the Public Health
                                                                  Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2) is amended by inserting after
                                                                  subsection (h) the following:
                                                                       ‘‘(i) ANTIDISCRIMINATION.—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—No entity shall discriminate against an




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       individual on the basis of information received by such entity
                                                                       pursuant to an inadvertent or intentional disclosure of records,




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00097   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 378                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                or information contained in records, described in subsection
                                                                                                (a) in—
                                                                                                            ‘‘(A) admission, access to, or treatment for health care;
                                                                                                            ‘‘(B) hiring, firing, or terms of employment, or receipt
                                                                                                      of worker’s compensation;
                                                                                                            ‘‘(C) the sale, rental, or continued rental of housing;
                                                                                                            ‘‘(D) access to Federal, State, or local courts; or
                                                                                                            ‘‘(E) access to, approval of, or maintenance of social
                                                                                                      services and benefits provided or funded by Federal, State,
                                                                                                      or local governments.
                                                                                                      ‘‘(2) RECIPIENTS OF FEDERAL FUNDS.—No recipient of Fed-
                                                                                                eral funds shall discriminate against an individual on the basis
                                                                                                of information received by such recipient pursuant to an inten-
                                                                                                tional or inadvertent disclosure of such records or information
                                                                                                contained in records described in subsection (a) in affording
                                                                                                access to the services provided with such funds.’’.
                                                                                                (h) NOTIFICATION IN CASE OF BREACH.—Section 543 of the
                                                                                          Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2), as amended by
                                                                                          subsection (g), is further amended by inserting after subsection
                                                                                          (i) the following:
                                                                  Applicability.                ‘‘(j) NOTIFICATION IN CASE OF BREACH.—The provisions of sec-
                                                                                          tion 13402 of the HITECH Act (42 U.S.C. 17932) shall apply to
                                                                                          a program or activity described in subsection (a), in case of a
                                                                                          breach of records described in subsection (a), to the same extent
                                                                                          and in the same manner as such provisions apply to a covered
                                                                                          entity in the case of a breach of unsecured protected health informa-
                                                                                          tion.’’.
                                                                  Consultation.                 (i) REGULATIONS.—
                                                                  42 USC 290dd–2                      (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human
                                                                  note.
                                                                  Applicability.                Services, in consultation with appropriate Federal agencies,
                                                                  Time period.                  shall make such revisions to regulations as may be necessary
                                                                                                for implementing and enforcing the amendments made by this
                                                                                                section, such that such amendments shall apply with respect
                                                                                                to uses and disclosures of information occurring on or after
                                                                                                the date that is 12 months after the date of enactment of
                                                                                                this Act.
                                                                  Deadline.                           (2) EASILY UNDERSTANDABLE NOTICE OF PRIVACY PRAC-
                                                                  Update.                       TICES.—Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment
                                                                                                of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, in
                                                                                                consultation with appropriate legal, clinical, privacy, and civil
                                                                                                rights experts, shall update section 164.520 of title 45, Code
                                                                                                of Federal Regulations, so that covered entities and entities
                                                                                                creating or maintaining the records described in subsection
                                                                                                (a) provide notice, written in plain language, of privacy practices
                                                                                                regarding patient records referred to in section 543(a) of the
                                                                                                Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)), including—
                                                                                                            (A) a statement of the patient’s rights, including self-
                                                                                                      pay patients, with respect to protected health information
                                                                                                      and a brief description of how the individual may exercise
                                                                                                      these rights (as required by subsection (b)(1)(iv) of such
                                                                                                      section 164.520); and
                                                                                                            (B) a description of each purpose for which the covered
                                                                                                      entity is permitted or required to use or disclose protected
                                                                                                      health information without the patient’s written authoriza-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      tion (as required by subsection (b)(2) of such section
                                                                                                      164.520).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00098   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 379

                                                                     (j) RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.—Nothing in this Act or the amend-                                       42 USC 290dd–2
                                                                  ments made by this Act shall be construed to limit—                                                   note.
                                                                          (1) a patient’s right, as described in section 164.522 of
                                                                     title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor regula-
                                                                     tion, to request a restriction on the use or disclosure of a
                                                                     record referred to in section 543(a) of the Public Health Service
                                                                     Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)) for purposes of treatment, payment,
                                                                     or health care operations; or
                                                                          (2) a covered entity’s choice, as described in section 164.506
                                                                     of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations, or any successor regula-
                                                                     tion, to obtain the consent of the individual to use or disclose
                                                                     a record referred to in such section 543(a) to carry out treat-
                                                                     ment, payment, or health care operation.
                                                                     (k) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Congress that—
                                                                          (1) any person treating a patient through a program or
                                                                     activity with respect to which the confidentiality requirements
                                                                     of section 543 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                     290dd–2) apply is encouraged to access the applicable State-
                                                                     based prescription drug monitoring program when clinically
                                                                     appropriate;
                                                                          (2) patients have the right to request a restriction on the
                                                                     use or disclosure of a record referred to in section 543(a) of
                                                                     the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)) for treat-
                                                                     ment, payment, or health care operations;
                                                                          (3) covered entities should make every reasonable effort
                                                                     to the extent feasible to comply with a patient’s request for
                                                                     a restriction regarding such use or disclosure;
                                                                          (4) for purposes of applying section 164.501 of title 45,
                                                                     Code of Federal Regulations, the definition of health care oper-
                                                                     ations shall have the meaning given such term in such section,
                                                                     except that clause (v) of paragraph (6) shall not apply; and
                                                                          (5) programs creating records referred to in section 543(a)
                                                                     of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 290dd–2(a)) should
                                                                     receive positive incentives for discussing with their patients
                                                                     the benefits to consenting to share such records.
                                                                  SEC. 3222. NUTRITION SERVICES.                                                                        42 USC 3030e
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                       (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this section, the terms ‘‘Assistant Sec-
                                                                  retary’’, ‘‘Secretary’’, ‘‘State agency’’, and ‘‘area agency on aging’’
                                                                  have the meanings given the terms in section 102 of the Older
                                                                  Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3002).
                                                                       (b) NUTRITION SERVICES TRANSFER CRITERIA.—During any por-
                                                                  tion of the COVID–19 public health emergency declared under
                                                                  section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d),
                                                                  the Secretary shall allow a State agency or an area agency on
                                                                  aging, without prior approval, to transfer not more than 100 percent
                                                                  of the funds received by the State agency or area agency on aging,
                                                                  respectively, and attributable to funds appropriated under para-
                                                                  graph (1) or (2) of section 303(b) of the Older Americans Act of
                                                                  1965 (42 U.S.C. 3023(b)), between subpart 1 and subpart 2 of
                                                                  part C (42 U.S.C. 3030d–2 et seq.) for such use as the State
                                                                  agency or area agency on aging, respectively, considers appropriate
                                                                  to meet the needs of the State or area served.
                                                                       (c) HOME-DELIVERED NUTRITION SERVICES WAIVER.—For pur-
                                                                  poses of State agencies’ determining the delivery of nutrition serv-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                  ices under section 337 of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42
                                                                  U.S.C. 3030g), during the period of the COVID–19 public health




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00099   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 380                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                          emergency declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service
                                                                                          Act (42 U.S.C. 247d), the same meaning shall be given to an
                                                                                          individual who is unable to obtain nutrition because the individual
                                                                                          is practicing social distancing due to the emergency as is given
                                                                                          to an individual who is homebound by reason of illness.
                                                                                               (d) DIETARY GUIDELINES WAIVER.—To facilitate implementation
                                                                                          of subparts 1 and 2 of part C of title III of the Older Americans
                                                                                          Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3030d–2 et seq.) during any portion of
                                                                                          the COVID–19 public health emergency declared under section
                                                                                          319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d), the Assistant
                                                                                          Secretary may waive the requirements for meals provided under
                                                                                          those subparts to comply with the requirements of clauses (i) and
                                                                                          (ii) of section 339(2)(A) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3030g–21(2)(A)).
                                                                  Determinations.         SEC. 3223. CONTINUITY OF SERVICE AND OPPORTUNITIES FOR
                                                                  42 USC 3056                        PARTICIPANTS IN COMMUNITY SERVICE ACTIVITIES
                                                                  note.                              UNDER TITLE V OF THE OLDER AMERICANS ACT OF 1965.
                                                                                              To ensure continuity of service and opportunities for partici-
                                                                                          pants in community service activities under title V of the Older
                                                                                          Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056 et seq.), the Secretary
                                                                                          of Labor—
                                                                                                   (1)(A) may allow individuals participating in projects under
                                                                                              such title as of March 1, 2020, to extend their participation
                                                                                              for a period that exceeds the period described in section
                                                                                              518(a)(3)(B)(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 3056p(a)(3)(B)(i)) if the
                                                                                              Secretary determines such extension is appropriate due to the
                                                                                              effects of the COVID–19 public health emergency declared
                                                                                              under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              247d); and
                                                                                                   (B) may increase the average participation cap for eligible
                                                                                              individuals applicable to grantees as described in section
                                                                                              502(b)(1)(C) of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              3056(b)(1)(C)) to a cap the Secretary determines is appropriate
                                                                                              due to the effects of the COVID–19 public health emergency
                                                                                              declared under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                                              (42 U.S.C. 247d); and
                                                                                                   (2) may increase the amount available to pay the authorized
                                                                                              administrative costs for a project, described in section 502(c)(3)
                                                                                              of the Older Americans Act of 1965 (42 U.S.C. 3056(c)(3)) to
                                                                                              an amount not to exceed 20 percent of the grant amount if
                                                                                              the Secretary determines that such increase is necessary to
                                                                                              adequately respond to the additional administrative needs to
                                                                                              respond to the COVID–19 public health emergency declared
                                                                                              under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                              247d).
                                                                  42 USC 1320d–2          SEC. 3224. GUIDANCE ON PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION.
                                                                  note.
                                                                  Deadline.                    Not later than 180 days after the date of enactment of this
                                                                                          Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall issue guid-
                                                                                          ance on the sharing of patients’ protected health information pursu-
                                                                                          ant to section 160.103 of title 45, Code of Federal Regulations
                                                                                          (or any successor regulations) during the public health emergency
                                                                                          declared by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under
                                                                                          section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d)
                                                                                          with respect to COVID–19, during the emergency involving Federal
                                                                                          primary responsibility determined to exist by the President under




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          section 501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emer-
                                                                                          gency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)) with respect to COVID–




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00100   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 381

                                                                  19, and during the national emergency declared by the President
                                                                  under the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.) with
                                                                  respect to COVID–19. Such guidance shall include information on
                                                                  compliance with the regulations promulgated pursuant to section
                                                                  264(c) of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
                                                                  of 1996 (42 U.S.C. 1320d–2 note) and applicable policies, including
                                                                  such policies that may come into effect during such emergencies.
                                                                  SEC. 3225. REAUTHORIZATION OF HEALTHY START PROGRAM.
                                                                       Section 330H of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 254c–
                                                                  8) is amended—
                                                                           (1) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘, during fiscal year
                                                                           2001 and subsequent years,’’; and
                                                                                (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting ‘‘or increasing above
                                                                           the national average’’ after ‘‘areas with high’’;
                                                                           (2) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘consumers of project
                                                                           services, public health departments, hospitals, health cen-
                                                                           ters under section 330’’ and inserting ‘‘participants and
                                                                           former participants of project services, public health depart-
                                                                           ments, hospitals, health centers under section 330, State
                                                                           substance abuse agencies’’; and
                                                                                (B) in paragraph (2)—
                                                                                      (i) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘such as low
                                                                                birthweight’’ and inserting ‘‘including poor birth out-
                                                                                comes (such as low birthweight and preterm birth)
                                                                                and social determinants of health’’;
                                                                                      (ii) by redesignating subparagraph (B) as subpara-
                                                                                graph (C);
                                                                                      (iii) by inserting after subparagraph (A), the fol-
                                                                                lowing:
                                                                                ‘‘(B) Communities with—
                                                                                      ‘‘(i) high rates of infant mortality or poor perinatal
                                                                                outcomes; or
                                                                                      ‘‘(ii) high rates of infant mortality or poor perinatal
                                                                                outcomes in specific subpopulations within the commu-
                                                                                nity.’’; and
                                                                                      (iv) in subparagraph (C) (as so redesignated)—
                                                                                             (I) by redesignating clauses (i) and (ii) as
                                                                                      clauses (ii) and (iii), respectively;
                                                                                             (II) by inserting before clause (ii) (as so
                                                                                      redesignated) the following:
                                                                                      ‘‘(i) collaboration with the local community in the
                                                                                development of the project;’’;
                                                                                             (III) in clause (ii) (as so redesignated), by
                                                                                      striking ‘‘and’’ at the end;
                                                                                             (IV) in clause (iii) (as so redesignated), by
                                                                                      striking the period and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                             (V) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                      ‘‘(iv) the use and collection of data demonstrating                               Data.
                                                                                the effectiveness of such program in decreasing infant
                                                                                mortality rates and improving perinatal outcomes, as
                                                                                applicable, or the process by which new applicants




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                plan to collect this data.’’;
                                                                           (3) in subsection (c)—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00101   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 382                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             (A) by striking ‘‘Recipients of grants’’ and inserting
                                                                                                       the following:
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Recipients of grants’’; and
                                                                                                             (B) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                  Coordination.                        ‘‘(2) OTHER PROGRAMS.—The Secretary shall ensure
                                                                                                 coordination of the program carried out pursuant to this section
                                                                                                 with other programs and activities related to the reduction
                                                                                                 of the rate of infant mortality and improved perinatal and
                                                                                                 infant health outcomes supported by the Department.’’;
                                                                                                       (4) in subsection (e)—
                                                                                                             (A) in paragraph (1), by striking ‘‘appropriated—’’ and
                                                                                                       all that follows through the end and inserting ‘‘appropriated
                                                                                                       $125,500,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.’’;
                                                                                                       and
                                                                  Evaluations.                               (B) in paragraph (2)(B), by adding at the end the
                                                                                                       following: ‘‘Evaluations may also include, to the extent
                                                                                                       practicable, information related to—
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) progress toward achieving any grant metrics
                                                                                                             or outcomes related to reducing infant mortality rates,
                                                                                                             improving perinatal outcomes, or reducing the dis-
                                                                                                             parity in health status;
                                                                  Recommenda-                                     ‘‘(ii) recommendations on potential improvements
                                                                  tions.                                     that may assist with addressing gaps, as applicable
                                                                                                             and appropriate; and
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) the extent to which the grantee coordinated
                                                                                                             with the community in which the grantee is located
                                                                                                             in the development of the project and delivery of serv-
                                                                                                             ices, including with respect to technical assistance and
                                                                                                             mentorship programs.’’; and
                                                                                                       (5) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                 ‘‘(f) GAO REPORT.—
                                                                  Evaluation.                          ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 4 years after the date
                                                                                                 of the enactment of this subsection, the Comptroller General
                                                                                                 of the United States shall conduct an independent evaluation,
                                                                                                 and submit to the appropriate Committees of Congress a report,
                                                                                                 concerning the Healthy Start program under this section.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) EVALUATION.—In conducting the evaluation under
                                                                                                 paragraph (1), the Comptroller General shall consider, as
                                                                                                 applicable and appropriate, information from the evaluations
                                                                                                 under subsection (e)(2)(B).
                                                                  Review.                              ‘‘(3) REPORT.—The report described in paragraph (1) shall
                                                                  Assessments.                   review, assess, and provide recommendations, as appropriate,
                                                                  Recommenda-
                                                                  tions.                         on the following:
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) The allocation of Healthy Start program grants
                                                                                                       by the Health Resources and Services Administration,
                                                                                                       including considerations made by such Administration
                                                                                                       regarding disparities in infant mortality or perinatal out-
                                                                                                       comes among urban and rural areas in making such
                                                                                                       awards.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) Trends in the progress made toward meeting the
                                                                                                       evaluation criteria pursuant to subsection (e)(2)(B),
                                                                                                       including programs which decrease infant mortality rates
                                                                                                       and improve perinatal outcomes, programs that have not
                                                                                                       decreased infant mortality rates or improved perinatal out-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                       comes, and programs that have made an impact on dispari-
                                                                                                       ties in infant mortality or perinatal outcomes.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00102   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 383

                                                                                   ‘‘(C) The ability of grantees to improve health outcomes
                                                                               for project participants, promote the awareness of the
                                                                               Healthy Start program services, incorporate and promote
                                                                               family participation, facilitate coordination with the
                                                                               community in which the grantee is located, and increase
                                                                               grantee accountability through quality improvement,
                                                                               performance monitoring, evaluation, and the effect such
                                                                               metrics may have toward decreasing the rate of infant
                                                                               mortality and improving perinatal outcomes.
                                                                                   ‘‘(D) The extent to which such Federal programs are
                                                                               coordinated across agencies and the identification of
                                                                               opportunities for improved coordination in such Federal
                                                                               programs and activities.’’.
                                                                  SEC. 3226. IMPORTANCE OF THE BLOOD SUPPLY.                                                            42 USC 247d
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services
                                                                  (referred to in this section as the ‘‘Secretary’’) shall carry out a
                                                                  national campaign to improve awareness of, and support outreach
                                                                  to the public and health care providers about the importance and
                                                                  safety of blood donation and the need for donations for the blood
                                                                  supply during the public health emergency declared by the Sec-
                                                                  retary under section 319 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                  U.S.C. 247d) with respect to COVID–19.
                                                                       (b) AWARENESS CAMPAIGN.—In carrying out subsection (a), the                                      Contracts.
                                                                  Secretary may enter into contracts with one or more public or
                                                                  private nonprofit entities, to establish a national blood donation
                                                                  awareness campaign that may include television, radio, internet,
                                                                  and newspaper public service announcements, and other activities
                                                                  to provide for public and professional awareness and education.
                                                                       (c) CONSULTATION.—In carrying out subsection (a), the Sec-
                                                                  retary shall consult with the Commissioner of Food and Drugs,
                                                                  the Assistant Secretary for Health, the Director of the Centers
                                                                  for Disease Control and Prevention, the Director of the National
                                                                  Institutes of Health, and the heads of other relevant Federal agen-
                                                                  cies, and relevant accrediting bodies and representative organiza-
                                                                  tions.
                                                                       (d) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 2 years after the
                                                                  date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the
                                                                  Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                  and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of
                                                                  Representatives, a report that shall include—
                                                                            (1) a description of the activities carried out under sub-
                                                                       section (a);
                                                                            (2) a description of trends in blood supply donations; and
                                                                            (3) an evaluation of the impact of the public awareness                                     Evaluation.
                                                                       campaign, including any geographic or population variations.

                                                                                                PART III—INNOVATION
                                                                  SEC. 3301. REMOVING THE CAP ON OTA DURING PUBLIC HEALTH
                                                                              EMERGENCIES.
                                                                      Section 319L(c)(5)(A) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                  247d–7e(c)(5)(A)) is amended—
                                                                          (1) by redesignating clause (iii) as clause (iv); and
                                                                          (2) by inserting after clause (ii) the following:




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) AUTHORITY DURING A PUBLIC HEALTH EMER-
                                                                               GENCY.—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00103   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 384                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                  Procedures.                                          ‘‘(I) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding clause (ii),
                                                                                                                  the Secretary, shall, to the maximum extent prac-
                                                                                                                  ticable, use competitive procedures when entering
                                                                                                                  into transactions to carry out projects under this
                                                                                                                  subsection for purposes of a public health emer-
                                                                                                                  gency declared by the Secretary under section 319.
                                                                                                                  Any such transactions entered into during such
                                                                                                                  public health emergency shall not be terminated
                                                                                                                  solely due to the expiration of such public health
                                                                                                                  emergency, if such public health emergency ends
                                                                                                                  before the completion of the terms of such agree-
                                                                                                                  ment.
                                                                                                                       ‘‘(II) REPORT.—After the expiration of the
                                                                                                                  public health emergency declared by the Secretary
                                                                                                                  under section 319, the Secretary shall provide a
                                                                                                                  report to the Committee on Health, Education,
                                                                                                                  Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Com-
                                                                                                                  mittee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                                                                  of Representatives regarding the use of any funds
                                                                                                                  pursuant to the authority under subclause (I),
                                                                                                                  including any outcomes, benefits, and risks associ-
                                                                                                                  ated with the use of such funds, and a description
                                                                                                                  of the reasons for the use of such authority for
                                                                                                                  the project or projects.’’.
                                                                                          SEC. 3302. PRIORITY ZOONOTIC ANIMAL DRUGS.
                                                                                               Chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21
                                                                                          U.S.C. 351 et seq.) is amended by inserting after section 512 the
                                                                                          following:
                                                                  21 USC 360b–1.          ‘‘SEC. 512A. PRIORITY ZOONOTIC ANIMAL DRUGS.
                                                                                               ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall, at the request of the
                                                                                          sponsor intending to submit an application for approval of a new
                                                                                          animal drug under section 512(b)(1) or an application for conditional
                                                                                          approval of a new animal drug under section 571, expedite the
                                                                                          development and review of such new animal drug if preliminary
                                                                                          clinical evidence indicates that the new animal drug, alone or
                                                                                          in combination with 1 or more other animal drugs, has the potential
                                                                                          to prevent or treat a zoonotic disease in animals, including a vector
                                                                                          borne-disease, that has the potential to cause serious adverse health
                                                                                          consequences for, or serious or life-threatening diseases in, humans.
                                                                                               ‘‘(b) REQUEST FOR DESIGNATION.—The sponsor of a new animal
                                                                                          drug may request the Secretary to designate a new animal drug
                                                                                          described in subsection (a) as a priority zoonotic animal drug.
                                                                                          A request for the designation may be made concurrently with,
                                                                                          or at any time after, the opening of an investigational new animal
                                                                                          drug file under section 512(j) or the filing of an application under
                                                                                          section 512(b)(1) or 571.
                                                                                               ‘‘(c) DESIGNATION.—
                                                                  Deadline.                          ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 60 calendar days after
                                                                  Determination.               the receipt of a request under subsection (b), the Secretary
                                                                                               shall determine whether the new animal drug that is the sub-
                                                                                               ject of the request meets the criteria described in subsection
                                                                                               (a). If the Secretary determines that the new animal drug
                                                                                               meets the criteria, the Secretary shall designate the new animal




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               drug as a priority zoonotic animal drug and shall take such
                                                                                               actions as are appropriate to expedite the development and




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00104   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 385

                                                                         review of the application for approval or conditional approval
                                                                         of such new animal drug.
                                                                              ‘‘(2) ACTIONS.—The actions to expedite the development
                                                                         and review of an application under paragraph (1) may include,
                                                                         as appropriate—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) taking steps to ensure that the design of clinical
                                                                              trials is as efficient as practicable, when scientifically
                                                                              appropriate, such as by utilizing novel trial designs or
                                                                              drug development tools (including biomarkers) that may
                                                                              reduce the number of animals needed for studies;
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) providing timely advice to, and interactive commu-
                                                                              nication with, the sponsor (which may include meetings
                                                                              with the sponsor and review team) regarding the develop-
                                                                              ment of the new animal drug to ensure that the develop-
                                                                              ment program to gather the nonclinical and clinical data
                                                                              necessary for approval is as efficient as practicable;
                                                                                    ‘‘(C) involving senior managers and review staff with
                                                                              experience in zoonotic or vector-borne disease to facilitate
                                                                              collaborative, cross-disciplinary review, including, as appro-
                                                                              priate, across agency centers; and
                                                                                    ‘‘(D) implementing additional administrative or process
                                                                              enhancements, as necessary, to facilitate an efficient review
                                                                              and development program.’’.
                                                                            PART IV—HEALTH CARE WORKFORCE
                                                                  SEC. 3401. REAUTHORIZATION OF HEALTH PROFESSIONS WORKFORCE
                                                                               PROGRAMS.
                                                                        Title VII of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 292
                                                                  et seq.) is amended—
                                                                              (1) in section 736 (42 U.S.C. 293), by striking subsection
                                                                        (i) and inserting the following:
                                                                        ‘‘(i) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—To carry out this sec-
                                                                  tion, there is authorized to be appropriated $23,711,000 for each
                                                                  of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.’’;
                                                                              (2) in section 740 (42 U.S.C. 293d)—
                                                                                   (A) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘$51,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                              year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for each
                                                                              of the fiscal years 2011 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                              ‘‘$51,470,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                   (B) in subsection (b), by striking ‘‘$5,000,000 for each
                                                                              of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                              ‘‘$1,190,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                   (C) in subsection (c), by striking ‘‘$60,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                              year 2010 and such sums as may be necessary for each
                                                                              of the fiscal years 2011 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                              ‘‘$15,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                              and
                                                                                   (D) in subsection (d), by striking ‘‘Not Later than 6
                                                                              months after the date of enactment of this part, the Sec-
                                                                              retary shall prepare and submit to the appropriate commit-
                                                                              tees of Congress’’ and inserting: ‘‘Not later than September
                                                                              30, 2025, and every five years thereafter, the Secretary
                                                                              shall prepare and submit to the Committee on Health,
                                                                              Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Rep-
                                                                              resentatives,’’;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00105   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 386                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                      (3) in section 747 (42 U.S.C. 293k)—
                                                                                                            (A) in subsection (a)—
                                                                                                                 (i) in paragraph (1)(G), by striking ‘‘to plan,
                                                                                                            develop, and operate a demonstration program that
                                                                                                            provides training’’ and inserting: ‘‘to plan, develop, and
                                                                                                            operate a program that identifies or develops innova-
                                                                                                            tive models of providing care, and trains primary care
                                                                                                            physicians on such models and’’; and
                                                                                                                 (ii) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                                      ‘‘(3) PRIORITIES IN MAKING AWARDS.—In awarding grants
                                                                                                 or contracts under paragraph (1), the Secretary may give pri-
                                                                                                 ority to qualified applicants that train residents in rural areas,
                                                                                                 including for Tribes or Tribal Organizations in such areas.’’;
                                                                                                            (B) in subsection (b)(3)(E), by striking ‘‘substance-
                                                                                                      related disorders’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’;
                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                            (C) in subsection (c)(1), by striking ‘‘$125,000,000 for
                                                                                                      fiscal year 2010, and such sums as may be necessary for
                                                                                                      each of fiscal years 2011 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                                      ‘‘$48,924,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                                      (4) in section 748 (42 U.S.C. 293k–2)—
                                                                                                            (A) in subsection (c)(5), by striking ‘‘substance-related
                                                                                                      disorders’’ and inserting ‘‘substance use disorders’’; and
                                                                                                            (B) in subsection (f), by striking ‘‘$30,000,000 for fiscal
                                                                                                      year 2010 and such sums as may be necessary for each
                                                                                                      of fiscal years 2011 through 2015’’ and inserting
                                                                                                      ‘‘$28,531,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                                      (5) in section 749(d)(2) (42 U.S.C. 293l(d)(2)), by striking
                                                                                                 ‘‘Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate,
                                                                                                 and the Committee on Commerce of the House of Representa-
                                                                                                 tives’’ and inserting ‘‘Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
                                                                                                 and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee on Energy
                                                                                                 and Commerce of the House of Representatives’’;
                                                                                                      (6) in section 751(j)(1) (42 U.S.C. 294a(j)(1)), by striking
                                                                                                 ‘‘$125,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2010 through 2014’’
                                                                                                 and inserting ‘‘$41,250,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                                                 2025’’;
                                                                                                      (7) in section 754(b)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 294d(b)(1)(A)), by
                                                                                                 striking ‘‘new and innovative’’ and inserting ‘‘innovative or evi-
                                                                                                 dence-based’’;
                                                                                                      (8) in section 755(b)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 294e(b)(1)(A)), by
                                                                                                 striking ‘‘the elderly’’ and inserting ‘‘geriatric populations or
                                                                                                 for maternal and child health’’;
                                                                                                      (9) in section 761(e) (42 U.S.C. 294n(e))—
                                                                                                            (A) in paragraph (1)(A), by striking ‘‘$7,500,000 for
                                                                                                      each of fiscal years 2010 through 2014’’ and inserting
                                                                                                      ‘‘$5,663,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’;
                                                                                                      and
                                                                                                            (B) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘subsection (a)’’ and
                                                                                                      inserting ‘‘paragraph (1)’’;
                                                                                                      (10) in section 762 (42 U.S.C. 294o)—
                                                                                                            (A) in subsection (a)(1), by striking ‘‘Committee on
                                                                                                      Labor and Human Resources’’ and inserting ‘‘Committee




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                      on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions’’;
                                                                                                            (B) in subsection (b)—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00106   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 387

                                                                                       (i) in paragraph (2), by striking ‘‘Health Care
                                                                                  Financing Administration’’ and inserting ‘‘Centers for
                                                                                  Medicare & Medicaid Services’’;
                                                                                       (ii) by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (6)
                                                                                  as paragraphs (5) through (7), respectively; and
                                                                                       (iii) by inserting after paragraph (3), the following:
                                                                            ‘‘(4) the Administrator of the Health Resources and Services
                                                                      Administration;’’;
                                                                                  (C) by striking subsections (i), (j), and (k) and inserting
                                                                            the following:
                                                                      ‘‘(i) REPORTS.—Not later than September 30, 2023, and not
                                                                  less than every 5 years thereafter, the Council shall submit to
                                                                  the Secretary, and to the Committee on Health, Education, Labor,
                                                                  and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee on Energy and
                                                                  Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report on the rec-
                                                                  ommendations described in subsection (a).’’; and
                                                                                  (D) by redesignating subsection (l) as subsection (j);
                                                                            (11) in section 766(b)(1) (42 U.S.C. 295a(b)(1)), by striking
                                                                      ‘‘that plans’’ and all that follows through the period and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘that plans, develops, operates, and evaluates projects
                                                                      to improve preventive medicine, health promotion and disease
                                                                      prevention, or access to and quality of health care services
                                                                      in rural or medically underserved communities.’’;
                                                                            (12) in section 770(a) (42 U.S.C. 295e(a)), by striking
                                                                      ‘‘$43,000,000 for fiscal year 2011, and such sums as may be
                                                                      necessary for each of the fiscal years 2012 through 2015’’ and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘$17,000,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                      2025’’; and
                                                                            (13) in section 775(e) (42 U.S.C. 295f(e)), by striking
                                                                      ‘‘$30,000,000’’ and all that follows through the period and
                                                                      inserting ‘‘such sums as may be necessary for each of fiscal
                                                                      years 2021 through 2025.’’.
                                                                  SEC. 3402. HEALTH WORKFORCE COORDINATION.                                                             42 USC 292 note
                                                                                                                                                                        prec.
                                                                         (a) STRATEGIC PLAN.—
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 1 year after the date                                      Deadline.
                                                                         of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human                                    Consultation.
                                                                         Services (referred to in this Act as the ‘‘Secretary’’), in consulta-
                                                                         tion with the Advisory Committee on Training in Primary
                                                                         Care Medicine and Dentistry and the Advisory Council on
                                                                         Graduate Medical Education, shall develop a comprehensive
                                                                         and coordinated plan with respect to the health care workforce
                                                                         development programs of the Department of Health and Human
                                                                         Services, including education and training programs.
                                                                              (2) REQUIREMENTS.—The plan under paragraph (1) shall—
                                                                                   (A) include performance measures to determine the
                                                                              extent to which the programs described in paragraph (1)
                                                                              are strengthening the Nation’s health care system;
                                                                                   (B) identify any gaps that exist between the outcomes
                                                                              of programs described in paragraph (1) and projected health
                                                                              care workforce needs identified in workforce projection
                                                                              reports conducted by the Health Resources and Services
                                                                              Administration;
                                                                                   (C) identify actions to address the gaps described in
                                                                              subparagraph (B); and




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                   (D) identify barriers, if any, to implementing the
                                                                              actions identified under subparagraph (C).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00107   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 388                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                               (b) COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES.—The Secretary shall
                                                                                          coordinate with the heads of other Federal agencies and depart-
                                                                                          ments that fund or administer health care workforce development
                                                                                          programs, including education and training programs, to—
                                                                  Evaluation.                       (1) evaluate the performance of such programs, including
                                                                                               the extent to which such programs are efficient and effective
                                                                                               and are meeting the nation’s health workforce needs; and
                                                                                                    (2) identify opportunities to improve the quality and
                                                                                               consistency of the information collected to evaluate within and
                                                                                               across such programs, and to implement such improvements.
                                                                                               (c) REPORT.—Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                          of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health,
                                                                                          Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate, and the Committee
                                                                                          on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report
                                                                                          describing the plan developed under subsection (a) and actions
                                                                                          taken to implement such plan.
                                                                                          SEC. 3403. EDUCATION AND TRAINING RELATING TO GERIATRICS.
                                                                                              Section 753 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294c)
                                                                                          is amended to read as follows:
                                                                                          ‘‘SEC. 753. EDUCATION AND TRAINING RELATING TO GERIATRICS.
                                                                                                 ‘‘(a) GERIATRICS WORKFORCE ENHANCEMENT PROGRAM.—
                                                                  Grants.                              ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall award grants, con-
                                                                  Contracts.                     tracts, or cooperative agreements under this subsection to enti-
                                                                                                 ties described in paragraph (1), (3), or (4) of section 799B,
                                                                                                 section 801(2), or section 865(d), or other health professions
                                                                                                 schools or programs approved by the Secretary, for the
                                                                                                 establishment or operation of Geriatrics Workforce Enhance-
                                                                                                 ment Programs that meet the requirements of paragraph (2).
                                                                                                       ‘‘(2) REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—A Geriatrics Workforce Enhance-
                                                                                                       ment Program receiving an award under this section shall
                                                                                                       support the training of health professionals in geriatrics,
                                                                                                       including traineeships or fellowships. Such programs shall
                                                                                                       emphasize, as appropriate, patient and family engagement,
                                                                                                       integration of geriatrics with primary care and other appro-
                                                                                                       priate specialties, and collaboration with community part-
                                                                                                       ners to address gaps in health care for older adults.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) ACTIVITIES.—Activities conducted by a program
                                                                                                       under this section may include the following:
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(i) Clinical training on providing integrated geri-
                                                                                                             atrics and primary care delivery services.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(ii) Interprofessional training to practitioners from
                                                                                                             multiple disciplines and specialties, including training
                                                                                                             on the provision of care to older adults.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iii) Establishing or maintaining training-related
                                                                                                             community-based programs for older adults and care-
                                                                                                             givers to improve health outcomes for older adults.
                                                                                                                  ‘‘(iv) Providing education on Alzheimer’s disease
                                                                                                             and related dementias to families and caregivers of
                                                                                                             older adults, direct care workers, and health profes-
                                                                                                             sions students, faculty, and providers.
                                                                                                       ‘‘(3) DURATION.—Each grant, contract, or cooperative agree-
                                                                                                 ment or contract awarded under paragraph (1) shall be for
                                                                                                 a period not to exceed 5 years.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                       ‘‘(4) APPLICATIONS.—To be eligible to receive a grant, con-
                                                                                                 tract, or cooperative agreement under paragraph (1), an entity




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00108   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 389

                                                                         described in such paragraph shall submit to the Secretary
                                                                         an application at such time, in such manner, and containing
                                                                         such information as the Secretary may require.
                                                                              ‘‘(5) PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) IN GENERAL.—In awarding grants, contracts, and
                                                                              cooperative agreements under paragraph (1), the Sec-
                                                                              retary—
                                                                                         ‘‘(i) shall give priority to programs that dem-
                                                                                    onstrate coordination with another Federal or State
                                                                                    program or another public or private entity;
                                                                                         ‘‘(ii) shall give priority to applicants with programs
                                                                                    or activities that are expected to substantially benefit
                                                                                    rural or medically underserved populations of older
                                                                                    adults, or serve older adults in Indian Tribes or Tribal
                                                                                    organizations; and
                                                                                         ‘‘(iii) may give priority to any program that—
                                                                                                ‘‘(I) integrates geriatrics into primary care
                                                                                         practice;
                                                                                                ‘‘(II) provides training to integrate geriatric
                                                                                         care into other specialties across care settings,
                                                                                         including practicing clinical specialists, health care
                                                                                         administrators, faculty without backgrounds in
                                                                                         geriatrics, and students from all health profes-
                                                                                         sions;
                                                                                                ‘‘(III) emphasizes integration of geriatric care
                                                                                         into existing service delivery locations and care
                                                                                         across settings, including primary care clinics,
                                                                                         medical homes, Federally qualified health centers,
                                                                                         ambulatory care clinics, critical access hospitals,
                                                                                         emergency care, assisted living and nursing facili-
                                                                                         ties, and home- and community-based services,
                                                                                         which may include adult daycare;
                                                                                                ‘‘(IV) supports the training and retraining of
                                                                                         faculty, primary care providers, other direct care
                                                                                         providers, and other appropriate professionals on
                                                                                         geriatrics;
                                                                                                ‘‘(V) emphasizes education and engagement of
                                                                                         family caregivers on disease management and
                                                                                         strategies to meet the needs of caregivers of older
                                                                                         adults; or
                                                                                                ‘‘(VI) proposes to conduct outreach to commu-
                                                                                         nities that have a shortage of geriatric workforce
                                                                                         professionals.
                                                                                    ‘‘(B) SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.—In awarding grants,
                                                                              contracts, and cooperative agreements under this section,
                                                                              the Secretary shall give special consideration to entities
                                                                              that provide services in areas with a shortage of geriatric
                                                                              workforce professionals.
                                                                              ‘‘(6) PRIORITY.—The Secretary may provide awardees with
                                                                         additional support for activities in areas of demonstrated need,
                                                                         which may include education and training for home health
                                                                         workers, family caregivers, and direct care workers on care
                                                                         for older adults.
                                                                              ‘‘(7) REPORTING.—
                                                                                    ‘‘(A) REPORTS FROM ENTITIES.—Each entity awarded




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              a grant, contract, or cooperative agreement under this sec-
                                                                              tion shall submit an annual report to the Secretary on




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00109   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 390                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                       the activities conducted under such grant, contract, or
                                                                                                       cooperative agreement, which may include information on
                                                                                                       the number of trainees, the number of professions and
                                                                                                       disciplines, the number of partnerships with health care
                                                                                                       delivery sites, the number of faculty and practicing profes-
                                                                                                       sionals who participated in such programs, and other
                                                                                                       information, as the Secretary may require.
                                                                  Summary.                                   ‘‘(B) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 4 years
                                                                                                       after the date of enactment of the Title VII Health Care
                                                                                                       Workforce Reauthorization Act of 2019 and every 5 years
                                                                                                       thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee
                                                                                                       on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                                                       and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                                                       of Representatives a report that provides a summary of
                                                                                                       the activities and outcomes associated with grants, con-
                                                                                                       tracts, and cooperative agreements made under this sec-
                                                                                                       tion. Such reports shall include—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) information on the number of trainees, faculty,
                                                                                                             and professionals who participated in programs under
                                                                                                             this section;
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) information on the impact of the program
                                                                                                             conducted under this section on the health status of
                                                                                                             older adults, including in areas with a shortage of
                                                                                                             health professionals; and
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(iii) information on outreach and education pro-
                                                                                                             vided under this section to families and caregivers
                                                                                                             of older adults.
                                                                  Web posting.                               ‘‘(C) PUBLIC AVAILABILITY.—The Secretary shall make
                                                                                                       reports submitted under paragraph (B) publically available
                                                                                                       on the internet website of the Department of Health and
                                                                                                       Human Services.
                                                                                                 ‘‘(b) GERIATRIC ACADEMIC CAREER AWARDS.—
                                                                                                       ‘‘(1) ESTABLISHMENT OF PROGRAM.—The Secretary shall,
                                                                                                 as appropriate, establish or maintain a program to provide
                                                                                                 geriatric academic career awards to eligible entities applying
                                                                                                 on behalf of eligible individuals to promote the career develop-
                                                                                                 ment of such individuals as academic geriatricians or other
                                                                                                 academic geriatrics health professionals.
                                                                  Definitions.                         ‘‘(2) ELIGIBILITY.—
                                                                                                             ‘‘(A) ELIGIBLE ENTITY.—For purposes of this subsection,
                                                                                                       the term ‘eligible entity’ means—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i) an entity described in paragraph (1), (3), or
                                                                                                             (4) of section 799B or section 801(2); or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(ii) another accredited health professions school
                                                                                                             or graduate program approved by the Secretary.
                                                                                                             ‘‘(B) ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUAL.—For purposes of this sub-
                                                                                                       section, the term ‘eligible individual’ means an individual
                                                                                                       who—
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(i)(I) is board certified or board eligible in internal
                                                                                                             medicine, family practice, psychiatry, or licensed den-
                                                                                                             tistry, or has completed required training in a dis-
                                                                                                             cipline and is employed in an accredited health profes-
                                                                                                             sions school or graduate program that is approved
                                                                                                             by the Secretary; or
                                                                                                                   ‘‘(II) has completed an approved fellowship pro-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                             gram in geriatrics, or has completed specialty training
                                                                                                             in geriatrics as required by the discipline and any




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00110   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 391

                                                                                  additional geriatrics training as required by the Sec-
                                                                                  retary; and
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) has a junior, nontenured, faculty appointment
                                                                                  at an accredited health professions school or graduate
                                                                                  program in geriatrics or a geriatrics health profession.
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) CLARIFICATION.—If an eligible individual is pro-
                                                                            moted during the period of an award under this subsection
                                                                            and thereby no longer meets the criteria of subparagraph
                                                                            (B)(ii), the individual shall continue to be treated as an
                                                                            eligible individual through the term of the award.
                                                                            ‘‘(3) APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS.—In order to receive an
                                                                      award under paragraph (1), an eligible entity, on behalf of
                                                                      an eligible individual, shall—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) submit to the Secretary an application, at such
                                                                            time, in such manner, and containing such information
                                                                            as the Secretary may require;
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) provide, in such form and manner as the Secretary
                                                                            may require, assurances that the eligible individual will
                                                                            meet the service requirement described in paragraph (6);
                                                                            and
                                                                                  ‘‘(C) provide, in such form and manner as the Secretary
                                                                            may require, assurances that the individual has a full-
                                                                            time faculty appointment in a health professions institution
                                                                            and documented commitment from such eligible entity that
                                                                            the individual will spend 75 percent of the individual’s
                                                                            time that is supported by the award on teaching and devel-
                                                                            oping skills in interdisciplinary education in geriatrics.
                                                                            ‘‘(4) EQUITABLE DISTRIBUTION.—In making awards under
                                                                      this subsection, the Secretary shall seek to ensure geographical
                                                                      distribution among award recipients, including among rural
                                                                      or medically underserved areas of the United States.
                                                                            ‘‘(5) AMOUNT AND DURATION.—
                                                                                  ‘‘(A) AMOUNT.—The amount of an award under this
                                                                            subsection shall be at least $75,000 for fiscal year 2021,
                                                                            adjusted for subsequent years in accordance with the con-
                                                                            sumer price index. The Secretary shall determine the                                        Determination.
                                                                            amount of an award under this subsection for individuals
                                                                            who are not physicians.
                                                                                  ‘‘(B) DURATION.—The Secretary shall make awards
                                                                            under paragraph (1) for a period not to exceed 5 years.
                                                                            ‘‘(6) SERVICE REQUIREMENT.—An individual who receives
                                                                      an award under this subsection shall provide training in clinical
                                                                      geriatrics, including the training of interprofessional teams of
                                                                      health care professionals. The provision of such training shall
                                                                      constitute at least 75 percent of the obligations of such indi-
                                                                      vidual under the award.
                                                                      ‘‘(c) NONAPPLICABILITY OF PROVISION.—Notwithstanding any
                                                                  other provision of this title, section 791(a) shall not apply to awards
                                                                  made under this section.
                                                                      ‘‘(d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is authorized
                                                                  to be appropriated $40,737,000 for each of fiscal years 2021 through
                                                                  2025 for purposes of carrying out this section.’’.
                                                                  SEC. 3404. NURSING WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                      (a) IN GENERAL.—Title VIII of the Public Health Service Act
                                                                  (42 U.S.C. 296 et seq.) is amended—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00111   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 392                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                    (1) in section 801 (42 U.S.C. 296), by adding at the end
                                                                                              the following:
                                                                  Definition.                       ‘‘(18) NURSE MANAGED HEALTH CLINIC.—The term ‘nurse
                                                                                              managed health clinic’ means a nurse-practice arrangement,
                                                                                              managed by advanced practice nurses, that provides primary
                                                                                              care or wellness services to underserved or vulnerable popu-
                                                                                              lations and that is associated with a school, college, university
                                                                                              or department of nursing, federally qualified health center,
                                                                                              or independent nonprofit health or social services agency.’’;
                                                                                                    (2) in section 802(c) (42 U.S.C. 296a(c)), by inserting ‘‘,
                                                                                              and how such project aligns with the goals in section 806(a)’’
                                                                                              before the period in the second sentence;
                                                                                                    (3) in section 803(b) (42 U.S.C. 296b(b)), by adding at
                                                                                              the end the following: ‘‘Such Federal funds are intended to
                                                                                              supplement, not supplant, existing non-Federal expenditures
                                                                                              for such activities.’’;
                                                                                                    (4) in section 806 (42 U.S.C. 296e)—
                                                                                                          (A) in subsection (a), by striking ‘‘as needed to’’ and
                                                                                                    all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘as needed
                                                                                                    to address national nursing needs, including—
                                                                                                    ‘‘(1) addressing challenges, including through supporting
                                                                                              training and education of nursing students, related to the dis-
                                                                                              tribution of the nursing workforce and existing or projected
                                                                                              nursing workforce shortages in geographic areas that have
                                                                                              been identified as having, or that are projected to have, a
                                                                                              nursing shortage;
                                                                                                    ‘‘(2) increasing access to and the quality of health care
                                                                                              services, including by supporting the training of professional
                                                                                              registered nurses, advanced practice registered nurses, and
                                                                                              advanced education nurses within community based settings
                                                                                              and in a variety of health delivery system settings; or
                                                                                                    ‘‘(3) addressing the strategic goals and priorities identified
                                                                                              by the Secretary and that are in accordance with this title.
                                                                  Contracts.              Contracts may be entered into under this title with public or private
                                                                  Determination.          entities as determined necessary by the Secretary.’’;
                                                                                                          (B) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ‘‘a demonstration’’
                                                                                                    and all that follows and inserting the following: ‘‘the
                                                                                                    reporting of data and information demonstrating that satis-
                                                                                                    factory progress has been made by the program or project
                                                                                                    in meeting the performance outcome standards (as
                                                                                                    described in section 802) of such program or project.’’;
                                                                                                          (C) in subsection (e)(2), by inserting ‘‘, and have rel-
                                                                                                    evant expertise and experience’’ before the period at the
                                                                                                    end of the first sentence; and
                                                                                                          (D) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                              ‘‘(i) BIENNIAL REPORT ON NURSING WORKFORCE PROGRAM
                                                                  Assessment.             IMPROVEMENTS.—Not later than September 30, 2020, and biennially
                                                                                          thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Health,
                                                                                          Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate and the Committee
                                                                                          on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, a report
                                                                                          that contains an assessment of the programs and activities of the
                                                                                          Department of Health and Human Services related to enhancing
                                                                                          the nursing workforce, including the extent to which programs
                                                                                          and activities under this title meet the identified goals and perform-




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          ance measures developed for the respective programs and activities,
                                                                                          and the extent to which the Department coordinates with other




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00112   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 393

                                                                  Federal departments regarding programs designed to improve the
                                                                  nursing workforce.’’;
                                                                             (5) in section 811 (42 U.S.C. 296j)—
                                                                                   (A) in subsection (b)—
                                                                                        (i) by striking ‘‘Master’s’’ and inserting ‘‘graduate’’;
                                                                                   and
                                                                                        (ii) by inserting ‘‘clinical nurse leaders,’’ after
                                                                                   ‘‘nurse administrators,’’;
                                                                                   (B) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g) as sub-
                                                                             sections (g) and (h), respectively; and
                                                                                   (C) by inserting after subsection (e), the following:
                                                                       ‘‘(f) AUTHORIZED CLINICAL NURSE SPECIALIST PROGRAMS.—Clin-
                                                                  ical nurse specialist programs eligible for support under this section
                                                                  are education programs that—
                                                                             ‘‘(1) provide registered nurses with full-time clinical nurse
                                                                       specialist education; and
                                                                             ‘‘(2) have as their objective the education of clinical nurse
                                                                       specialists who will, upon completion of such a program, be
                                                                       qualified to effectively provide care through the wellness and
                                                                       illness continuum to inpatients and outpatients experiencing
                                                                       acute and chronic illness.’’; and
                                                                             (6) in section 831 (42 U.S.C. 296p)—
                                                                                   (A) in the section heading, by striking ‘‘AND QUALITY
                                                                             GRANTS’’ and inserting ‘‘QUALITY, AND RETENTION
                                                                             GRANTS’’;
                                                                                   (B) in subsection (b)(2), by striking ‘‘other high-risk
                                                                             groups such as the elderly, individuals with HIV/AIDS,
                                                                             substance abusers, the homeless, and victims’’ and
                                                                             inserting ‘‘high risk groups, such as the elderly, individuals
                                                                             with HIV/AIDS, individuals with mental health or sub-
                                                                             stance use disorders, individuals who are homeless, and
                                                                             survivors’’;
                                                                                   (C) in subsection (c)(1)—
                                                                                        (i) in subparagraph (A)—
                                                                                               (I) by striking ‘‘advancement for nursing per-
                                                                                        sonnel’’ and inserting the following: ‘‘advancement
                                                                                        for—
                                                                                        ‘‘(i) nursing’’;
                                                                                               (II) by striking ‘‘professional nurses, advanced
                                                                                        education nurses, licensed practical nurses, cer-
                                                                                        tified nurse assistants, and home health aides’’
                                                                                        and inserting ‘‘professional registered nurses,
                                                                                        advanced practice registered nurses, and nurses
                                                                                        with graduate nursing education’’; and
                                                                                               (III) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                                        ‘‘(ii) individuals including licensed practical nurses,
                                                                                   licensed vocational nurses, certified nurse assistants,
                                                                                   home health aides, diploma degree or associate degree
                                                                                   nurses, and other health professionals, such as health
                                                                                   aides or community health practitioners certified under
                                                                                   the Community Health Aide Program of the Indian
                                                                                   Health Service, to become registered nurses with bacca-
                                                                                   laureate degrees or nurses with graduate nursing edu-
                                                                                   cation;’’;
                                                                                        (ii) in subparagraph (B), by striking the period




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                   and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and
                                                                                        (iii) by adding at the end the following:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00113   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 394                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                             ‘‘(C) developing and implementing internships, accred-
                                                                                                       ited fellowships, and accredited residency programs in
                                                                                                       collaboration with one or more accredited schools of
                                                                                                       nursing, to encourage the mentoring and development of
                                                                                                       specialties.’’;
                                                                                                             (D) by striking subsections (e) and (h);
                                                                                                             (E) by redesignating subsections (f) and (g), as sub-
                                                                                                       sections (e) and (f), respectively;
                                                                                                             (F) in subsection (e) (as so redesignated), by striking
                                                                                                       ‘‘The Secretary shall submit to the Congress before the
                                                                                                       end of each fiscal year’’ and inserting ‘‘As part of the
                                                                                                       report on nursing workforce programs described in section
                                                                                                       806(i), the Secretary shall include’’; and
                                                                                                             (G) in subsection (f) (as so redesignated), by striking
                                                                                                       ‘‘a school of nursing, as defined in section 801(2),,’’ and
                                                                                                       inserting ‘‘an accredited school of nursing, as defined in
                                                                                                       section 801(2), a health care facility, including federally
                                                                                                       qualified health centers or nurse-managed health clinics,
                                                                                                       or a partnership of such a school and facility’’;
                                                                                                       (7) by striking section 831A (42 U.S.C. 296p–1);
                                                                                                       (8) in section 846 (42 U.S.C. 297n)—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking the last sentence of subsection (a);
                                                                                                             (B) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ‘‘he began such
                                                                                                       practice’’ and inserting ‘‘the individual began such practice’’;
                                                                                                       and
                                                                                                             (C) in subsection (i), by striking ‘‘FUNDING’’ in the
                                                                                                       subsection heading and all that follows through ‘‘paragraph
                                                                                                       (1)’’ in paragraph (2), and inserting the following: ‘‘ALLOCA-
                                                                                                       TIONS.—Of the amounts appropriated under section
                                                                                                       871(b),’’;
                                                                                                       (9) in section 846A (42 U.S.C. 247n–1), by striking sub-
                                                                                                 section (f);
                                                                                                       (10) in section 847 (42 U.S.C. 297o), by striking subsection
                                                                                                 (g);
                                                                                                       (11) in section 851 (42 U.S.C. 297t)—
                                                                                                             (A) in subsection (b)(1)(A)(iv), by striking ‘‘and nurse
                                                                                                       anesthetists’’ and inserting ‘‘nurse anesthetists, and clinical
                                                                                                       nurse specialists’’;
                                                                                                             (B) in subsection (d)(3)—
                                                                                                                   (i) by striking ‘‘3 years after the date of enactment
                                                                                                             of this section’’ and inserting ‘‘2 years after the date
                                                                                                             of enactment of the Title VIII Nursing Reauthorization
                                                                                                             Act’’;
                                                                                                                   (ii) by striking ‘‘Labor and Human Resources’’ and
                                                                                                             inserting ‘‘Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions’’;
                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                                   (iii) by inserting ‘‘Energy and’’ before ‘‘Commerce’’;
                                                                                                             and
                                                                                                             (C) in subsection (g), by striking ‘‘under this title’’
                                                                                                       and inserting ‘‘for carrying out parts B, C, and D’’;
                                                                                                       (12) by striking sections 861 and 862 (42 U.S.C. 297w
                                                                                                 and 297x); and
                                                                                                       (13) in section 871 (42 U.S.C. 298d)—
                                                                                                             (A) by striking ‘‘For the purpose of’’ and inserting the




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                                       following:
                                                                                                 ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—For the purpose of’’;




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00114   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 395

                                                                                  (B) by striking ‘‘$338,000,000 for fiscal year 2010, and
                                                                             such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal
                                                                             years 2011 through 2016’’ and inserting ‘‘$137,837,000 for
                                                                             each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025’’; and
                                                                                  (C) by adding at the end the following:
                                                                       ‘‘(b) PART E.—For the purpose of carrying out part E, there
                                                                  are authorized to be appropriated $117,135,000 for each of the
                                                                  fiscal years 2021 through 2025.’’.
                                                                       (b) EVALUATION AND REPORT ON NURSE LOAN REPAYMENT PRO-
                                                                  GRAMS.—
                                                                             (1) EVALUATION.—The Comptroller General shall conduct
                                                                       an evaluation of the nurse loan repayment programs adminis-
                                                                       tered by the Health Resources and Services Administration.
                                                                       Such evaluation shall include—
                                                                                  (A) the manner in which payments are made under
                                                                             such programs;
                                                                                  (B) the existing oversight functions necessary to ensure
                                                                             the proper use of such programs, including payments made
                                                                             as part of such programs;
                                                                                  (C) the identification of gaps, if any, in oversight func-
                                                                             tions; and
                                                                                  (D) information on the number of nurses assigned to
                                                                             facilities pursuant to such programs, including the type
                                                                             of facility to which nurses are assigned and the impact
                                                                             of modifying the eligibility requirements for programs
                                                                             under section 846 of the Public Health Service Act (42
                                                                             U.S.C. 297n), such as the impact on entities to which
                                                                             nurses had previously been assigned prior to fiscal year
                                                                             2019 (such as federally qualified health centers and facili-
                                                                             ties affiliated with the Indian Health Service).
                                                                             (2) REPORT.—Not later than 18 months after the enactment                                   Recommenda-
                                                                       of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Com-                                    tions.
                                                                       mittee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions of the Senate
                                                                       and the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House
                                                                       of Representatives, a report on the evaluation under paragraph
                                                                       (1), which may include recommendations to improve relevant
                                                                       nursing workforce loan repayment programs.

                                                                              Subtitle B—Education Provisions                                                           COVID–19
                                                                                                                                                                        Pandemic
                                                                                                                                                                        Education Relief
                                                                  SEC. 3501. SHORT TITLE.                                                                               Act of 2020.
                                                                                                                                                                        20 USC 1001
                                                                       This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘COVID–19 Pandemic Edu-                                       note.
                                                                  cation Relief Act of 2020’’.
                                                                  SEC. 3502. DEFINITIONS.                                                                               20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                         (a) DEFINITIONS.—In this subtitle:
                                                                              (1) CORONAVIRUS.—The term ‘‘coronavirus’’ has the
                                                                         meaning given the term in section 506 of the Coronavirus
                                                                         Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act,
                                                                         2020 (Public Law 116–123).
                                                                              (2) FOREIGN INSTITUTION.—The term ‘‘foreign institution’’
                                                                         means an institution of higher education located outside the
                                                                         United States that is described in paragraphs (1)(C) and (2)




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                         of section 102(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                         U.S.C. 1002(a)).




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00115   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 396                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                      (3) INSTITUTION OF HIGHER EDUCATION.—The term ‘‘institu-
                                                                                                 tion of higher education’’ has the meaning of the term under
                                                                                                 section 102 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                                 1002).
                                                                                                      (4) QUALIFYING EMERGENCY.—The term ‘‘qualifying emer-
                                                                                                 gency’’ means—
                                                                                                           (A) a public health emergency related to the
                                                                                                      coronavirus declared by the Secretary of Health and
                                                                                                      Human Services pursuant to section 319 of the Public
                                                                                                      Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 247d);
                                                                                                           (B) an event related to the coronavirus for which the
                                                                                                      President declared a major disaster or an emergency under
                                                                                                      section 401 or 501, respectively, of the Robert T. Stafford
                                                                                                      Disaster Relief and Emergency Assistance Act (42 U.S.C.
                                                                                                      5170 and 5191); or
                                                                                                           (C) a national emergency related to the coronavirus
                                                                                                      declared by the President under section 201 of the National
                                                                                                      Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.).
                                                                                                      (5) SECRETARY.—The term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary
                                                                                                 of Education.
                                                                  20 USC 1001             SEC. 3503. CAMPUS-BASED AID WAIVERS.
                                                                  note.
                                                                                               (a) WAIVER OF NON-FEDERAL SHARE REQUIREMENT.—Notwith-
                                                                                          standing sections 413C(a)(2) and 443(b)(5) of the Higher Education
                                                                                          Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–2(a)(2) and 1087–53(b)(5)), with
                                                                                          respect to funds made available for award years 2019–2020 and
                                                                                          2020–2021, the Secretary shall waive the requirement that a partici-
                                                                                          pating institution of higher education provide a non-Federal share
                                                                                          to match Federal funds provided to the institution for the programs
                                                                                          authorized pursuant to subpart 3 of part A and part C of title
                                                                                          IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.
                                                                                          and 1087–51 et seq.) for all awards made under such programs
                                                                                          during such award years, except nothing in this subsection shall
                                                                                          affect the non-Federal share requirement under section 443(c)(3)
                                                                                          that applies to private for-profit organizations.
                                                                                               (b) AUTHORITY TO REALLOCATE.—Notwithstanding sections
                                                                                          413D, 442, and 488 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                          1070b–3, 1087–52, and 1095), during a period of a qualifying emer-
                                                                                          gency, an institution may transfer up to 100 percent of the institu-
                                                                                          tion’s unexpended allotment under section 442 of such Act to the
                                                                                          institution’s allotment under section 413D of such Act, but may
                                                                                          not transfer any funds from the institution’s unexpended allotment
                                                                                          under section 413D of such Act to the institution’s allotment under
                                                                                          section 442 of such Act.
                                                                  20 USC 1001             SEC. 3504. USE OF SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY
                                                                  note.                              GRANTS FOR EMERGENCY AID.
                                                                                               (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 413B of the Higher
                                                                                          Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b–1), an institution of higher
                                                                                          education may reserve any amount of an institution’s allocation
                                                                                          under subpart 3 of part A of title IV of the Higher Education
                                                                                          Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070b et seq.) for a fiscal year to award,
                                                                                          in such fiscal year, emergency financial aid grants to assist under-
                                                                                          graduate or graduate students for unexpected expenses and unmet
                                                                                          financial need as the result of a qualifying emergency.
                                                                                               (b) DETERMINATIONS.—In determining eligibility for and




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                          awarding emergency financial aid grants under this section, an
                                                                                          institution of higher education may—




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00116   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 397

                                                                           (1) waive the amount of need calculation under section
                                                                      471 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk);
                                                                           (2) allow for a student affected by a qualifying emergency
                                                                      to receive funds in an amount that is not more than the
                                                                      maximum Federal Pell Grant for the applicable award year;
                                                                      and
                                                                           (3) utilize a contract with a scholarship-granting organiza-
                                                                      tion designated for the sole purpose of accepting applications
                                                                      from or disbursing funds to students enrolled in the institution
                                                                      of higher education, if such scholarship-granting organization
                                                                      disburses the full allocated amount provided to the institution
                                                                      of higher education to the recipients.
                                                                      (c) SPECIAL RULE.—Any emergency financial aid grants to stu-
                                                                  dents under this section shall not be treated as other financial
                                                                  assistance for the purposes of section 471 of the Higher Education
                                                                  Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087kk).
                                                                  SEC. 3505. FEDERAL WORK-STUDY DURING A QUALIFYING EMER-                                               20 USC 1001
                                                                             GENCY.                                                                                     note.

                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—In the event of a qualifying emergency, an                                       Time period.
                                                                  institution of higher education participating in the program under
                                                                  part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                  1087–51 et seq.) may make payments under such part to affected
                                                                  work-study students, for the period of time (not to exceed one
                                                                  academic year) in which affected students were unable to fulfill
                                                                  the students’ work-study obligation for all or part of such academic
                                                                  year due to such qualifying emergency, as follows:
                                                                            (1) Payments may be made under such part to affected
                                                                       work-study students in an amount equal to or less than the
                                                                       amount of wages such students would have been paid under
                                                                       such part had the students been able to complete the work
                                                                       obligation necessary to receive work study funds, as a one
                                                                       time grant or as multiple payments.
                                                                            (2) Payments shall not be made to any student who was
                                                                       not eligible for work study or was not completing the work
                                                                       obligation necessary to receive work study funds under such
                                                                       part prior to the occurrence of the qualifying emergency.
                                                                            (3) Any payments made to affected work-study students
                                                                       under this subsection shall meet the matching requirements
                                                                       of section 443 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                       1087–53), unless such matching requirements are waived by
                                                                       the Secretary.
                                                                       (b) DEFINITION OF AFFECTED WORK-STUDY STUDENT.—In this
                                                                  section, the term ‘‘affected work-study student’’ means a student
                                                                  enrolled at an eligible institution participating in the program under
                                                                  part C of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                  1087–51 et seq.) who—
                                                                            (1) received a work-study award under section 443 of the
                                                                       Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087–53) for the
                                                                       academic year during which a qualifying emergency occurred;
                                                                            (2) earned Federal work-study wages from such eligible
                                                                       institution for such academic year; and
                                                                            (3) was prevented from fulfilling the student’s work-study




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       obligation for all or part of such academic year due to such
                                                                       qualifying emergency.




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00117   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 398                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020
                                                                  20 USC 1001             SEC. 3506. ADJUSTMENT OF SUBSIDIZED LOAN USAGE LIMITS.
                                                                  note.
                                                                                               Notwithstanding section 455(q)(3) of the Higher Education Act
                                                                                          of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087e(q)(3)), the Secretary shall exclude from
                                                                                          a student’s period of enrollment for purposes of loans made under
                                                                                          part D of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                                          1087a et seq.) any semester (or the equivalent) that the student
                                                                                          does not complete due to a qualifying emergency, if the Secretary
                                                                                          is able to administer such policy in a manner that limits complexity
                                                                                          and the burden on the student.
                                                                  20 USC 1001             SEC. 3507. EXCLUSION FROM FEDERAL PELL GRANT DURATION LIMIT.
                                                                  note.
                                                                                               The Secretary shall exclude from a student’s Federal Pell Grant
                                                                                          duration limit under section 401(c)(5) of the Higher Education Act
                                                                                          of 1965 (2 U.S.C. 1070a(c)(5)) any semester (or the equivalent)
                                                                                          that the student does not complete due to a qualifying emergency
                                                                                          if the Secretary is able to administer such policy in a manner
                                                                                          that limits complexity and the burden on the student.
                                                                  20 USC 1001             SEC. 3508. INSTITUTIONAL REFUNDS AND FEDERAL STUDENT LOAN
                                                                  note.                               FLEXIBILITY.
                                                                                               (a) INSTITUTIONAL WAIVER.—
                                                                                                    (1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall waive the institu-
                                                                                               tional requirement under section 484B of the Higher Education
                                                                                               Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091b) with respect to the amount
                                                                                               of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance received
                                                                                               under part C of title IV of such Act) to be returned under
                                                                                               such section if a recipient of assistance under title IV of the
                                                                                               Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.) with-
                                                                                               draws from the institution of higher education during the pay-
                                                                                               ment period or period of enrollment as a result of a qualifying
                                                                                               emergency.
                                                                  Requirements.                     (2) WAIVERS.—The Secretary shall require each institution
                                                                                               using a waiver relating to the withdrawal of recipients under
                                                                                               this subsection to report the number of such recipients, the
                                                                                               amount of grant or loan assistance (other than assistance
                                                                                               received under part C of title IV of such Act) associated with
                                                                                               each such recipient, and the total amount of grant or loan
                                                                                               assistance (other than assistance received under part C of
                                                                                               title IV of such Act) for which each institution has not returned
                                                                                               assistance under title IV to the Secretary.
                                                                                               (b) STUDENT WAIVER.—The Secretary shall waive the amounts
                                                                                          that students are required to return under section 484B of the
                                                                                          Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091b) with respect to
                                                                                          Federal Pell Grants or other grant assistance if the withdrawals
                                                                                          on which the returns are based, are withdrawals by students who
                                                                                          withdrew from the institution of higher education as a result of
                                                                                          a qualifying emergency.
                                                                                               (c) CANCELING LOAN OBLIGATION.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                          provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001
                                                                                          et seq.), the Secretary shall cancel the borrower’s obligation to
                                                                                          repay the entire portion of a loan made under part D of title
                                                                                          IV of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) associated with a payment
                                                                                          period for a recipient of such loan who withdraws from the institu-
                                                                                          tion of higher education during the payment period as a result
                                                                                          of a qualifying emergency.




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               (d) APPROVED LEAVE OF ABSENCE.—Notwithstanding any other
                                                                                          provision of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1001




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00118   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 399

                                                                  et seq.), for purposes of receiving assistance under title IV of the
                                                                  Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.), an institution
                                                                  of higher education may, as a result of a qualifying emergency,
                                                                  provide a student with an approved leave of absence that does
                                                                  not require the student to return at the same point in the academic
                                                                  program that the student began the leave of absence if the student
                                                                  returns within the same semester (or the equivalent).
                                                                  SEC. 3509. SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS.                                                            20 USC 1001
                                                                                                                                                                        note.
                                                                       Notwithstanding section 484 of the Higher Education Act of
                                                                  1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091), in determining whether a student is
                                                                  maintaining satisfactory academic progress for purposes of title
                                                                  IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.),
                                                                  an institution of higher education may, as a result of a qualifying
                                                                  emergency, exclude from the quantitative component of the calcula-
                                                                  tion any attempted credits that were not completed by such student
                                                                  without requiring an appeal by such student.
                                                                  SEC. 3510. CONTINUING EDUCATION AT AFFECTED FOREIGN INSTITU-                                          20 USC 1001
                                                                              TIONS.                                                                                    note.
                                                                       (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 481(b) of the Higher
                                                                  Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1088(b)), with respect to a foreign
                                                                  institution, in the case of a public health emergency, major disaster
                                                                  or emergency, or national emergency declared by the applicable
                                                                  government authorities in the country in which the foreign institu-
                                                                  tion is located, the Secretary may permit any part of an otherwise
                                                                  eligible program to be offered via distance education for the duration
                                                                  of such emergency or disaster and the following payment period
                                                                  for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                  U.S.C. 1070 et seq.).
                                                                       (b) ELIGIBILITY.—An otherwise eligible program that is offered                                   Time periods.
                                                                  in whole or in part through distance education by a foreign institu-
                                                                  tion between March 1, 2020, and the date of enactment of this
                                                                  Act shall be deemed eligible for the purposes of part D of title
                                                                  IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.)
                                                                  for the duration of the qualifying emergency and the following
                                                                  payment period for purposes of title IV of the Higher Education
                                                                  Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070 et seq.). An institution of higher                                        Reports.
                                                                  education that uses the authority provided in the previous sentence                                   Deadlines.
                                                                  shall report such use to the Secretary—
                                                                            (1) for the 2019–2020 award year, not later than June
                                                                       30, 2020; and
                                                                            (2) for an award year subsequent to the 2019–2020 award
                                                                       year, not later than 30 days after such use.
                                                                       (c) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date of enact-
                                                                  ment of this Act, and every 180 days thereafter for the duration
                                                                  of the qualifying emergency and the following payment period,
                                                                  the Secretary shall submit to the authorizing committees (as defined
                                                                  in section 103 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                  1003)) a report that identifies each foreign institution that carried
                                                                  out a distance education program authorized under this section.
                                                                       (d) WRITTEN ARRANGEMENTS.—
                                                                            (1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 102 of the
                                                                       Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1002), for the duration
                                                                       of a qualifying emergency and the following payment period,
                                                                       the Secretary may allow a foreign institution to enter into




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                       a written arrangement with an institution of higher education
                                                                       located in the United States that participates in the Federal




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00119   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 400                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

                                                                                                 Direct Loan Program under part D of title IV of the Higher
                                                                                                 Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087a et seq.) for the purpose
                                                                                                 of allowing a student of the foreign institution who is a borrower
                                                                                                 of a loan made under such part to take courses from the
                                                                                                 institution of higher education located in the United States.
                                                                                                      (2) FORM OF ARRANGEMENTS.—
                                                                                                           (A) PUBLIC OR OTHER NONPROFIT INSTITUTIONS.—A for-
                                                                                                      eign institution that is a public or other nonprofit institu-
                                                                                                      tion may enter into a written arrangement under sub-
                                                                                                      section (a) only with an institution of higher education
                                                                                                      described in section 101 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1001).
                                                                                                           (B) OTHER INSTITUTIONS.—A foreign institution that
                                                                                                      is a graduate medical school, nursing school, or a veterinary
                                                                                                      school and that is not a public or other nonprofit institution
                                                                                                      may enter into a written arrangement under subsection
                                                                                                      (a) with an institution of higher education described in
                                                                                                      section 101 or section 102 of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1001
                                                                                                      and 1002).
                                                                  Deadlines.                          (3) REPORT ON USE.—An institution of higher education
                                                                                                 that uses the authority described in paragraph (2) shall report
                                                                                                 such use to the Secretary—
                                                                                                           (A) for the 2019–2020 award year, not later than June
                                                                                                      30, 2020; and
                                                                                                           (B) for an award year subsequent to the 2019–2020
                                                                                                      award year, not later than 30 days after such use.
                                                                                                      (4) REPORT FROM THE SECRETARY.—Not later than 180 days
                                                                                                 after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 180 days
                                                                                                 thereafter for the duration of the qualifying emergency and
                                                                                                 the following payment period, the Secretary shall submit to
                                                                                                 the authorizing committees (as defined in section 103 of the
                                                                                                 Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1003)) a report that
                                                                                                 identifies each foreign institution that entered into a written
                                                                                                 arrangement authorized under subsection (a).
                                                                  Determinations.         SEC. 3511. NATIONAL EMERGENCY EDUCATIONAL WAIVERS.
                                                                  20 USC 7861
                                                                  note.                        (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law,
                                                                                          the Secretary may, upon the request of a State educational agency
                                                                                          or Indian tribe, waive any statutory or regulatory provision
                                                                                          described under paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b), and upon
                                                                                          the request of a local educational agency, waive any statutory
                                                                                          or regulatory provision described under paragraph (2) of subsection
                                                                                          (b), if the Secretary determines that such a waiver is necessary
                                                                                          and appropriate due to the emergency involving Federal primary
                                                                                          responsibility determined to exist by the President under the section
                                                                                          501(b) of the Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief and Emergency
                                                                                          Assistance Act (42 U.S.C. 5191(b)) with respect to the Coronavirus
                                                                                          Disease 2019 (COVID–19).
                                                                                               (b) APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF LAW.—
                                                                                                    (1) STREAMLINED WAIVERS.—The Secretary shall create an
                                                                                               expedited application process to request a waiver and the Sec-
                                                                                               retary may waive any statutory or regulatory requirements
                                                                                               for a State educational agency (related to assessments, account-
                                                                                               ability, and reporting requirements related to assessments and
                                                                                               accountability), if the Secretary determines that such a waiver




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                                               is necessary and appropriate as described in subsection (a),
                                                                                               under the following provisions of law:




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00120   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                                    PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020                                                  134 STAT. 401

                                                                                   (A) The following provisions under section 1111 of the
                                                                              Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20
                                                                              U.S.C. 6311):
                                                                                        (i) Paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (b).
                                                                                        (ii) Subsection (c)(4).
                                                                                        (iii) Subparagraphs (C) and (D) of subsection (d)(2).
                                                                                        (iv) The following provisions under subsection (h)
                                                                                   of such section 1111:
                                                                                              (I) Clauses (i), (ii), (iii)(I), (iv), (v), (vi), (vii),
                                                                                        and (xi) of paragraph (1)(C).
                                                                                              (II) Paragraph (2)(C) with respect to the
                                                                                        waived requirements under subclause (I).
                                                                                              (III) Clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (2)(C).
                                                                                   (B) Section 421(b) of the General Education Provisions
                                                                              Act (20 U.S.C. 1225(b)).
                                                                              (2) STATE AND LOCALLY-REQUESTED WAIVERS.—For a State
                                                                         educational agency, local educational agency, or Indian tribe
                                                                         that receives funds under a program authorized under the
                                                                         Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C.
                                                                         6301 et seq.) that requests a waiver under subsection (c), the
                                                                         Secretary may waive statutory and regulatory requirements
                                                                         under any of the following provisions of such Act:
                                                                                   (A) Section 1114(a)(1).
                                                                                   (B) Section 1118(a) and section 8521.
                                                                                   (C) Section 1127.
                                                                                   (D) Section 4106(d).
                                                                                   (E) Subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E) of section
                                                                              4106(e)(2).
                                                                                   (F) Section 4109(b).
                                                                                   (G) The definition under section 8101(42) for purposes
                                                                              of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965
                                                                              (20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.).
                                                                              (3) APPLICABILITY TO CHARTER SCHOOLS.—Any waivers
                                                                         issued by the Secretary under this section shall be imple-
                                                                         mented, as applicable—
                                                                                   (A) for all public schools, including public charter
                                                                              schools within the boundaries of the recipient of the waiver;
                                                                                   (B) in accordance with State charter school law; and
                                                                                   (C) pursuant to section 1111(c)(5) of the Elementary
                                                                              and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(5)).
                                                                              (4) LIMITATION.—Nothing in this section shall be construed
                                                                         to allow the Secretary to waive any statutory or regulatory
                                                                         requirements under applicable civil rights laws.
                                                                              (5) ACCOUNTABILITY AND IMPROVEMENT.—Any school
                                                                         located in a State that receives a waiver under paragraph
                                                                         (1) and that is identified for comprehensive support and
                                                                         improvement, targeted support and improvement, or additional
                                                                         targeted support in the 2019–2020 school year under section
                                                                         1111(c)(4)(D) or section 1111(d)(2) of the Elementary and Sec-
                                                                         ondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 6311(c)(4)(D) or (d)(2))
                                                                         shall maintain that identification status in the 2020–2021
                                                                         school year and continue to receive supports and interventions
                                                                         consistent with the school’s support and improvement plan
                                                                         in the 2020–2021 school year.
                                                                         (c) STATE AND LOCAL REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS.—




wwoods2 on LAPJF8D0R2PROD with PUBLAW
                                                                              (1) IN GENERAL.—A State educational agency, local edu-
                                                                         cational agency, or Indian tribe that desires a waiver from




                                        VerDate Sep 11 2014   12:04 Aug 10, 2020   Jkt 099139   PO 00136   Frm 00121   Fmt 6580   Sfmt 6581   E:\PUBLAW\PUBL136.116   PUBL136
                                                                  134 STAT. 402                            PUBLIC LAW 116–136—MAR. 27, 2020

Full text truncated for size; the complete document is in the PDF above.

File and source

File
63-Medicaid-FMAPP-Coronavirus-Aid-Relief-and-Economic-Security-Act.pdf
Size
1,017,566 bytes
SHA-256
67f5deb7607b8a4d09301cbdaf6d15402f632eb1ff74f5192d17d68eba0ece5d
Our copy
63-Medicaid-FMAPP-Coronavirus-Aid-Relief-and-Economic-Security-Act.pdf
Original
oig.ed.gov
Back to top